BPP 239: Bryan Caporicci - What to Focus On When Starting Out In Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Bryan Caporicci is an award-winning wedding and portrait photographer based out of Fonthill, Canada. In 2014, he was awarded his Masters of Photographic Arts (MPA) designation by the Professional Photographers of Canada (PPOC), making him one of the youngest Canadian photographers to receive this level of achievement.

Bryan is the host of the Business of Photography Podcast with over 2 million downloads. He teaches at workshops across North America, including industry-leading conventions and conferences such as WPPI, Shutterfest and Canada Photo Convention. Bryan is also the CEO and Founder of Sprout Studio.

In today’s interview, Bryan talks about the key aspects of photography to focus on when just getting started.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • What is Clubhouse for photographers

  • Who Bryan is and how he got started in photography

  • His earliest struggles and how he overcame them

  • How to avoid overwhelm when just learning photography

  • What Bryan hopes to achieve by shooting film for personal work

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • What to focus on now to build a business foundation

  • How to leverage local relationships to build bookings

  • The 3 most important pillars of stating a photo business

  • The paradox of the growing heap and how it will help you better understand bookings

Resources:

Standout Quotes:

  • "It was my marketing skills, just the fact that I looked at what I did as an entrepreneur...that's what got me to where I was". - [Bryan]

  • "Take it a step at a time, I think that's probably the biggest mistake that I see photographers make, especially in those early days". - [Bryan]

  • "That's when you become a good wedding photographer when you can look at things and go beyond the technical". - [Bryan]

  • "Every overnight success is an overnight success 10 years in the making". - [Bryan]

  • "The future is cheap if you pay for it now". - [Raymond]

  • "Everyone wants success, no one wants to put in the work that success requires". - [Bryan]

  • "Whatever gear you have, is all that you need right now". - [Bryan]

Key Takeaways:

  • "Clubhouse" is an audio-only social media tool, that allows people to connect either as photographers or with other professionals

  • Bryan shares he has always had a passion for the business side of photography.

  • His experience knowing that most photographers aren't well equipped on the business side motivated the founding of Sprout Studios to offer strategies and tools to help photographers run their business.

  • While most photographers start with an interest in photography and then later incorporate the business side, Bryan had been involved with the business side first but moved into photography after splitting up with his partner who was running the photography aspect of things.

  • Starting, he took up photography on a small scale largely involving sports including all the local sports teams which helped him learn, create systems, and build his skill.

  • The biggest challenge about weddings is the fast pace not only due to the number of events going on at each moment but also technical changes you need to make, to adjust for each shot.

  • Bryan describes defined paths for a new photographer: First, you need to understand the technicals, then learn how to do it under pressure, and then learn how to find moments.

  • Emphasizing the importance of having a mindset to put in the time necessary for growth, Bryan stresses the role of 2nd shooting as an intern, to learn the ropes.

  • The rewards of being an entrepreneur are beautiful but it takes work to get them, and the early days are always the hardest.

  • Don't chase the gear.

BCP-003.JPG
BCP-008.JPG
BCP-013.JPG
BCP-016.JPG

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript, it is only intended as a reference.

Raymond Hatfield (00:00:00):

A few weeks ago. I saw one of your posts on Facebook, pop-up saying, Hey, who's, who's on clubhouse, this new social media app. Right. And you were doing a talk on wedding photography and it was like this hangout for wedding photographers. So right away, I thought I gotta get in on this. I got to join this new social media platform. And I have to learn of course from the master Bryan Caporicci here, and this whole thing, while I was there, it just like blew my mind. It was, it was very immersive and it was very entertaining. So for those who, I guess don't know yet who haven't heard of it, can you kind of fill them in on what is clubhouse and why it's so different because you've totally become an evangelist for this new app. And I would love to hear your thoughts on this,

Bryan Caporicci (00:00:45):

For sure. Yeah. I it's, it's a ton of fun. I mean, I think the timing of clubhouse and, and we can back up and I can talk about what specifically it is, but like, let's just acknowledge for a moment. The timing of it was perfect. I mean, with where we are right now, you know, where, where we've come in 2020 where we are in 2021 we, as humans are seeking connection, like we're seeking the ability to collaborate and talk and network and like be together. And we, you know, we can't in our industry, we can't do it, you know, at WPPI workshops, conventions like this, that doesn't exist. So what do we do? We all go to Facebook and we chat on Facebook, but it just, there's a certain something missing, you know, when you just do like this text-based communication. So clubhouse is basically like being at a convention, it's a virtual convention, more or less, right?

Bryan Caporicci (00:01:32):

You have this like main hallway, which is like the main, you know, newsfeed, like we're used to doing Facebook where you just can kinda sort of scroll through the hallway. And what you're scrolling through are a bunch of different rooms of all the people that you follow. And they're basically in a room having conversations. So imagine you're at WPPI, you're walking down the hallway and you see your room and you're like, Oh, that's cool. Raymond's in that room. And it says that they're talking about marketing. So you kind of can, like, you can step into the room and you can just kind of like hang out in the audience. And you can listen to these 10 people on stage who are talking about marketing. And if you want to add something to the conversation, you raise your hand, you go up on stage, you can add, and then you go back to the audience.

Bryan Caporicci (00:02:10):

Or if you have a question, you raise your hand, ask the question, go back into the audience. And that's basically what club has is, is it's an audio only social media tool that just allows us to connect, to converse, to have conversations, to to teach, to learn to network. It's just, it's a ton of fun and there's so many great conversations happening over there. And so many great ways to connect with each other as photographers with other wedding professionals or just to like hang out and learn things that you want to learn. If you want to learn about Bitcoin or you want to go like, you know, last night Tesla was on there. You know what I mean? Like doing all these, it's just like, you can really do do anything, but it's just an opportunity to dive in and to, and to connect in an audio only format. So it takes away that fear that so many people have of like, you know, zoom, fatigue, or being on video and all that. You just kind of put your AirPods on and you can listen and connect while you're doing something else.

Raymond Hatfield (00:03:14):

And that's, that's exactly what I was doing. I put it in the AirPods. I went and started walking on the treadmill and I was like, this feels totally different than everything else that we've had before. And even like with live, you know, even if you join some sort of live conversation on Facebook, there's this element that you're still watching somebody who is live and that's it. And even like, if you leave a comment or whatever, you're still kind of behind this veil of a computer, but with clubhouse, like you can actually talk to these people. And I got to say the other day there was a chat room with with Joe Greer who is big into film photography on YouTube. And I thought to myself, I was like, Whoa, like here's Joe Greer. Like, imagine if I just, you know, walked into the store and there was Joe Greer, you know, and here he was talking about a film and it was just, it was, it's just, it's a really new platform obviously, but it's a lot of fun.

Raymond Hatfield (00:04:04):

And I had a great time connecting with you and Devin who was there as well. So, so that was a great time. And I'm glad to get you back on the show today, obviously, but you know, there's gonna be a lot of longtime listeners who are going to remember that you were back on the show in a, it was episode 60. So this is like 2017. So it's been a long time. It's been awhile. It's been, it's been a while, but for those who maybe haven't been listening that long, I'm sure that a few people have maybe just got a camera over the holidays for Christmas. Can you reintroduce yourself to, to them as far as who you are in how photography plays a role in your life?

Bryan Caporicci (00:04:39):

Yeah, for sure. First of all, congratulations on, I mean, you know, you with your podcast, Raymond, it's like running a podcast is, is a lot of work. And I know that cause we have,

Raymond Hatfield (00:04:50):

Okay. I know that you have to episode 450, like this is bananas. Yeah.

Bryan Caporicci (00:04:53):

Yeah. I mean, it's, it's cool and it's fun and it's great, but like, you know what, what maybe a lot of listeners don't know is like getting past episode 20 is a huge milestone. And then past 50 is a huge milestone. And then past a hundred is a huge milestone. Like 1% of podcasts make it there. So the fact that we had a chance to talk back in 2017 on episode 60, and now we're still talking again today. I don't know what episode number this is going to be, but my quick math says, so say my quick math says, it's at least 200, so congratulations to you on that. Yeah. Anyways. Yeah. So, so about me. So I've been a professional wedding and portrait photographer for 15 years. I'm here in Niagara, Ontario, Canada, and I've been full time making a living, supporting my family as a sole income provider for 15 years.

Bryan Caporicci (00:05:37):

My wife and I, we have three kids. She's a stay at home mom. And you know, the living that we have and the life we have is because the money I've made with my camera. And I've always had a passion for the business side of photography which I think makes me a bit of a weirdo in our space. Cause I'm not like the starving artists type, you know, I, I actually do like the business side, the, the selling the pricing so on and so forth. And so I've been teaching business to photographers for about 10 years. I've written a handful of books. The one book that I wrote called pricing for profits actually used in colleges and universities is a textbook to teach, you know, up and coming photographers, how to price themselves. So the business side is something I have a huge passion for, and I really love and I love to help photographers because most photographers get into photography because they love photography, not necessarily because they're like, Oh, I want to be an entrepreneur.

Bryan Caporicci (00:06:27):

Maybe I'll make money with my camera. And it's like, no, they think of it the other way. You know, they just stumble into it. So I like to be there to help them, to give them guidance, to give them advice, to give them, you know, strategies that have worked. Cause I I've been there and I've done it for 15 years. And that all led me about six or seven years ago to start and to be the founder of what's now Sproat studio. So it's a software that helps photographers run their business. So we give them the knowledge and the strategies and the insight on the education side. But then we also have a tool that they can use to actually execute these things and run their business. So that's, that's me in 60 seconds,

Raymond Hatfield (00:07:05):

Man. Yeah, you could go, you could go on so much longer just because of the amount of accomplishments that you have, not only from your photographic capabilities and the awards that you've won there. But as you're saying, I think helping out photographers now, it seems as kind of become like your mission, you know, and this past year I've seen you take a huge step forward in the amount of content that you come out with and, or the types of content that you come out with specifically geared towards helping those other photographers. And I know that there's a lot of other I dunno systems out there for, for the business side of things. But yours is obviously focused on photographers and all the content that you come out with is as well. And it's great to see your experience, you know, kind of shine through in all of that. But before you got to this point to where you are today, there was a beginning, right? And this, since this is the beginning of photography podcasts, I want to know more about that. So what was it in the beginning that, that, what was it that first told you? You know what, I think photography is going to play a large, a large role in my life here.

Bryan Caporicci (00:08:11):

Oh, the funny thing, and I don't talk about this too much, but the funny thing about my my beginning in photography was all back up to, I guess it would have been like 2000, 2005. I I was in school for computer science. I was going to university for computer science and because I was like the computer science guy, of course, like you're the guy that everyone goes to for computer help and questions and whatever. Cause you know, everything apparently. So I actually got a summer job working for another photographer. I didn't know anything about photography. I had no interest. I got a job working for this other photographer who did like gymnastics events. So we would go to different gymnastics events around Ontario and he would sort of deploy a crew of photographers to photograph gymnast on the floors and at the various sort of stations.

Bryan Caporicci (00:08:58):

And then they would all bring it back to me at this booth that we had set up. And because again, I was the computer guy and these, this is early days of digital two, right. 2005 was, that was a very different day and age than it is now. So we would basically core processors on, Oh, it was, it was insane. Yeah. So back then, and for reference for anyone that, you know, we're used to light room and all these things now that didn't even exist, like Lightroom wasn't around then. I know I was like, we actually curved the pictures on pieces of stone. So we use a software called was it AC, AC DC or ACD or OCD of some software like that? The logo was orange. I can still picture it. Anyways, they would all bring them back. I would offload them onto the, onto the computers.

Bryan Caporicci (00:09:40):

I would do selections and then I would get them ready for a slide show that the parents could then come back and look at the photos. They would pick which ones they wanted and we would print them on for them right then and there. So it was like this onsite event, photography thing. Again, I was doing the computer side, not the photography side. So my entrepreneurial brain got spinning cause I've always been entrepreneurial in my thinking. And him and I started a side company called memories in motion and we did what we call and we thought we were fancy back then. And we called it digital memory preservation, which is like, so like what a, what a mouthful. But again, this is like early days of digital. So the fact that we could do these like fancy slide shows or DVD, these advanced DVD menus with like buttons that you could click to play to different slideshows, it was like, it was all the rage back then.

Bryan Caporicci (00:10:28):

Right. So we did that and did, did pretty well doing that and him and I just kind of went two different directions and but I was loving what we were doing. He was always the photography side. I was always the tech side. And so when we split, I was like, well, I want to keep running this company. But I don't know anything about photography. So I basically took over the company I had when he called memories in motion and I walked into Henry's a camera store here locally. And I said, Hey, so I have a photography business. I need to buy a camera, what I'm doing right away. So that was like that basically, you know, the start. And then from there, obviously I fell in love with photography through the discovery of it. But for me, I started it as an entrepreneur first because I saw the opportunity.

Bryan Caporicci (00:11:11):

I saw the excitement of running my own thing. And photography just happened to be the space that I fell into. And then over the next 15 years, I've, I've obviously fallen in love with photography and the creative side and the ability to make images and say something with my camera. But I started as a, as an entrepreneur first and then found photography. So it's an interesting dynamic because again, like I said earlier, most photographers start in the opposite direction. Right. Of like loving photography and then wanting to start a business. I was the opposite. So that, those were kind of like the early days. And I think I attribute that to the success that I've been able to achieve in, in my own way. As a photographer, because you know, my first year of shooting weddings, I booked 32 weddings of shooting weddings. And it's like, and I believe it's not because necessarily I was a better photographer than anyone, even though I think I, you know, I did a, did a pretty good job as a photographer. It was my, my marketing skills, my, my selling skills. Just the fact that I looked at what I did as an entrepreneur, as a business person. That's what got me to it.

Raymond Hatfield (00:12:13):

So you decided right from the beginning, once you bought that camera, you were like, you had decided to go into weddings at that point or were you still doing some sports?

Bryan Caporicci (00:12:20):

I did. I did two seasons of sports. I did that and I think I remember one specific time where, so I would do like the, you know, like the team and individual picture where you'd have like a basketball under your arm and be like cheese and then do that like 5,000 times, like on a weekend. Cause I would do all the local. I did all the local basketball, the local soccer associations. We did tennis, we did baseball. Like I, I did everything. And then we ended up doing live events and things like that. And it was good. It was fine. Like it was, I was enjoying it. It was able to help me learn photography and build the business and build the systems and build the team and do all those things. Again. I was like an 18 year old kid too. So here I was like, Holy cow. But I just, I was never fulfilled. I've never been a sports guy myself and I wasn't really fulfilled creatively doing that because it's assembly line photography. There's nothing wrong with it, but just for me, I just didn't, I didn't love it. So I kind of quickly transitioned away from that and into weddings after like a year or two type of thing. And yeah, that first year of shooting weddings, I booked 32 weddings.

Raymond Hatfield (00:13:23):

So let's talk about that progression for you as far as that learning curve, because it, I would say, I don't want to get these words next step, as you said, when it comes to like assembly line type photos, once you kind of figure out your settings, it's just rinse and repeat all day long, whereas a wedding entirely different, you're constantly changing settings. So is there a big learning curve for you there or by the time you had gotten into weddings where you already pretty proficient with the camera to where you were able to get in there? Yeah,

Bryan Caporicci (00:13:51):

I think it was like the way that I see things and analyze things and break things down and understand them. I mean, that's, what's gotten me to where I am now with sprout, but I even think back then there were signs of that where there was this like, you know, mass production element to like the sports photography, but I always looked at it differently. I always really looked at it as challenges. How can I do things differently? I didn't want to do the same kind of work that like, you know, your Justin's was doing or like, you know, those kinds of things. So I did always look at it a little bit more creatively than probably others may have at the time. And in doing so I did, I did have to learn and figure out lighting and understand settings. And then also, because we were doing live events, you know, photographing a basketball tournament or a baseball tournament and all that, there was this training of being able to catch the right moment and understand settings and learn shutter speeds and how they interact with different things and aperture and what you want to get in focus.

Bryan Caporicci (00:14:45):

And so there was an element. And back then too, if you, I don't know if like thinking back what camera would have I had back in the day cannon something, I don't know, the Canon 30 D or maybe even the Canon 20 D it's like you couldn't shoot over ISO 800 without like having golf balls everywhere in your picture. Right. So like, you know, you had to really understand the technical side. And because I was, I was very technical in my thinking. I did learn that stuff quickly. Now. I second shot weddings those first two years as I was doing the sports photography. So I learned a lot through that. I was basically working like three full-time jobs, right? Like running the photography business itself. I was still a student at the time still. And then also every weekend I was second shooting with a local photographer. So I was shooting, you know, 20 weddings every summer learning as a second shooter as an assistant, just figuring out how things go. So by the time I did actually break out and do my own weddings, I had probably 50 weddings under my belt that I had second shot for. So I learned through that

Raymond Hatfield (00:15:48):

Of course experience. Yeah. That's, that's gotta be one of the best ways to learn. Yeah, I think, you know, anybody can attest that. We can read books all day on technicals and settings and whatnot, but it's not until you actually get behind the camera and you do these things that you realize, Oh, either this works or this doesn't work. So when you had first went to those, you know, few weddings as a second, was there anything that really caught you off guard and you, you struggled with, as far as the photography goes

Bryan Caporicci (00:16:17):

I would say the biggest, the biggest challenge about weddings and anyone that's photographed weddings you know, can can empathize with this. It's just like the fast, the fast moving, the fast pace of a wedding. You know, that's, that's not only photographically is that constantly changing, right? Like you're, you're in, you're in a bride's house and you're in your bio window back lit and then all of a sudden your front leg, and then all of a sudden you're this, and then you turn around and there's a flower girl that looks cute and you need to get that shot. And then you go downstairs in the basement and it's pitch dark, and then you got to go up here and do, it's like you're constantly changing. So not only is there like continual technical challenges that you have to be able to think about, but it happens like lightning fast, right?

Bryan Caporicci (00:16:58):

Like it's, and then the pace, and then the stress of the wedding and things are getting heated, dad's yelling, and this is this and the little girl's crying and like all these things that kind of, for me, that was the biggest thing was like, I could not, and I see this even now on photographers, newer photographers, you know, like understanding the technical is obviously that's the first, that's the first step, like get getting over those things. But then from there it's like, yeah, but now figure out that technical in a pressure cooker, right? Like figure those things out under that stress of it. So for me, that was the biggest cause I admittedly I kind of went in feeling really confident in myself as a, as a technical photographer thinking like, Oh, I got this, this is no problem. Like I, I know this stuff off the back of my hand cause I was technical. But then adding the pressure to that it changes the game. So that was probably the biggest, the biggest change for me.

Raymond Hatfield (00:17:47):

I have a, I have a similar, I went to film school. So I learned all the technicals of of cinematography to learn to light for movies. And obviously in a production, you're going to have all the equipment that you need to be able to, you know, light to technically perfect settings. Right. So when I transitioned into wedding photography, I thought does easy. Like I've been, I know exactly what to do here. I know all the settings that I need to do if it's the light and all this stuff and that first wedding I still hate to share this story, but the entire first dance, I shot it at half a second just to make sure. Cause I was like, I got to keep that ISO low, you know, you gotta have, you know, a nice, beautiful grain. Yeah. They didn't use any of those photos.

Raymond Hatfield (00:18:27):

In fact, that couple used a photo of the first dance that another guest took on their cell phone. Yeah. Their first dance is that profile picture. And I, I knew at that moment it was right then at that moment that I realized, Oh man settings are nowhere near as important as so many other factors, you know, like moment, you know? So in a time where new photographers are coming in right now, especially right after the holidays, lots of people get cameras you know, for the holidays and whatnot. There's a lot of things that we can be focusing on and it can be very overwhelming because quickly you realize, Oh, this is, this is really more than just pressing a button. So for those photographers who were worried what are some of the things that they should be focusing on right now at this stage to kind of avoid potential overwhelm?

Bryan Caporicci (00:19:14):

I, I would say like take it a step at a time. I think that's probably the biggest mistake that I see photographers make, especially in those early days. Actually interestingly enough anecdotally I was in a club host room last night, just kind of hanging out with you know, 60 or 70 other photographers. And there was a conversation that there was a newer photographer. She was, you know, I looked at her Instagram, her work was, was beautiful on her Instagram and she was still a student and she was kind of going on about how she had just finished paying for like a styled shoot to like to participate in this style of shoot. And like, I was like, I kinda, I raised my hand and just started asking questions and, and discussing with her because, because genuinely I don't quite understand it.

Bryan Caporicci (00:19:55):

I, I get that. Like, it's a, it's a thing. But like my, my biggest challenge was like, so what are you trying to show off and do it being something like this because you're in this perfectly styled expensive setup with zero pressure or timelines or, or, or limitations or anything like it doesn't really show off what you can do as a photographer. It just shows that you know how to press the button and what settings to use and that you know how to edit a picture. And that kind of comes back to what we're talking about here in, in my opinion it's really easy to kind of let our ego and again, I was there. So I I'm speaking from experience. I'm not criticizing to let our egos get ahead of us in the sense of like, Oh yeah, I know this stuff. Like, I'm going to just start.

Bryan Caporicci (00:20:40):

It's like, you need to walk before you run. You need to crawl before you walk. You know what I'm saying? Like, you need to kind of take it bit by bit. And I think to try and get into like, you know, the, and even I hear these conversations now where photographers who are so early in their career are talking about ideal client and that's not the kind of luxury wedding I want to have and this and that. And it's just like, guys, like you can get, get a handful of seasons under your belt, just like shooting weddings first. Like you need to understand because not only there's a couple of paths that I see here. Number one, like we talked about, you have to learn the technical, like you need to, you need to be, you need to be able to understand your camera, the technical, the settings exposure.

Bryan Caporicci (00:21:22):

You need to get that stuff like flawlessly off the back of your hand with that. It needs to be second nature. That's the first part. As soon as you get over that, you're in a good place, right next, add the pressure to it. Right? So now, now do that in the pressure cooker. So that's the next thing. And then once you can get over that, so you can show up to a wedding and you can technically get perfection. That's that is, that is like the next step. Now you're into the milestone, you're into this next stage of your, of your growth as an artist where now you need to stop looking at things as technical problems and start looking at things that have meaning. So how do you look at, you talked about moment. How do you look for a moment? How do you find nuance?

Bryan Caporicci (00:22:03):

How do you piece together details? How do you compose in a way that has the impact? There's all these things. And those are, those are so far away from the technical capabilities that we have as photographers. That's where you become a good wedding photographer. When you can look at things and go beyond the technical. So that would be like the path that I would recommend a photographer going through. And that's why I'm not a fan of the style of shoot concept, because I don't think that it teaches any of those things. It just teaches that you know how to press the button and get the right settings. But, and yes, we need to know that stuff, but that shouldn't be what you're presenting is your ability as a photographer because that's not reproducible on a wedding day. So that would be kind of the path that I would recommend is like, you know, fig number one, make sure that you get technically confident number two, make sure that you can perform in that technically confident way.

Bryan Caporicci (00:22:56):

Under the pressure of a wedding day. And then number three, forget about all of that stuff. As soon as it becomes second nature and it becomes habitual, then you need to just trust your mind and your body and like your, your, your muscle memory to do those things. And then now you need to be focusing on the things that actually make an impact in the work that we do, which is nuance and moment and storytelling and, and cohesion and consistency and all those kinds of things. And then once you figure that out though, once you get beyond that, then it's all about, okay, great. So now you can tell a story. You can capture a moment. You can see these things you can predict when like the, when the laugh is going to be the best you can predict when this moment's going to happen, you can react.

Bryan Caporicci (00:23:36):

You can see then now you need to take the camera and everything away from it and make sure that you can integrate yourself on a wedding day in a way that is relatable, that you can connect with people that you can create an environment that elicits real emotion. You can make people feel at ease. You can make interactions to orchestrate moments sometimes, or you can make interactions where you actually are invisible in the moment. So moments can happen without your interest. So there's, that's like the next step of growth. I'm not sure what would come next, but like, those are like the few main steps that I would say it's a, it's a journey, right? Like it's a journey. It's a, it's a, it's a stepping, stepping ladder that you need to walk up. And so many photographers try and jump to that last rung. And it's like, you gotta, you gotta, you gotta do the work. You gotta put the time in. You gotta do the work.

Raymond Hatfield (00:24:25):

So I, I want to say to the whole stylized shoot type deal right there, I'm, I'm, I'm, I'm torn on this because in the same sense, like this is not something that I would do. I would never find myself especially paying for a stylized shoot. I could see myself helping out other vendors doing some sort of stylized shoot, obviously with them, but we're talking about the sense of like, it's a new photographer and they're looking to gain experience, build a portfolio by doing this. And two things that I hear most from new photographers is that a, they don't have enough time to practice photography and B they don't have anybody to practice with. So when it comes to these stylized shoots, like I see where that comes from. I see the desire to go to these things, but you're right. They're missing like such this big step of, it's not just the technicals, it's being able to replicate this under pressure in a real world environment. So for those who, you know, are worried about time for those who are worried about not having the people to photograph, if, if doing, you know, stylized shoots, isn't the way to go. Is there anything else that you could recommend maybe to, to build practice and possibly grow the portfolio as well?

Bryan Caporicci (00:25:42):

Yeah, for sure. I think, I think this all this all sits in this foundation of slowing down. I think if, and, and, and again, like, I believe me, I've been there, so I understand, so I'm not criticizing, but I'm more trying to encourage through experience of this idea that like, you know, we all want to pick up the camera, we figure out this technical thing, and then we want to, again, we want to start running, but it's like success in this industry and growth and longevity and sustainability are not going to come overnight. Like, you know, every overnight success is overnight success, 10 years in the making like that. It's never an overnight success. And so the poll to want those quick results is so like we can feel it it's there, but try to pause that feeling and, and slow yourself down and say, it's okay that it takes time to build these things up.

Bryan Caporicci (00:26:39):

It's okay that you don't get this right away. It's okay that you can't pay $300, get a perfect portfolio. And then book these luxury brides the next day. Like that's not going to happen. That's not a sustainable way to build a business. So my advice would be to get in and, and almost follow the similar path to what I just talked about with myself, where get in and figure out the technical. Like you don't necessarily need to have a bride in front of your camera or a groom in front of your camera to figure out the technical, I mean, go out there and, and just shoot, shoot, whatever you can around you shoot, do self portraits, go out and photograph nature. Like do whatever you can just to, like, you need to be the camera needs to be an extension of, of your eyes, of your mind, of your vision.

Bryan Caporicci (00:27:22):

Your hand almost needs to not even like, it needs to be again, like muscle memory. So whatever you can do just to like put in the hours, put in the time, that's fine. Beyond that, now you, if you want to start understanding the nuances of applying those skills and applying that muscle memory to people, find people to photograph them, like it that's, that would be, I don't think we need to have this like luxury boho bride with this beautiful barn wedding and blah, blah, blah, in order for us to practice that, because that's not, when you want to practice, you want to make mistakes when you're photographing your kids, or when you're photographing like the neighbor's kids or when you're out, you know, w whatever you're doing to practice photographing people, that's when you want to make mistakes, not when you're paying $500 to be at this perfectly styled shoot.

Bryan Caporicci (00:28:07):

So do that. And then, and then even once you've gotten that, now you need to start second shooting. I am such an advocate for like the concept of interning. I think it's so important and it's so underutilized in our industry. It's almost utilized in a way that like, Hey, I want a second shoot for you so I can build a portfolio. No, the whole point of second shooting is not to build a portfolio. If you can. Great. If you can build a relationship with a photographer and do that wonderful. But the point of it is to learn the ropes, to understand what it's like to, to put in your hours to put in your hours, who is it that writes about the 10,000 hour rule in order to, in order to get good at something you've got to put it in 10,000 hours.

Bryan Caporicci (00:28:45):

You know, that's, we, that's what we had to do as photographers. If you want to photograph weddings, get out there and photograph weddings, but do it in learn and be humble about it and be hungry for it and be willing to make mistakes and be willing to carry someone else's bags, because you know that they did that 10 years ago. I did that 10 years ago, 15 years ago, like, so you have to put in the time and I think that's the best way to do it. Are you going to be able to shoot luxury weddings next year? If you go that path? Absolutely not. Absolutely not, but you're going to learn, you're going to get in there and you're going to practice. You're going to know what it's like here and be able to talk with another photographer. You're going to, you're going to see what you like. You're going to see what you don't like. You're going to have experienced practicing with your camera. You're gonna have experience engaging with a couple, engaging with family members, understanding the nuances of a wedding day, and you'll be able to go from there. It's a slower path, but it's a, it's a path that gives you success in the longterm. I know I'm

Raymond Hatfield (00:29:42):

A photographer. Sam Hurd uses just like posing it's like sketch sketching dolls, you know, those wooden dolls that you use to practice sketching with, to practice posing and technicals at home, which I think is a, it's a great tip. And I love to share with everybody whenever I got the chance, but you know what you said there about being an overnight success is really an overnight success. 10 years in the making really struck a chord with me because I know it, you know, if there's one thing that 2020, this past year I had taught us it's that many people realized how important it is to have some sort of side income. And I saw so many people say, you know, I have this camera, I want to use it to capture beautiful photos and bring in some additional income, but you can't start a business in a pandemic.

Raymond Hatfield (00:30:29):

Right. There's that big, but which is really unfortunate because as you know, there are just so many things that you can do in a photography business that do not require you to shoot. Now, as I said earlier, you've been at the forefront of helping photographers, make it through this pandemic better as a business than they were before. So can you share what are some of the things that photographers can be doing today to build a stronger business and prepare themselves so that, you know, when we get back to a hundred percent, they can go at it. Yeah, I think

Bryan Caporicci (00:31:01):

Cause there's a lot of things. I think when, when you think about the skill set that, that you as a photographer have you know, those skills are so transferable to other spaces. So, you know, early days of, of the pandemic, that was something cause, cause our audience at Sproat is largely professional wedding and portrait photographers and obviously weddings and portraits weren't happening because we couldn't be, be doing these things. So, you know, everyone around us was basically, sorry, you'll have to excuse my kids, yelling in the background. That's like the endemic pandemic lifestyle of a dad here. So you know, early days, you know, we're trying to figure out how, how our customers, how our industry, our community can still make a living because that's what they depend on is making a living from photography. So you think about the skillset that you have as a photographer and you know, well, you understand, you know, composition, you understand direction, you understand lighting you know, the tech side of photography, you know, what, what kind of compression or perspective different lenses give how the settings interact with each other?

Bryan Caporicci (00:32:02):

Like, you know, we understand those things intuitively but you also understand probably social media better than the average person. You know, if you were to put the average restaurant owner next to the average photographer, I would argue that the average photographer probably knows a lot more about the visual aesthetic of Instagram than that restaurant owner might. So there's things like that. Like we, as photographers, you as a photographer, know a lot more about video than the average hotel owner or the average you know, local business, there's just, there's so many things like even website building, like most photographers are whizzes at Squarespace. They can get in there and figure that stuff out. Like, like it's nobody's business to the average, you know, the average garden shop or nursery, they don't know the first thing about building websites. Like that's not what they do.

Bryan Caporicci (00:32:45):

They don't live in that space. So when I say all that, I basically just say, what are the different skill sets that you have as far as a photographer that actually aren't photography. And really when you think about it, this there's a lot, like there's a lot that, that, you know, that like doesn't involve you having a camera in your hand and a client in front of the camera, even to that extent. I mean, if you can, if you're a wedding photographer or if you've photographed weddings what else can you photograph? Think about that for a minute, because you know, you're used to photographing, you know, shoes on the wedding day and the dress and jewelry and macro shots and finding nice lighting for the bouquet and all those things. Well, what other businesses right now could use those kinds of services? Like, you know, could you offer your photography services to a restaurant and say, Hey, so you've had to pivot to order it, to having online ordering for all of your food and all of your menu items and your cell phone stamps.

Bryan Caporicci (00:33:35):

Aren't really selling your stuff that well. So how would I help you? Like, is there a way that I can help you or how about the same thing for a nursery or for like anyone? Right. So I kind of w we went through like, you know, dozens and dozens of examples, but that's just the idea. I don't know if that's the direction you wanted me to go or even, but like, that's just the idea of like, how can you bring the skill set that you inherently have because of your role as a photographer? How can you have that, you know, sort of like blow the sides of the box that we've defined for ourselves, which, you know, puts us in this little thing of, like, I have camera in hand, I have clients in front of camera. That's how I make money. How can we now think outside of that box and look for other ways that we can be making a living with the skillset that we have and almost in a way drop the label photographer.

Raymond Hatfield (00:34:25):

Hmm, interesting. So this still gives us away. I can see not only to still continue photography with, with being able to help somebody else, but also kind of grow our place and our stance in the community that we have here locally. You're going to have to reach out to business owners to get approved for something like this. Okay.

Bryan Caporicci (00:34:46):

The thing that was interesting about all that to Raymond is like in that space where it, when, when I was teaching a lot of that stuff, early days, we made a whole course for, we have a whole website dedicated just to it it's called first aid for photographers. We did all this stuff. And what I thought was so interesting is that there was so many photographers who were now building relationships with local folks that they otherwise would never have had the chance to meet, to build relationships with, to network with. And now that they've kind of, you know, like when you, when you go to war with somebody, you know, when you, when you're, when you're in the front line at war with somebody, like when you're in the trenches, like the relationship and the bond that you have beyond that will last a lifetime.

Bryan Caporicci (00:35:28):

And I don't mean to be so dramatic to say that like, that's equivalent to what we went through with the pandemic, but like when you're there and you're helping people and you're sharing in the challenges and you're, and you're just doing everything you can to like to, to, to help your fellow business out, to help your fellow entrepreneurs out and to build these relationships. And when you can be there as that guide for people, they will never forget that. And I don't say that to be like, well, help people so that they can pay you when, depending on what's done. I don't mean that, but I mean like genuinely that's, that's like networking one Oh one, like how do you build relationships with people right now is a perfect time for us to be doing those kinds of things, where we can add value and to, and to other businesses and other people's lives. We can use our skillset for, for the greater good and all the while there's there's revenue opportunity, there's networking opportunity. There's new relationships opportunity. So, you know, it makes it's a win-win win for everybody really.

Raymond Hatfield (00:36:25):

I see. And while I love that idea, and part of me feels like that is maybe just a bit too advance for those who might be listening to this right now is that's. That seems like something that's going to be, perhaps for somebody who's a little bit more established, maybe establish some sort of systems in place. Maybe they have a bit of a I don't want to say Rolodex because nobody uses a Rolodex anymore, but like a bit of a network of people locally that maybe they could reach out to. What about those who putting ourselves in the shoes of somebody who maybe they lost their job, or they were laid off during the pandemic and they thought, okay. The is the way that I have to make money right now. What are some of those initial things? Like, what are, what would you say are the two or the three most important pillars in a business that somebody could be working on now to build before even starting shooting?

Bryan Caporicci (00:37:19):

Mm, okay. I see. So I'll T I'll attack this from a couple angles. The first one is, let's say that you're kind of pretty fresh to photography, right? Like you're pretty, you're pretty new in it. I would say again, I would, I would encourage the idea that, like, you, you've still got to go to school, like you've still got to learn the things, right. You've still got to figure out the things. Again, it's the idea that like, just because you picked up a camera and took some nice pictures of a flower doesn't mean that you should be booking couples to shoot their wedding, right. So this is one of those things where it's like, you know, it might now might be a perfect time to just like go to school and figure that. I mean, like, literally not literally go to school, but like figure these things out, become a student to become, become someone that becomes hungry and is seeking the education to, to better the craft that they're looking to get into.

Bryan Caporicci (00:38:10):

So, you know, go, go through the tutorials, listen to the podcasts, watch the YouTube videos practice in your home, like do what you can to just refine that skill of photography. Now, let's say that you've kind of gotten past that already, or maybe once you do get past that the next would be, and this is like very much my own, my own path is like learn the business side, like dive in and, and, and figure out, understand pricing, marketing, and selling and, and the way that we as people buy and the psychology of it, and just, you know, the way that business works, like understand accounting and how that stuff is going to work, because you're going to need to know that stuff. I've talked to so many photographers that just built their business, not on a solid foundation, and they kick themselves every single time.

Bryan Caporicci (00:38:55):

So if you can avoid that now is a good time to, again, like go to school, like, quote unquote, if you're listening, go to school and learn those business things and practice them and, and, and ask questions and become curious about those kinds of topics. So, so those would be two things as just like, adapt this like hungry mindset, this curious, this intrigued mindset of learning and growing in listening both as a creative and as an entrepreneur. And then the other angle that I want to just to take this on is I don't think that it's too early for anyone to explore these, these ways of helping other folks know, even if you did, even if you just kind of been dabbling with your camera and you know, you've got this cool fancy camera, and you can take some, you know, decent pictures of your kids or whatever it is.

Bryan Caporicci (00:39:48):

It's like, there's no reason you couldn't reach out. Like the, the, the teachings, Raymond, that I was giving photographers back early days of the pandemic. It had nothing to do with the fact that like, they may already know this person. Like, I, I wasn't like, okay, go through your, your, your past client list and do this for only past clients. It's like, no, I want you to like this, what I taught them, as I said, hop in your car virtually, like, don't go in your car, but like, in your mind, close your eyes, go and get in your car and start driving around your town. And as you're driving around your town, look left, look right. Don't look down. Cause I don't know what that would do, but like, but like look left and right, okay. Look left and right. And like, how can you help?

Bryan Caporicci (00:40:26):

Whatever you see around you. And I gave examples of like drive through your downtown. What kinds of businesses are there? Oh, there was like a yoga studio. There's a, this there's a small oil shop. There's a, this, how can you help those people reach out to them? You 95% of the, of the ideas that we brainstormed early days had nothing to do with anyone that these people already knew it. These were all new relationships. So even if you don't have that, like, you know, Rolodex that you were talking about, I still don't think it's a bad idea. If you, if you can take a decent picture, why couldn't you reach out to the local restaurant and say, Hey, I'd love to come photograph your chefs. I'd love to get you some photographs of your chefs because that like disgusting cell phone picture that you have on your website, that they were like standing up against this wall.

Bryan Caporicci (00:41:13):

And they look like a deer in the headlights. That's not doing you any justice to like making your visual presence look really beautiful to potential customers right now. Why don't I come out there and I'll photograph them for you. I'm like, you don't have to have, they don't have to have any idea who you are in order for you to offer something like that. What restaurant owner is going to be like, Oh, you know what? I actually liked those crappy pictures that I have. Like, they're going to be like, you want to come photograph them. Now you get a new relationship, you get experience. And if, as long as you're better than them, you've got nothing to lose. You know what I'm saying? So, so that would be, I, I, I do think that it's a tactic that can still work. Even if you are a very, very early on in your growth trajectory. As a photographer,

Raymond Hatfield (00:41:55):

A few years ago, I read a book. And of course now for the life of me, I can't remember what it was, but it was an investing book. And the sentiment was that the future is cheap if you pay for it now. Right. And I think that that really that point is being driven home here with like, wow, it would be great if you know, you, you did lose your job and you were able to transition flawlessly into a full-time career as a photographer. But unfortunately that happening is not going to happen. There's just so many variables. There's just, you need to have built something, you know? And you talked about that foundation earlier about those photographers who were wishing that they built a better foundation. W would you mind share any real life examples as far as maybe what that, what that piece of the foundation was that they wish was better? Yeah.

Bryan Caporicci (00:42:48):

Yeah. I mean, it's all about, in my opinion, it's all about investing. Like, I think about what I did early days to build the business that I had versus what I saw other photographers doing. And I think the big difference is like I invested, I don't mean money. I mean, you could invest money as well, but I invested time. Like, I, I was scrappy early days of my career as a photographer. I was scrappy and I hustled, I built relationships. I was out there meeting people. I was at every business after five, I was in BNI at the time. I did BNI for like seven years. And yeah, it was a lot of time, like every Thursday morning for two hours. So a huge time investment, but like the relationships that I built there and the depth that I went into in the, in the, in the referrals that I got through that were so valuable now, I didn't get them after my first year.

Bryan Caporicci (00:43:32):

That's, that's the mistake that so many, so many of us make is like, we expect, okay, good. I did that meeting. So where's my referrals from it. Or I did that. I met with this one florist, right? I met with this one vendor. I'm just going to start raking in the referrals. It's like, no, it's not going to happen that way. So I say investing, because truly it's something that you have to just keep doing and doing and doing. It's almost like this idea. And I've talked about this on club hosts, a ton. I've written about it too. It's this theory called the paradox of the growing heap. So it's, it's in this book and I'll give full credit Gretchen Rubin better than before. Fantastic book. If anyone hasn't read it, I highly recommended. But so this, this theory called the paradox of the growing heap.

Bryan Caporicci (00:44:12):

It goes like this. It says if I were to give you a coin, one coin, $1 today, would you say that you're rich? The answer is no one coin does not make you rich. I want to give you another coin. Would you say that you're rich? Well, the answer is no, I already give you another coin. Would you say that you're rich? The answer is no, but if I were to give you coin after coin, after coin day-in day-out and keep giving you coins. At some point, if I asked you the question, you will say that you're rich, but it wasn't one coin that made the difference. It wasn't one coin that tipped the scales and all of a sudden made you rich. But instead it was the sum of coin after coin, after coin, after coin. But eventually it did make you rich. And the interesting thing about that is that although one coin in and of itself is inconsequential. Doesn't make the difference. It is the addition of one coin after one coin after one coin, that does make the difference. And so that's the idea where it's like, you can't just get a gym membership, workout once and expect to be in good shape. You can't work out for a month. Trust me. I've tried to be in good shape. I've tried. I believe me. I've tried. Yeah.

Speaker 3 (00:45:21):

It's like, I got the gym membership. Why am I not

Bryan Caporicci (00:45:22):

In shape? Let's say, well, you haven't gone to the gym yet. Oh, right. There's that thing. But that's, that's the idea here, right? It's like, it's, it's about investing. I think that's the best foundation that you can build is just to, like, you're going to have to put in the time it's not going to come easy. It's not going to come quick and it's not going to come without effort without sacrifice. And I don't say that to, to be like a downer about this. You know, I'm not meaning to be like the grumpy typographer. That's like, you got to put it in your dues, but instead it's like, no, like entrepreneurship is hard work. Like it is hard work. It's so worth it. I can tell you that it is so worth. It. It is so beautiful to be able to design the life and the career and the path that you follow.

Bryan Caporicci (00:46:03):

And I, again, I can tell you firsthand that like the, the life that you can live and the career and the path, you can follow being a photographer. If that's the path that you want to follow is so rewarding. Like, it's just so wonderful. And I, I, you tell us all the time, but like, my wife has been a stay at home mom with our three kids for eight years because the money I made with my camera, my wife and I paid off our home, our mortgage because of the money I made with my camera, my wife and I own our vehicles. We can vacation when we want, we can buy the things that we want. I can get the latest computer or iPhone, whatever the heck I want to buy because of the money I made with my camera, all those things because of the money I made with my camera. So like the rewards of being an entrepreneur are beautiful, but it takes work to get there. And the early days are always the hardest days. So that's just like, if you can go in, okay, with that, like, you're better off than 95% of the photographers out there because so many of us want those quick wins and we don't want to put in the work. You know, I say, I say, everyone wants success. No one wants to put in the work that success requires.

Raymond Hatfield (00:47:11):

Sure. Ugh. That is a, such a, such a strong sentiment there. I have, I feel like I have so many things that I want to, that I want to bring up and talk about when it comes to that, because I mean, you're right in the sense that, like, it, that's all that photography really is, you know, I mean, you can go out and you can go to a park and you can take a nice photo, but you're not going to do that like day one. Right. And if you do like it's on auto mode, and then did you really create that photo? Or did the camera create that photo? You know? So if you get to the point to where you can take a great photo that took a long time, you had to invest in yourself to learn how to do that. And then why should it be any different with the business side of things?

Raymond Hatfield (00:47:56):

If you go out and you book like one Boston bride, like that's cool, that's awesome. But I want to see where you're going to be a year from now. And how are you going to do that? Except for, as you were saying, you know, continue to invest in yourself and build those relationships. That is, that was a masterclass, right. There is what that was like, if somebody is listening to that and if they took away one thing from this episode, I hope, I hope that it's that in the importance of, of everything that you just said there. So, so thank you so much for, for sharing your experience in that, of course I wanted to ask because oftentimes oftentimes photographers, you know, they listen to us as, as we're just talking. Sometimes we talk about gear and we talk about all these nice new things. And oftentimes new photographers just don't have the gear or the resources that most professional photographers do. So can you tell me maybe early on in your career, maybe a time where you really just had to make, do with what you had to, to, to get a job done, even though it wasn't maybe the best, a possible way to do it, you still, you still made it work

Bryan Caporicci (00:49:05):

A hundred percent. So I, I will say perfectly confidently that whatever gear you have right now to, to, to the listener, whatever gear you have is all that you need right now. And, and I say that with such belief, because it's so easy to be chasing the gear and, and, and look, I, I, I get it. I feel it too. And, and quite honestly, I love buying gear. I really do, but, and, and I say this with a huge, but huge caveat I'm able to, because I can't afford it because photography it has is, and has been my career and my, and my livelihood. So, and I've achieved the financial success in my photography business to be able to say, if I want to get that camera, I'm going to get it just because I want to play around. Now as a side note, my passion and obsession is filmed now.

Bryan Caporicci (00:50:07):

So the cameras are much more affordable to get now, as opposed to buying like the latest Sony or Canada Nikon or whatever. But I digress you know, whatever it is that you have, like cameras today, even the most like simple, the most basic of cameras are so, so more advanced than anything we had even top of the line five years ago. Like the most like the $600 camera today is better than the $6,000 camera five years ago. Yeah. And if photographers were successful with like top of the line five years ago, well, sure. You can be successful with bottom line today. So I guess I say that to say, like, don't chase the gear, don't look for more gear, learn whatever you have. It doesn't matter what you have because the camera only does what you tell it to do. And so the camera itself is not going to make a difference in the photographs that you make the most important part.

Bryan Caporicci (00:51:06):

And I forget who it was. It may have been canceled that said this, but the most important part of the camera is the six inches behind it. Yeah, yeah. Right. You, and so don't worry about whatever you have. If you have a kit lens, perfect. If you have a rebel, awesome. If you have whatever, whatever you have is perfect. If you don't have a flash, no problem, like learn with what you have. And it will probably bring you a few years of, of growth as a creative. Once you start to feel the actual limitation of that gear when you're like, no, no, no, I, I literally couldn't get this without, without just next lens or whatever it is. That's when you start to consider, but I'm, I'm almost willing to bet that like most of us are not there even myself. Like, I'm I, right now I shoot food.

Bryan Caporicci (00:51:56):

Quick side note, I shoot Fuji. I've got the fifty-six F1 two and I've got the 50 F two weather seal. And I have both for a reason. Cause I use them for different things. Now the 50 F1 came out and it's like, Oh, I'm thinking, Oh, heck yeah. 50. And I'm all about the 50 FYI. I'm all about the F1 I'm is weather sealed? Beautiful. Okay. Both. Gotcha. All right. The, the, the, the bocce balls are like point 0.000, zero one millimeters bigger. So it looks a little bit more sexy if you do a direct side-by-side studio comparison, which we never do by the way. So I'm trying to justify whether I just sell both those lenses and get the one and yeah. I mean, like that's easy to justify. Well, you know, probably would save a little bit of money and probably, and then we go through these stories.

Bryan Caporicci (00:52:38):

I don't need it. I don't need it. Well, I do it because I want it maybe, but I'll only do it because I can afford it. Not because, you know, I'm not going to go and get a loan for it. I'm not going to go. And like, you know, not pay myself this year because as I need to make that move. And I, and I do see that I see so many photographers that are like, they don't pay themselves because they just keep spending any money on gear. And it's like, man, if you're, if you're, if you look at your chart of accounts at the end of the year, and if you've spent more on care than you've paid yourself, there's something wrong. I guess all that, just to say, like, don't worry about the gear man. Like just do whatever you can shoot with whatever you have. If you have an iPhone use that, learn on that. You'll you'll, you can probably spend a few years mastering the art of photography on just your iPhone. Now I'm not saying you're going to go shoot a wedding with it, but it's like, we're talking about that, that, that growth as an artist, as a creative, and then as an entrepreneur, you can get pretty darn far with like the simplest gear. So don't, don't chase gear.

Raymond Hatfield (00:53:32):

I was, I was in the same boat as you with the with the 56, 1.2. And then I realized that just like the size of it, I didn't want to use it like around the house and just photograph my kids. Cause it was just kind of big and cumbersome. And then I, I played this game with myself. It was like, I could get the two, but is it going to be as good? You know, how much light am I going to be losing? But at the end of the day, I mean, none of that stuff matters. It's like, it's like, it was just like two thirds of a stop that you're, that you're losing. It's not much at all. And then it's much smaller. And the fact that now I can, I just shoot more with that 50 millimeter, F two. And even though on paper, it's a technically inferior lens.

Raymond Hatfield (00:54:12):

It's nowhere near as good as that. 50, 61.2. It enables me to shoot more, which ultimately is what we want as photographers. Right? A hundred percent, as long as you got what you need to, to shoot, that's all that you want. Now I want to get back to, to this whole film thing that you're doing right now, because as you said, you know, you've been shooting for 15 years. You've been doing this now that you picked up this film camera, I want to know like, what is, is there a goal to it? Is it strictly a creativity thing? And if it is, what are you trying to express? Does any of this make sense? Because yeah, it's again on paper. There's no reason.

Bryan Caporicci (00:54:47):

Sure. No, a hundred percent. Yeah. A hundred percent. I mean, it's, this is the funny part is like my, my trajectory or the path has, has, if you follow all of it so far, I mean, I got into it because I wanted to be a business person. Not because I wanted to be a photographer. Right. Like he felt all of it. It's literally like backwards from what you would typically do. So I, at the time when I first discovered film, which is about two years ago I had never shot film before. Never like, I mean maybe when I was a kid I'd grabbed my parents' point of view, but it was never like shooting film, intentional. I've never shot with film. So it's like yet for, for 30, at the time, for 13 years, every single time I had shot, every time I had picked up my camera outside of like just documenting my kids, I'm being paid to do it.

Bryan Caporicci (00:55:30):

I'm being paid to be a photographer and I'm always shooting for other people. Now I built my business to a point where I got to shoot what I wanted to shoot and how I wanted to shoot and people paid me handsomely for it. So that's great. And and I'm very grateful and thankful for that, but I never had this opportunity to like explore photography for me. Never, never, I've always been a full-time professional photographer. The camera is what puts food on the table. And so when I first got like, just this like little intrigue of film, I was like, Oh, this is different. This is like, and then just like having, having a camera and like being intentional by choosing a film stock and then physically loading it into a camera and just this whole like mechanical process with, you know, winding the film and doing all these.

Bryan Caporicci (00:56:23):

I develop all my film too. I do dark room printing myself too. So doing all these things dove right in, Oh, I mean, dove right in. But like being involved in a very tactile way gives me a different way to see, learn express through photography that I'd never have. I'd never had before. I had never explored that before. And then even going beyond that, like the story that the permanence, the story of shooting on film, you know, this idea that like when, when you press the shutter, this piece of emotion changes forever. Like it, it forever is impact by the light that exists in this very S you know, split-second of moments one, 503rd, a second. This piece of film changes physically, physically changes never to be undone. And then, and then you can make something real out of that all the way up to like predicting a dark room and you see this thing appear in front of you.

Bryan Caporicci (00:57:23):

And you're like, I made this like free of technology, like free of computers and bits and bytes and zeros and ones. Like, I made this with light with a piece of light and this will never, ever be undone. Like that is just a beautiful way of like, seeing what we do. And so I'm not doing it for clients, but I mean, I've done it. I've actually had quite a number of clients that have like, seen my own exploration of it on the personal side. And they're like, yeah, we know we want you to shoot film for us. Which is like, cool. Cause it's now seeing a side, a aside spill into like my professional work. But I'm just doing it for fun and because I really enjoy it. And it gives so many other ways to explore. I mean, like I've, you can buy cameras for like a couple hundred dollars, like really good film cameras for a couple of hundred dollars. And they're, they're a freaking blast to play with. So like, it's great. It fulfills a different side of me that I otherwise just didn't have digitally.

Raymond Hatfield (00:58:24):

It's it's interesting hearing you say that because I hear new photographers speaking about their brand new entry-level that like digital cameras in that same way, like, Oh, it's this new creative passion because oftentimes, you know, when you get that camera, you're not coming from a world of creativity, which you have. So I love, I love hearing that passion come back into you and that excitement that is that is so much fun.

Bryan Caporicci (00:58:47):

That's it though, right? Raymond is like it reignited this fire that I have, because I've been a full-time professional photographer for 15 years. It reignited this fire that like admittedly after 15 years, like not that I got tired of photography, it's not that I felt uninspired because I love what I do. And I love to photograph for my clients, but like for my own, my own creative pursuit, it reignited that amateur mindset again in me. And I haven't had that in 15 years. So it was just, it's been such a joy to, to continue to explore that.

Raymond Hatfield (00:59:23):

Very cool. Well Bryan, Oh, side note, when I was doing research for this episode, I realized that you're the only Bryan who's ever been on the beginner photography podcast. So on top of the, like this huge list of accolades that you have for yourself now, you can add that to it as well. But before I let you go can you let those listening right now know where they can find you? Because as you said, photographer, you also host a podcast 450 episodes. Congratulations on that as well as running sprout studio. So can you just let people know where they can learn more about you and share everything?

Bryan Caporicci (00:59:57):

Yeah, for sure. Thank you, Raymond. A couple of places, I guess, if you want to learn more about sprout then you can go to GetSproutStudio.com or just Google sprout studio. You'll find us. If you want to dive more into the business education that we have, if you go to that same website, we have a community button at the top of the page, you can dive into podcasts. We have courses, we have pricing calculators. We have hundreds of articles on anything you can think of to do with the business of photography. So you can hop in there. If you like podcasts which you do, you're listening to a podcast right now. Then you can just find us, it's called the business of photography. You can find us pretty much wherever you listen to podcasts. That's I guess mostly if you wanna connect on clubhouse, if you're on clubhouse, that's like the coolest and latest obsession. So come find me over there. But yeah, that's, that's pretty much me.

BPP 238: Adam Taylor - How to Licensing Your Photos 101

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Adam Taylor spent years as one of the top BMX photographers in the country before changing career paths to Real Estate and architecture photography. Adam found that he could grow his earnings by licensing the photos he took of high-end homes, to the cabinet, faucet, tile, and furniture manufacturers. Today Adam breaks down how to adopt the licensing mindset and start making more with your images in this interview.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Adam got started in photography

  • What shooting BMX taught him about being a better business later in life

  • What is licensing

  • How to license your photos

  • Who to license your photos to

  • The differences between a real estate image and one you would shoot for a brand to license

  • What gear you need for real estate photography

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to find the decision-makers who purchase photos to license

  • How to set up an email to get a quick yes

  • How to price your images to license

  • How to protect yourself legally against image theft

Resources:

Standout Quotes:

  • "If you're shooting for a product company, you want that product to be in focus, you want it to be the star of the show" - [Adam]

  • "The first step in protecting yourself is having a conversation with your client" - [Adam]

  • "I would rather not sell my photos than sell them for 12 cents each" - [Adam]

Key Takeaways:

  • Adam explains the role of having a focused mindset and asking for help, in pulling through the setbacks he faced as a learning photographer.

  • The licensing mindset is about more than how to license a photo, it encompasses the different avenues by which photographers can maximally monetize their pictures.

  • Companies that would purchase licensed photos are typically companies that are involved in the production or sales of items in the photos.

  • Adam explains different ways to connect with companies that potentially would value your photos enough to pay for them.

  • The first step in protecting yourself is having a conversation with your client, so they understand what they are allowed to do with the photos.

  • Comparing with third party stock photo websites, the major difference is how you upload, the price you get, and how people get the images.

Episode Timeline:

  • [00:20] How did you get involved with photography?

  • [06:09] Adam shares some of the hiccups he faced while advancing from being a learner in photography.

  • [09:37] How do you just keep moving on despite any setbacks?

  • [11:14] The transition from BMX to Real Estate.

  •  photography

  • [15:40] What is Licensing Photos?

  • [20:45] Is there a difference between an image you would shoot for an architect and one you would shoot to sell to a tile manufacturer?

  • [32:45] Who are we selling our photos to, and how do we find them?

  • [42:50] How do you protect yourself against image theft?

  • [48:54] Adam shares major challenges with the use of third party stock photo websites as a means to monetize your pictures.

  • [55:16] Adam describes a typical set of equipment he would take for a commercial shoot.

  • [59:02] When it comes to compositing images, do you do that for every image?

  • [01:00:54] How to contact Adam

Adam-Taylor-Beginner-Photography-Podcast-10.jpg
Adam-Taylor-Beginner-Photography-Podcast-09.jpg
Adam-Taylor-Beginner-Photography-Podcast-03.jpg
Adam-Taylor-Beginner-Photography-Podcast-08.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript, it is only intended as a reference.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:00 Trying to learn more about you. You know, one of the big things about you is that before getting into real estate, and then later licensing your photo, you started off doing BMX photography, which is, you know, always exciting to think about, you know, high energy, lots of adrenaline going on, but I couldn't find anything out about what happened before that. So how did you get into photography in the first place? And when did you know that, you know, photography and having a camera in your hand was going to play an important role in your life?

Adam Taylor: 00:00:28 I just got goosebumps, even you asking that question. So I fell in love with photography in fifth grade. My mom took my sister and me to New York city from a small town, Louisiana. We went on a family vacation and she just let me run wild with her little plain shoot Kodak camera and probably 15 rolls of film back then. And it was a very distinct moment. I was on the pedestal of the statue of Liberty, like looking up at the statute and snapping pictures and looking out at the, across the Harbor at the skyline and snapping pictures and like right there. And I was like, this is what I want to do. So, you know, I came home from that trip, just telling everybody I want to be a photographer when I grow up fast forward. My senior year of high school, I was on the yearbook staff.

Adam Taylor: 00:01:09 So I would walk around the school to take pictures. I would go get them developed. I would come back and kind of design and layout pages with those pictures. And I was super into BMX bike riding at the time had been my whole life. And I basically said, if I could do this meaning what I was doing for the yearbook staff, you know, take pictures, lay out pages for a BMX magazine. That would be the coolest job in the world. Of course. So, you know, upon graduation, everybody's saying, what are you going to do when you graduate? What are you gonna do when you graduate? And I had like an answer in the can for everybody. I literally told every person I'm going to go to school for graphic design as a backup plan. And then when I graduated, I'm going to move to Southern California and do whatever it takes to work at ride BMX magazine.

Adam Taylor: 00:01:47 So I went to school for graphic design while I was in school. I realized that the designers and the photographers for an actual magazine in the real world are two different jobs, unlike the yearbook where the designer and the photographer was the same person, me that the 17 year old. So once I realized that in college, which is so funny to think back of how naive I was, then I started to focus more on photography. And a month before I graduated, I got a call from the editor of that magazine, asking if I wanted to fly out for an interview and got my dream job working for the magazine right out of college. So about six months after I graduated, I moved from small town, Louisiana out to big time, metropolitan Southern California, and started working at my dream job photographing for the magazine,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:02:32 What a huge change in lifestyle that is for a, you know, a young 17 year old. I want to go back to fifth grade though, when you were there at the statue of Liberty and you're taking photos and you're looking up and you realize, this is what I, this is what I want to do without having seemingly even seen any of those photos at that point. Why do you think it was that moment? Or what was it in that moment that really struck a chord with you?

Adam Taylor: 00:02:57 That's a good question. I loved being able to take what I was seeing in my head, frame it up the way I wanted this frame it, and then the excitement of I'm going to get to develop this and then share it with people. Sharing my work with people has always been super exciting for me. You know, even today when I get shoot done with a photo shoot and I'm finished editing the set, you know, I bring my wife into the office and go through the photos and kind of have like a show and tell, you know, and, you know, tell her and show her all the photos that I shot. So yeah, it was, it was that idea of I'm going to get to share this with people. And then, you know, I got home and I'd developed them and I had all these stacks of photos and, you know, I would cut them with scissors to crop them. Right. Because they were pronounced from Walmart or wherever it was, you know? So I was like chopping up with scissors and yeah, it was just the coolest thing.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:03:49 So it was a very much a, a creative process for you in terms of being able to visualize something, use the tools that you had to capture it and then, you know, even continue on by cutting it up and doing more things with it.

Adam Taylor: 00:04:04 Absolutely. And to elaborate on that a little bit more, the type of camera was, I don't know if you or your listeners recall this, but there was an APS like advanced photo system camera from Kodak back in the day that had like a little switch where it had three different settings for the different links of the photo. So essentially it would give you like a panoramic photo or like a normal size or what kind of a crop size. And it was just, you know, it was just how much how wide, like the shutters were going to open on that piece of film. And yeah, you had to, it was like a different type of film. Like it slid in, he didn't have to like pull the little reel out, you know, it just popped right out. And I think you could get it developed a bit, all the same places. But yeah, so like even that part of the creative process back then was really cool. Like, you know, I get to decide which setting I have it on, you know, for this skyline picture or whatever.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:04:53 Yeah. I'm definitely gonna have to look that up. That sounds really fun and interesting. I remember you saying that right there reminded me of, I must have been, I mean, it must've been fourth or fifth grade. I wasn't, I wasn't very old. My stepdad had a rebuilt a it was it was a 1969 Chevelle. And like, I remember him building it up from like this just piece of rust to a finished car. And none of that has anything to do with the story. But he had a friend who was also into cars and at the time that friend of his had some sort of camera, I didn't know what it was at the time. Cause I was in fourth or fifth grade. And I remember that he was taking photos at a car show and then when he brought them to us so that we could see them, they were all Panorama images.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:05:36 And I remember thinking to myself like, this is like, this is insane. I've never seen anything like this. I was so young. But now thinking back to some of those photos, like he was still taking photos in the traditional sense where like whatever the subject was, was still directly in the center. So there was like two thirds of the image just totally empty. And it was, it was a waste of panoramic, but I'm going to have to look that up. That sounds like a lot of fun. That's very cool. That's very, so you know, obviously the, the visualization, the framing, those things were important to you, but when it became time for you to maybe advance and get your first SLR or DSLR did you find any big learning hiccups along the way when it came time to properly learning exposure or anything like that?

Adam Taylor: 00:06:20 Yeah. I remember a lot of things let's see, where do I even begin? So the, the, I'm just going to talk this out loud because this is an interesting question I haven't had before. So the first DSLR, or I'm sorry, the first SLR. I was a junior in high school and my mom got an SLR with like, you know, a zoom lens, like a kid lens so that she could take a picture of my sister crossing the graduation stage. She wants to be able to zoom in for graduation. So that's when I kind of adopted this new SLR. And then I kind of carried that with me throughout college. And so I used that camera in college and one of my first big hiccups funny story, I would live with the band any emo screamo fans out there might know a band called as cities burn.

Adam Taylor: 00:07:04 I lived with that band as they were forming themselves and I was taking their first quote-unquote press photos. And I didn't know what I was doing. I knew that I was always good with composition. I just had it in me. I went to school for graphic design. Like there was something in me that was like, good with like arranging composition and stuff. Right. But as far as the camera setting, I had no idea what I was doing. And they said they wanted to take photos in this like elevator, like this weird, like cargo elevator, where one of the guys worked. And so I brought a flash, I don't even know where I got this flash for brothers flash and I started taking pictures and I mean, I didn't know what else, it was just an on-camera flash. Right. and I got the pictures back and there was like this black line across like the lower third of the photos.

Adam Taylor: 00:07:43 I was like, what is this? Like, I don't know what is going on. Like, dude, I'm sorry, I messed up your press photos. Like, I don't know what this is. And it's funny because I was in college and I remember showing them to this other kid who was like in high school, but his dad happened to be a photographer. And he explained how the shutter sink worked. And, you know, if you shoot a photo with too high, a shutter speed with a flash, it doesn't stay open long enough, yada yada. And so that was like a big learning thing that it's funny. I was just literally just thinking about that, that incident, like last night in the shower, for some reason about, you know, how, how far I've come. And flash photography is really big in the BMX world. Like you have to use flashes, flashes and stuff, the motion and all that kind of stuff.

Adam Taylor: 00:08:21 So that was a big learning lesson for sure. Around the same time. Fish lenses are really big and action sports. So, you know, getting real close to the action stuff. And at the time I just had a kid lens and I went to this like weird kind of like downtown camera shop where you know, they sell a bunch of kits and it's this weird Hawker that's kind of hustling and selling you things. You know, you'll see a whole row of these stores in downtown new Orleans or somewhere in the New York district or whatever. Right. hopefully people can imagine the kind of stories I'm talking about, but I went in there and I was like, Oh, I need a wide angle lens. And he tells me this weird contraption that screws onto the front of my lens as a wide angle, you know, cause I didn't know what it was.

Adam Taylor: 00:09:01 And I remember showing it to like an actual BMX photographer that I met at one point. And he's like I don't know what that is that looks sketchy. I don't think he should be using that, but he wasn't like, he didn't explain like, Hey, an actual fish islands is 15 millimeters. It's a different lens, you know, like, didn't explain that. So I was just like, Oh, okay. Like, no wonder my pictures. Aren't very crisp and sharp, you know? And at this time I was, I had switched to DSLR. But yeah, there was a lot of learning curve there for sure, man.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:09:28 Oh, geez. So how do you, how do you, when it comes to these these moments of like, what am I doing wrong and you know, ruining a, a band's press photos and stuff. How do you continue to just move forward? Because you know, when you're new to something like this, a mistake or an accident like that can feel pretty devastating. How do you, how do you just keep moving on?

Adam Taylor: 00:09:51 Yeah, for me it was just keep your eye on the prize type of mentality. Like, like I said, when I was 17, like I knew what I wanted in life and nothing was going to stop me from getting that. And so, you know, for all those years, the only thing I was focused on was, you know, creating this career in the, in the BMX industry that I dreamed of, you know you know, while my friends were out riding and building ramps and stuff sure. I joined them sometimes, but there was a lot of times that I was in my room, like, you know, building a BMX website or working on some BMX design stuff or whatever. Because everything I wanted to do was just like, how can I move the needle closer to my goal? And so, you know, when those kinds of incidents happened, it was just, okay, how can I learn from this?

Adam Taylor: 00:10:33 Who can I ask to teach me, you know, like where can I learn obviously now, you know, YouTube is so prevalent and you know, you can Google just about anything. But yeah, I, I found a lot of great resources and just asking people and thankfully there was one of the guys that worked at that magazine that I wanted to work for who was very receptive to emails and you know, I would reach out to him and ask questions and he would give me, you know, little pointers and tips and stuff. So just, you know, asking the people that I admire really helped out a lot.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:11:02 That is fantastic. I feel like that story doesn't happen as often as it should. And I love how, as you said, you know, you keep your eye on the prize. You, you look to long-term, what is it that you want? And now you're going to keep working towards that. But today you're no longer doing that. So tell me where that transition came from from BMX to you just went right into real estate. Is that right?

Adam Taylor: 00:11:22 There was a little bit of a transition in between there. So from BMX, honestly, it was the fact that I've worked in the industry for about eight and a half years or so. And my passion was just changing and shifting, you know, I was getting older. And honestly I found CrossFit, you know, I, I drank the pill, I drank the Kool-Aid as they say, and I fell in love with CrossFit. It's funny because I started doing CrossFit because some BMX professionals were doing it to get better on their bike and, you know they were improving their health and their fitness. And so I was like, Oh, if I do CrossFit, I'll be able to, you know, ride longer and not get hurt when I crashed. And then within about three months of going across there just about every day, I loved it so much that my mindset completely flipped where my thought was, Oh, if I go ride today in a crash, I might be too hard to go to CrossFit.

Adam Taylor: 00:12:08 And I just fell in love with it and kind of how I, you know, fell in love with BMX and turned it into career. I started to do the same thing with CrossFit. So I kind of shifted from like shooting X games to shooting the CrossFit games. And I started getting clients in the fitness space. And eventually I decided that it was too much of a hustle and grind. It was a little too competitive. It was a little too young not quite lucrative enough of an industry where I didn't want to repeat the same thing. I didn't BMX where, you know, my salary wasn't very much, I really had to hustle to make any kind of money and BMX. And eventually my passion left because I was burnt out on it, you know, and I got too jaded by the industry and the personalities within the industry.

Adam Taylor: 00:12:48 And I didn't want to turn another hobby into a career and then lose another hobby, essentially. And so at that point, then it was like, okay, well, what do I do now? Like what can I take pictures of that's going to pay me. And so that's when I made that switch to, to real estate because at the time also to BMX and the CrossFit stuff was having me travel quite a bit. So, and I was traveling anywhere from like 120 to 200 days out of the year for like seven years straight. And I wanted to settle down, I wanted to get a dog. I wanted to be able to have a relationship. So I was like, okay, what, what would interest me enough to take pictures of that doesn't require me to leave and travel. And I really liked expensive houses, like, you know, luxury houses and, you know, being a dreamer and a goal setter.

Adam Taylor: 00:13:31 I honestly, I wanted to go hang out and these like multi-million dollar houses in LA to be able to picture myself in them, to be able to dream a little bit and to be able to kind of feed my motivation and stuff. And the idea of shooting portraits and weddings and stuff just never interested me. So I was like, all right, let's, let's give this real estate thing a try. So I went that direction, but you know, it didn't last too long with the real estate thing. Because the business model, I just wasn't fully aware of the business model before I got into it. And I thought that I was going to be able to create art. Like I explained earlier, you know, I, I liked that creative process, like creating art. But what I found out relatively quickly with real estate is that you're not necessarily creating art.

Adam Taylor: 00:14:11 It's a different business model. You're shooting a lot more and charging a lot less and trying to do volume. And you know, you're not getting paid a wage that will allow you to spend the time in a home to, you know, slow down and take your time. It kind of has to be a fast paced workflow. And yeah, I just wasn't enjoying it that much. But through that, I realized that I could take pictures for other people of the same type of spaces and get paid more and work slower and enjoy the process more. So that's kind of where the transition to working with architects, interior designers and custom home builders came, which is what I'm doing now still.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:14:47 Oh, I see. Okay. That's a, that's a big between working with real estate and working with the people who are essentially creating these homes, designing these homes. Oh, okay. Okay. Okay. So then today you are in your teaching as well as how to license your images which is something that I'm super excited to talk about when you reached out to me and were like, Hey, you know, would you like to talk about licensing your images? And I thought to myself, I don't even know where I'd begin. You know, as, as a wedding photographer for myself, I don't have to worry about any of these things, you know? And it is a question that I see that kind of continues to come up in the beginning of photography podcast, community, the Facebook group, and whatnot. So before we dive into the licensing side of things, can you tell me as if I was five years old as if a five-year-old came up to you and said, you know, what is licensing photos? Like? How does that work? What would you say to them?

Adam Taylor: 00:15:46 Yeah, good question. So starting at the beginning here when you, as a photographer, sell your photos, you're actually just selling a license to use the photos. And so hopefully this five-year-old uses Photoshop because I'm gonna use this as an example when you're on some pretty advanced

Raymond Hatfield: 00:16:01 These days. So I think we'll be okay when

Adam Taylor: 00:16:03 You okay. Five-Year-Old when you purchase frozen two on your Apple TV, you are don't own that movie. You cannot give that movie to all your friends that also want to watch frozen too. So, so that's the three-year-old version cause my daughter loves frozen too. But you know, as photographers, we all use the Adobe creative suite and different software, Microsoft soft you know, Microsoft word and Excel, those kinds of things. When you buy these software programs, you're not buying them, right. You're licensing them. And every year you pay for a new license and your licenses for you to use in your home and your business. And if you had a business with a bunch of employees and they were all going to use it, you would pay a different licensing rate. You would pay more to use that same software. But again, you still can't give it to everybody, right?

Adam Taylor: 00:16:45 So when you sell your photos, you're selling a license to use the photos for a specific reason. So for me, you know, an interior designer hires me and she pays or he pays to use the photos to market their own business. And the license that I sell to them doesn't allow them to distribute the photos or give them to other people. So if I shoot a kitchen for interior designer and she wants to use that for her website or a magazine ad, that's great. But if that same picture of a kitchen wants to be used by the company that manufactured the faucet, or that made the cabinets, or that manufactured the tiles on the backsplash, all those companies, if they want to use them, they would also have to pay for a license to use those photos from you from me.

Adam Taylor: 00:17:29 That's correct. Yep. So I am the copyright holder as the creator of the image by us law. I hold the copyright, obviously there's caveats. And when we put a big disclaimer here, I'm not a lawyer, don't take legal advice to me. But you know, in the U S you own the copyright when you shoot the photo, if you have a contract with a client that says you're to do a copyright transfer or something like that, that's a little bit different. But most photographers don't work like that. Right. So, yeah if the cabinet manufacturer, if the tile company wants to use those photos, they would have to come to me and negotiate a licensing rate for me to use those images.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:18:08 That was a, that was a very clear example that made a lot of sense. And it's funny, I guess, without even realizing it, I've kind of been giving that example to my couples, like when they asked, you know, do we have print rights? Can we, you know, do these things with our photos, I've always used the example of which is very similar to your frozen example, but it's a book, you know, you can go to a store and you can buy a book, but you don't know the words in that book. You don't own that book. You you're paying to read that book to look at that book, I guess. So that, that, that totally makes sense. Why do you think that this is so confusing to, to so many new photography?

Adam Taylor: 00:18:47 Hmm. Yeah. Good question. I think just lack of education, which is, you know, part of what I'm trying to do is teach photographers, teach companies teach our clients and educate on what this is. And you know, the idea that you quote unquote, buy something or pay for something, and you can't do whatever you want with it. It's kind of a foreign idea. The software companies do a pretty good job of, you know, monitoring their software because the way that you have to download the Adobe creative suite makes it very difficult to give it to other people, you know, back in the day when it was on a disc or a CD or whatever it was a little bit easier, you know, all through college, I never paid for Adobe. And even into my professional career, I still had these like, you know, bootlegged copies or whatever that somebody gave me back in college.

Adam Taylor: 00:19:30 Right. But as soon as they switched to the download version, they were able to protect their copyrights and their assets a lot easier. So just like the the MP3s and stuff, you know, it used to be pretty easy to let your friends burn your CDs. And now with the music download, honestly, if I wanted to put a song from my phone onto my wife's phone, I don't even know how I would do that at this point. So, you know, the, the fact that other industries and other other platforms are able to protect their assets makes it a little bit easier. So if you explain to your client like, Hey client, don't you use a Microsoft word? Well, yeah. Okay. I do. Okay. Can you give me a copy of that? Like, then they'll start to understand that, but because they have a digital file and they can email that file and they can upload that file to social media and they can put it on a thumb drive and hand it off to whoever else they want. Or they can put it on Dropbox. Like they have so many ways that they can redistribute your digital assets, your images. I think that makes it a little bit more difficult for them to understand that it's, you know a medium that should be controlled by the copyright holder.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:20:36 Right. Okay. So before we get into the moneymaking portion of licensing images let's stick with the photography side of it. Is there anything different from a photography standpoint, between an image that you would shoot for an architect or an interior designer versus one that you would shoot specifically to sell to, like you said, a tile manufacturer cabinet manufacturer or anything like that?

Adam Taylor: 00:21:01 Yeah. Good question. If you were asking that question for real estate the answer is usually yes. Most real estate photographers, real estate photos are shot very wide angle. You want to be able to see, you know, the whole room which makes sense, because you're trying to give people a sense of the layout of the house, how the rooms connect to one another. You want it to look big because, you know, obviously everybody wants a bigger place. And so those images are shot a little bit different than, you know, a design type photo. An architecture and interior design photo are typically going to be shot a little bit tighter, a little more artfully composed. You know, all the details in this space will be paid attention to a little bit more, as far as, you know, how the furniture is placed in position like this, the staging of pillows or items on countertops and things like that.

Adam Taylor: 00:21:51 And so once you get to the, you know, inter design architecture type photos, those are going to be very similar. And many times the same as a product company. Now, if a product company hired me to shoot specifically for them, I would shoot that a little bit different because, you know, a hundred percent of the time the focus point would be on that particular product. And you know, the, the things, the space around that product might be a little less cluttered to, for example. But let's, let's try to just try to make an example here. Say we're shooting a photo of a kitchen for an interior designer and we're we're up against a back wall. And in front of us, there is an Island with a sink and a faucet. And then behind that, there's, you know, the back wall with a range and a tile back splash.

Adam Taylor: 00:22:34 So that designer might want me to focus on the faucet in the middle of the room, which means the tile on the backsplash might be a little bit out of focus. And as I'm saying this, I'm just gonna use an example from a very recent shoot that I did here in Hawaii, where as we were kind of setting up the shot, you know, I was asking the client, how in focus do you want the background? You know, do you want it to be a little bit more blurry? And the focus has to be more on this Island and faucet, or do you want the background to be a little sharper? That's gonna, you know, change my stuff, right? So he said he wanted it to be a little bit more out of focus in the background. So I did that. I shouted F point at, for the Island and the faucet were in focus.

Adam Taylor: 00:23:13 The background was, you know, kind of blurry and out of focus. Very quickly I switched settings and shot the exact same photo at F 13 without even changing the focus point to where that tile backsplash was a little bit more in focus. And I was able to license that photo after the fact to the tile company. So, you know the, the style of shooting is very similar. But of course, if you're shooting for a product company, you want that product to be in focus. You want it to be the star of the show. When you're shooting for a designer, you might accidentally get the Thailand focus or, you know, accidentally get the tile as part of the shot that your client wants. And then you can still license those photos to the companies after the fact,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:23:51 See, this is why I love talking to other photography professionals because this is again a whole new world that I, I wouldn't even think of, you know, as a wedding photographer, I would never, I feel like I can't even imagine licensing an image of mine to somebody else, because I feel like I'm capturing these photos for my couples, you know, and while I take the photos, it feels like these are their photos. And I, again, can't even imagine what anybody else would do with these. But I guess this is kind of eye opening is that you, as the photographer, you like, this is your image. You could do whatever you want with it. And even if you're being paid to photograph an interior for an interior designer, you can still use that exact same photo to make more money after the fact by licensing these images, which goes back to like kind of what you were saying before we started recording the value of the photos that we take. And we're just leaving a lot of this value here on the table, but sorry, go on. You were about to say,

Adam Taylor: 00:24:51 Yeah. So w seeing the light bulb go off in your head gets me super excited, because what I teach is not just how to license your photos. What I teach is what I call a licensing mindset. And so I want to help photographers like you and everybody else be able to look at their work through a different light, under a different lens, so to speak and look at your work in such a way that makes you think all the time. Who else can I sell this photo to? How else can I monetize this image? And once you start thinking like that, and once you start understanding the nuances of your industry, or kind of adjacent industries that might be able to use some of your images in their marketing, then the flood Gates open up, then that the doors really open, and you can kind of hit the ground running and start making some money.

Adam Taylor: 00:25:36 And so just to kind of give you a little example in 2020, you know, we're here we are January 5th, 20, 21 last year, even with the pandemic, I was able to increase my revenue by $35,000 from licensing photos that I had already been paid to shoot, and I expect it to be even more this year. So yeah, she can't be leaving quite a bit of money on the table. And, you know, as a wedding photographer, I would love to see a wedding photographer go through the course that I have and develop that licensing mindset because you know, obviously like my frame of reference is, you know, the, the BMX stuff of license, the fitness stuff I've licensed, and now the interiors and architecture stuff. But I would love to see somebody from a different industry go through this to see what they can think of it.

Adam Taylor: 00:26:24 Because again, I don't understand the nuances. I've had this same conversation with a few other people just very briefly. And you know, one of the, the first thing that came up was like, Oh, well, what about the flower person or the dressmaker or the venue or whatever, and the feedback that I immediately got without digging too deep into the conversation? Oh, well, all those people expect to get the images for free, or, you know I have to give them away to the venue because I want to be on their preferred vendors list or whatever. And it's like a relationship based industry and those kinds of things. And, you know, in my industry, there is a lot of that misconception of, Oh, the designer thinks that they can send the photos to the appliance company to post them on their Instagram because the designer wants the exposure.

Adam Taylor: 00:27:07 And when that happens, it's very frustrating for us as photographers because that appliance company is building their brand off of my images without paying me. And so then it's okay, how do I get them to take it down? How do I get paid? How do I turn that, you know appliance company into a paying client or whatever. And so I think there's probably some education that could take place in your industry and some kind of opening the eyes a little bit and kind of widening your frame of reference and thinking, you know, who else can use these images. But kind of a little side step two is I'm sure that there's some wedding photographers that shoot other things, right. And so here's another opportunity. A good example, you know, when I was shooting BMX stuff, just for fun. One night I went out around the town that I lived in at the time, long beach, California, and shot a series of photos at night with, you know, long exposure.

Adam Taylor: 00:27:54 Like the lights lit up, all cool around the city, different skylines and stuff. And I posted those on a blog post and through SEO and just search engine juice or whatever. The blog post got some traction and eventually a company reached out to me and said, Hey, we are going to be part of a trade show coming up in long beach. We make motor homes and like custom coaches and tour buses. We want to wrap our bus with a cityscape of long beach. Can we license one of your photos from downtown? And I was able to negotiate a thousand dollars for that image. And here I am a BMX photographer, and I just sold a photo of my city for a thousand bucks, you know, because I understood that licensing.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:28:33 And that's a big score. Now, now your image is on the side of a bus. I mean, how cool is that? Just, I feel like just taking a picture of me in front of a bus with my image on it would be worth a thousand dollars for that is.

Adam Taylor: 00:28:43 Yeah. And, and to, to round out that story, I was actually riding BMX one day and just so happened to pass by while this trade show was going on and saw the bus in my photo.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:28:54 Please tell me that you took a photo of yourself in front of it though.

Adam Taylor: 00:28:57 I think I was by myself. I have a photo of the bus. I think I actually sent you that photo, but I do have a photo of the bus. It's just an iPhone photo from a very old iPhone, but I haven't done the less.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:29:07 That is so cool. Going back to your idea there about, you know, wedding photographers. I think I think a lot of the pushback is, is that, you know, when it comes to weddings, a lot of the other businesses are person to person, right? So a lot of florists are just a single person, a lot of cake bakers, or a small local business, a lot of venues. As you said, you know, it's nice to get on those lists, which I understand, you know, I fully understand that like supporting your, your community to better yourself, but there's also a million other businesses that I can think of that maybe are not small or local that would love to pay for some of these images, like probably ring companies, jewelry you know, a lot of the dresses probably you know, when when you, when you show up in the morning, the bridesmaids are all wearing like some sort of like special robe or something that they got a custom made.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:30:00 I'm sure that whoever made those would would, would be interested in licensing those as well. So I can think of a lot of these ideas. And again, to your point, you know, whereas this last year, it was tough for wedding photographers. You know, a lot of us could not legally photograph weddings and, you know, a lot of people had to, it'd be nice to have that backup idea for additional income, you know, maybe going out and doing some real estate photos to make some extra money, and then continue to use this information as far as licensing images, just in case I don't know, another global pandemic happens or something else terrible happens where we're forced to stay home. Let me, let me go ahead and ask now, because I'm thinking about, you know, there's been times where I've shown up to weddings and I thought to myself, this is not the wedding that I expected. Right. Are there times where maybe you go into a home and you think, Oh, this is this is so, so I, I'm not sure if I'll be able to actually get anything out of this. Is there anything that you do to spruce it up or, or do you just have to wait until the next home that you photograph and hope that that one's a winner?

Adam Taylor: 00:31:02 Good question. Certainly when I was shooting real estate, there was many times that I was like, Oh, I got into this thinking. I was going to be hanging out in these million dollar mansions. And this is a piece of crap. Now that I'm working with the higher end clients, there's a lot less of that. You know, there's certainly homes that are like more my style or less my style. But there are some times, like for example, when a builder will hire me and the house is empty and, you know, it's unfurnished, they have, you know, an interior designer hasn't gone in there and put their personal touch. And it's like, all right, here's an empty shell of a house like this. Isn't very exciting. But those kinds of things on every shoot, I bring what I call a props kit. So I have a big Tupperware bin with like little staging items in it.

Adam Taylor: 00:31:40 So I bring, you know, a little Turkish towel and some soap bottles and a cutting board and some fake fruit and some bottles of sparkling water a handful of items that I can put into kitchens, bathrooms, or maybe exterior, like patio type areas that will make it look like the space has lived in. So, you know, if a builder wants a completely empty kitchen shot, I can shoot that for him. But if, you know, I've got a little extra time on my hands, I might put a couple of things on the counter shoot that same photo with some staging items in there, and now maybe the cabinet company will want to buy it because it doesn't look so empty and boring, you know?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:32:15 Right, right. Oh, that's such, that's a great tip. That's something that you know, it just makes sense, but I don't know if a lot of people would would think about that, but obviously it comes from experience and that's why we're listening to this podcast right now, so that we can, we can continue to gain that experience. So let's go ahead and switch up a little bit. Let's kind of dive deeper into the business aspect of the licensing of our images. So let's say you go into a house maybe it was empty. You stage a few photos and then guess what you got yourself, a winning shot here, who are we selling our photos to? And how do we find it?

Adam Taylor: 00:32:51 Great question. The people that you're looking for are the companies that have manufactured things that are in that home. So we've got title companies, cabinet companies, foster makers, even on the cabinet, like the little knobs and the poles like those, you know, hardware. You know, some of those are maybe just from ACE hardware, right. But some of them are an actual company that designs those and, you know, made out of a certain metal and has a certain design to it. Tile and flooring companies, window manufacturers, fireplace companies. So basically every item you see in a house with a choice made by the designer or the architect, and put in there for a reason, and this is going back to that, you know, how do your photos have value or who are they valuable to every one of those companies that manufacture those products has a need for images to sell more of their products.

Adam Taylor: 00:33:41 So if I can break this down for us a little bit let's talk about a couple of different types of companies and you know, how they need or why they need photos and how they get their photos. And this will kind of help explain a little bit the value behind the images that we're taking. Right. All right. So we've got a small company that let's say they make tiles, small company being, you know, mom and pop type shop, like a couple employees only they need photos of their products installed in order to sell more of their work. How are they going to get their images? They can build a space and install them themselves. So what does that look like? They have to literally build like a little kitchen vignette and, you know, put tiles on a backsplash. They can maybe use one of their own bathrooms at their house and install their tiles in their own house or something to try to take photos of it.

Adam Taylor: 00:34:32 There's a lot of labor and planning and preparation involved in that. And if it's a couple person in the company, you know, what resources do they have to get that done? They can hire a photographer to go out and shoot photos. So what does that look like? That looks like, okay, we sold our tiles to this dealer in a different state. The dealer told us that they're going to go into a really nice house that so-and-so architect is building like, okay, track down that architect. Now you've got to try to work with that architect and or the homeowner and or interior designer to get access to that home. And then you have to call around and vent photographers in that area. Okay. Who's going to be able to take photos of this place for me, because I'm over here in a different state.

Adam Taylor: 00:35:12 And my tile has got sent out to this state over here. How much is that photographer gonna charge? Are the photos going to be good? I get the photos in like, Oh, like only three out of these 10 are really good enough for my marketing efforts. That's a lot of time, energy resources, money. The other option is somebody like me, emails them a digital file and says, Hey, this is going to be $350. Do you want it? And they say, Oh my God. Yes. Because my other options, I just explained, right. So why would I not pay a couple hundred dollars for this image when I already see that it's good. I already know where I can pop it into my marketing. And I don't have to go through all that effort and work to, you know, setting up the shoot, building a set, whatever it might be. And here I have a beautiful photo of this particular tile to put in my marketing.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:35:59 Wow. That makes perfect sense. I thought in my head, you know, obviously the, the smaller mom and pop type tile maker I wasn't even thinking about them. I was thinking, I guess, like, you know, Mowen and Kohler, like all these like really high end or large faucet companies and thinking to myself. Yeah. I'm sure that they just have like several kitchens, like in a studio somewhere where they just kinda exchange things in and out, but it's those smaller companies perhaps that, that are, that are too big to where they can't do it themselves, but they're not big enough to where they can have those, those set spaces. That makes sense.

Adam Taylor: 00:36:33 Yeah. So if we're talking about the big companies, like yes, they can build sets and they have the resources to, you know, get a product photographer in there. They have all these different avenues in order to get their, their digital assets. And so for that reason they might not need your photos, but what you provide for them might be a different style than what they've created, or it might be a new product that they haven't got around to shooting yet, or something like that. So they still might want your photos, these big companies, and I've, I've sold plenty of photos to big companies. But I've also been told by some of the big companies or, or a big company in particular. I'll go ahead and mention their name, Delta faucet. They said, we'll buy this photo, but we can't pay your normal rate because we just don't have that big a need for it.

Adam Taylor: 00:37:14 Like, it's not gonna immediately go on a, on a display. It's not gonna immediately go on a catalog. We're going to toss it in our database. It may or may not ever get used, but it's only a couple hundred bucks. So we'll take the chance and throw it in the mix. So they, because they already have a bunch of assets might not be able to pay quite as much. You know, obviously they have the budgets, but their budgets are allocated differently. So the medium sized company, you know, the medium sized company might be able to produce a small shoot kind of makeshift in their, in their warehouse, or they might have the means to you know, hire a photographer here and there on a regular basis kind of thing. So, you know, their need, their value might be a little bit differently.

Adam Taylor: 00:37:51 So you can kind of start to understand your industry, start to understand your potential clients and who you're reaching out to understand their business model and how they work. You can look at their Instagram. Do they have photos from other photographers or do they all kind of have the same look and feel meaning they kind of produce them all in the same type of campaign? You know, do they credit other photographers? Are they, you know, showing a wide variety of different types of spaces, like, you know, essentially do your research and kind of get a feel for what's out there so that you understand who you're going to be trying to sell to.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:38:26 Okay. So then who are we trying to sell through? Like, who are we contacting? Because if I'm thinking Delta faucets, you know, I can go down to Lowe's and they have, you know, Delta faucets there and on the back it says, contact us. And then there's some one 800 number is that who I'm contacting?

Adam Taylor: 00:38:41 Very good question. And know the people you're wanting to look for are the marketing directors, the creative directors, if the company's large enough to have one of those, but usually somebody in marketing. So you, you know, you're looking for marketing director, a VP of marketing, head of marketing, those kinds of titles and in the course that I have, I teach all about how to locate the decision makers cause that's a big part of the puzzle. You know, finding the right person to reach out to, or the find the right person to get your email in their hands. That's a big part of what we're doing here. And it's a big part of kind of what I've honed and developed and, you know worked on over the last couple of years in order to maximize my potential for success on this, you know, but there's a couple of resources you can use online to find emails rocket reach and Hunter IO websites are pretty good. I use those in combination with LinkedIn and with Google. So yeah, I mean, like I said, in the course, I teach all about this. Obviously I can't give everything away here. But there's definitely some resources out there that can help you find the marketing person and you know, the right people to reach out to.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:39:48 Yeah. And I think your course is like five plus hours long, you know, there's no way that we can cover all that stuff here in this this 60 minute podcast. So I totally understand what about that next phase though. Let's say that we do find that person and you mentioned earlier, you just go ahead and send them an email with the file and then you ask them if they want to use it. So there's no like big image reveal. It's not like, Hey, I have an image. Would you like to see it and then possibly buy it? It's just here you go buy it. Yes or no.

Adam Taylor: 00:40:17 Yeah. Good question. So my personal technique and the one that I teach in that I, you know, give you ABC one, two, three step-by-step guide in my course is, is my personal way. It's worked really well for me. It's worked for other people in the course. I'm sure other people have their way of doing it my way is make it as short and sweet as possible. I have an email template that I use, I copy and paste from it. You know, it's only about six sentences long. It gets everything right out the way as quickly as possible. I attach the image in the initial email or images. I put the price in the initial email, reason being is that these people get a lot of emails. They get a lot of people asking them for things. And they only have a couple of seconds to glance at your email and see if it's worth looking into, if the email says, click here for photos, or can I send you photos?

Adam Taylor: 00:41:10 That's one extra step that they have to do. If they have to wait any longer to do anything, you might get pushed down in their inbox and that's not where you want to be when you're trying to make a sale. If they can glance it over in 15 seconds and immediately make a decision, you're going to have a lot better chance to you know, engage with them, get that decision. I go for what I call the easy. Yes. So instead of trying to you know, do a bunch of back and forth negotiations on every single sale, I kind of have like a a standard rate if you will. And some companies are going to get a lot more use out of that photo than others for that same price, but it makes it simple for me and it makes it simple for them.

Adam Taylor: 00:41:49 And at the end of the day, we're trying to make it as simple as possible for these decision makers so that they can move on with their day and they can send us money as quickly as possible. So I'll go back and say, the email that I sent you is based off the exact same template. And, you know, I reached out to you wanting to be on your podcast. And I knew that you probably have a lot of photographers that want to be on here. And I wanted to make sure that I gave you every bit of information you needed to understand what I wanted and what I was going to provide for you, so that it would be easy for you to say yes. And so my question to you is did the email template work

Raymond Hatfield: 00:42:25 Well, you're here right now, right? So yeah, it absolutely worked. It absolutely worked. I'm thinking about a lot of new photographers a lot of photographers who maybe they're not new, but they're just not established as far as business goes, and there's no way around it. There's a lot of image theft in our industry. You know, even with companies, you know, taking people's photos on Instagram and posting them, them, their selves on their own business Instagram. So how do you I guess protect yourself from, you know, you're sending them the photo, like you're sending them what it is that that you want them to buy. So how do you protect yourself against them just saying no, and then using it anyway?

Adam Taylor: 00:43:07 Yeah, another really good question. So the most direct answer to that, and I'll have to back up and give you a little more context of this, but essentially when you email a company that is a professional company to some degree, you know, they're, they're selling products, they're making money, they're, you know, established enough to have products out there in the world and you tell them, here's a photo that I want you to pay for. This is the price, the odds of them actually using that without paying for it, I feel are pretty slim. And I've never actually had somebody use the photos that I sent them in an email without paying for them. And that for me is definitely a gamble that I'm worth taking a, because it's worked so many times and B again, because of what I just explained. I want to make it easy for them.

Adam Taylor: 00:43:49 If there's a big, ugly watermark on the photo, if they have to ask to see the photo, if they have to go through a password protected website, yada, yada, it's just more roadblocks between me and that sale. Now to back up a little bit the first step in protecting yourself is registering your photos with the us copyright office which is a little time-consuming and daunting at first. But once you do it once the process is, you know, kind of systematic and, and pretty easy to do, and it's very cheap and offers you a ton of protection. Once again, I'm not a lawyer, don't take legal advice from me but you know, registering your photos with the us copyright office. There's also other image tracking services out there that a lot of people in my position use and I use as well copy track pixie, P I X S y.com image tracker.

Adam Taylor: 00:44:31 There's a couple of services like that, that you can upload photos or attach your social media to and they'll actually kind of like search the web for places that have used your images. And then at that point, you can either go through that service and you know, file a claim or basically use their legal services in order to help get your money. Or you can go find a lawyer or you can handle it yourself after you kind of see where they went. As far as Instagram you know, in my position, working with designers and stuff what we see most often is a company like a cabinet maker will come in on the designers post, you know, the designer will tag the cabinet company first, the designer will say, Hey, that's a beautiful shot. Can we share it on our feed?

Adam Taylor: 00:45:11 And the designers like, Ooh, awesome. Like you have 200,000 followers. Like I want the attention, I want the exposure. Like, please go ahead. And they're flattered that the cabinet company thinks their design is worthy to be on their page. Right. And the Kevin company gets permission, quote, unquote from the designer posted on their feed. And then I see it later and I'm like, what the hell? Like, so the first step in protecting yourself as having a conversation with your client way before that ever happens. So for me, the very first conversation I ever had with my client, we discussed this, the second conversation, we're still discussing this when I send them my contract before the shoot, when I send them my invoice after the shoot, during the shoot, this idea of licensing and what you can do with the photos comes up numerous times so that my clients, you know, now, and going forward all know about this and understand what to do when this happens. So that's a big protection barrier there.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:46:01 What about and that, that perfectly makes sense. I get it. I think that's going to help out a lot of people when it comes to the licensing, your photos to a company, is it as simple as, as an email agreement them saying yes. And then sitting in an invoice and then you're done, or is there any sort of contracts involved in that

Adam Taylor: 00:46:20 I'm gonna wince when I tell you this? Once again, I'm not a lawyer, don't take legal advice from me. The lawyer will tell you to get a contract and have a licensing agreement and have people sign a contract. I am trying to do better. And this year, and I recently bought contracts from a lawyer to use and I haven't started using them yet. So to date, I have done this for, you know, professionally as a photographer for more than what going on 14, 15 years now. And I've been doing this type of licensing that we're discussing here for about two years or so and you know, really doubled down on it in the past 18, 12 months. And to this point I haven't used any kind of signed contracts, provide an invoice that has very easily read words on it, easily tied to digest words you know, layman's terms of what their license will allow them to do. And again, that, that has worked for me. A lot of people don't feel comfortable with that, and I understand why I'm a simple person. I don't like to complicate things for me or the people I work with. And that's what I've done.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:47:32 I love it. That was a very open and a very honest approach to, you know, how you, how you go about doing this. And obviously some of the mistakes that you made, some of the ways that you're going to be, you know, trying to do this better in this year and make it even more profitable for you and obviously protect yourself as well. Again, that's, that's a huge thing that I know people are, are, they're so worried about that that will stop them from even getting started in the first place. And then you know, you just come in here with that little piece of information and and just, just solve it all. So, so thank you so much for, for sharing.

Adam Taylor: 00:48:05 Yeah. That, that point of the analysis paralysis or whatever you want to call it. You know, if something is such a big hurdle that you're not going to even start, then, then skip that hurdle and go around it, you know, and, you know, knock on wood here. I've, I've never been sued. I've never had somebody screw me over. And you know, I'm sure there's times when I could have made more money by doing X, Y, and Z. I'm sure there's times when, you know, a contract would have helped me because of a, B and C, but at the end of the day here, I am sitting in Hawaii living my dream and I'm making money as a photographer. So, you know, you gotta be doing something right.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:48:41 I love it. I mean, that's a perfect way to, to, to think about it really. Again, so many people just, just get so hung up on the idea of just getting started that that they don't, and I'm not immune to that either. Like that's, that's totally me. That's only me. So if I was in this position right now, thinking about the idea of licensing photos, one of the objections that would come up in my head would probably be something like third-party stock sites, right? Where you can just upload your photos to these sites. And I would love to hear your opinions because to me, it sounds like a whole lot less work than having to track down manufacturers and find the decision makers and come up with this and possibly negotiate a price. So talk me through that. Like, am I, am I totally wrong here? Because the approach that you're taking is, is the exact opposite.

Adam Taylor: 00:49:32 Yeah. I'm glad you asked this. It's, it's a really good topic to bring up. I started submitting photos to stock website back when I worked in the BMX industry, because I was looking for other ways to increase my income. And I did the research and I saw there wasn't any good BMX photos on websites. All the photos of the time were shot by non BMX riders that didn't understand the nuances of the tricks. So my hope was like, Hey, let's get some better photos out there in the world. And let's make me some more money. The process of doing that was very time consuming and tedious. You said it seemed like it was easier. But yeah, but you know, there was a lot of like metadata keywording like description writing the way like the, the specific way that they, they stock websites had you upload things was very time consuming and very system-based.

Adam Taylor: 00:50:17 I had to get model releases from every writer that, which I had never had to do before. Which, you know, for me was like a weird thing. Like, Hey, you know, I know I'm friends shot this photo of you a year ago. Can you sign this so I can try to sell it later? Like it was awkward for me. Later I started submitting travel photos and stuff. And so I had several hundred, like probably close to four to 500 photos with a stock agency. And from that agency, they had partnerships with other, so they were on multiple different platforms. And in about 10 years, I probably made about $2,000. And you know, recently I went through and it was looking at my stock photo sales, and there was photos that were sold for 12 cents, 36 cents, you know, like less than a dollar each per photo.

Adam Taylor: 00:51:01 And at that point you know, I decided I just want to pull out, like I emailed the company and said, Hey, just take me off the platform. Like I don't, I would rather not sell my photos into selling for 12 cents. Each, like, to me, that's a slap in the face shine. So the big difference is how you upload the price you get and then how people get the images. So the stock website is a wait and see type of thing where you throw them up there and maybe people come to you, maybe not, which is cool. And it definitely can be a viable source of some income. And I'm sure there's people that do really well with stock photography and kind of have figured out how to work the system to their advantage. Just like I have with my system. My system is a very proactive way of doing it.

Adam Taylor: 00:51:42 And so it kind of puts the control a lot more in my hands. You know, once you understand who to look for, how to find them, once you get familiar with your copy and paste templates, again, that I've provided in the course and that I use on a daily basis to try to sell my photos. You know, there's definitely some work involved in like figuring it out in the beginning. Obviously the course help helps you, you know, fast track that. But even for me, it's still, I'm putting in work. I'm not gonna lie. Like I sit down at a computer for an hour or so and put in a little bit of time and effort. But it's a proactive approach instead of a wait and see approach. And again, I made $35,000 this year, as opposed to $2,000 total over the last 10 years or so.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:52:21 Right, right. Yeah. And I think that makes sense because you know, the amount of work that you got to put in for all those those photos on those third-party stock sites, I guess I wasn't aware of of how much work it takes. And I would much rather try to spend even a few hours trying to get you know, sell one photo or two photos for a few hundred bucks rather than you know, take 10 minutes to sell it for 12 cents.

Adam Taylor: 00:52:46 Right. And then let's extrapolate this on this a little bit more, the people that come to the stock photo website. Well, first of all, if they're looking for a photo, they've got to sift through hundreds or thousands of photos that look similar to yours, and you've got to hope they pick yours once they pick yours, what are the odds that they're going to see your name and come back to you to hire you as a photographer now, right, exactly. Zero. If you land in their inbox with a great photo and say, Hey, I'm in the wahoo Hawaii region, you know, please keep me in mind. If you ever have projects out here that you need shot, what are the odds that they're going to hire you again for a shoe tire? And I've been hired by other companies. I know, you know, people that have gone through the course of their colleagues and friends, mine that have been, you know, have built very long-term relationships, a very lucrative relationship with companies that they originally got in touch with because they reached out with the photo.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:53:33 Oh, that's cool. That's cool. So let's go ahead. I know that we're getting towards the end of our time here, so let's go ahead and kind of wind this down and let's kind of keep it photography related and talk a little bit about gear because that's something that we don't talk about very often on the podcast, but when it comes to an entirely new world of photography that I'm not perfectly versed in I know that there's always little nuances and, and, and whatnot. So say an interior designer reaches out to you and what a common goal will be to come in and photograph an entire house, or would it just be a single space within that house? How does that work?

Adam Taylor: 00:54:13 Yeah. Another good question. It totally depends on that particular client and what their needs are. Very seldom do I shoot an entire house, even if it's like an architect or a custom home builder. Usually if they did build the entire house, there's usually like a couple of bedrooms or something that are just like, ah, it's whatever, like it's not designed that good. And with the kind of work that I do 10 to 15 photos in a day, maybe 20 photos on a rarely high end, like very rare side, but, you know, we're worried about shooting that many photos because it's so you know, time consuming and methodical and expensive for them, you know, and so shooting a whole house is pretty rare. A lot of times a custom home builder will do a kitchen and bathroom model. So it'll be like a, a small powder room that you get one, maybe two shots in a kitchen. And again, totally depends on what the client wants, what their budget is. You know, my, my my recent shoot here in wahoo there, I just mentioned with that tile example, we only shot three photos in the kitchen. That was it. I showed up and shot three photos, and that was our day. So yeah, it totally depends on what the client's needs are.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:55:15 Okay. So let's say again, interior designer says, Hey, guess what? We're photographing a kitchen and a, a bathroom that we remodeled. What are you, what are you packing in your bag? What do you need to take with you to enable you to capture it all? Yep.

Adam Taylor: 00:55:30 I shoot with a Canon five D Mark for a body. Tilt shift lenses are pretty common. They're almost a staple in, in this type of work. So I have a 24 millimeter tilt shift lens with a 1.4 extender. A lot of architecture, interior photographers will only shoot with a tilt shift lens. They'll have a 17, a 24 and a, I think it's a 48 is the next one. And then they'll have, you know, the 1.4 and or the two TimeXtender that they can kind of swap those out. I also use a 16 to 35 millimeter lens or is it 1735, 24 to 70, and I have a 70 to 200. So you know, those kinds of lenses, but the tilt shift lens for, you know, the beginners out there are going to allow you to shift your entire camera lens up so that you can get more ceiling or more flooring. For example, without having your vertical lines start to go in or converge like a fun house which is very important in architecture and interior work, you always want your, your walls to look straight not, not crooked, not slanted. You want your horizontal lines on the ceiling and floor to be perfectly horizontal. So the tilt shift lens will be able to allow you to do that much easier without having to fix it in post production. Right?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:56:49 Yeah. I was going to say that Lightroom has the ability to automatically fix the geometry, but it tilt shift lens is what does it physically in camera so that you don't have to worry about things like,

Adam Taylor: 00:56:59 Is that right? Yeah. And and I'll be honest with you. I did it for a long time without a tilt shift lens. And it, it got to the point where, Hey, I wanted to increase the quality of my work because the, like the edges of the frame on until shifts are gonna stay sharp. Whereas if you're starting to expand out and you know, drag the verticals get stretched, you know, it, you know, they get stretched and get a little less crisp and stuff. But another big reason was onsite with my clients. As we were setting up the shots, it got to the point where I was working with high enough in clients, that it was kind of embarrassing. And I felt like an amateur to show them the image and say, okay, well, these are crooked, but you have to use your imagination because in post I'll fix that, you know? And so I want it to be able to show my client on site, like, okay, this is the actual image or we're creating here. But you know, there's some people that don't use them and just fix it in Photoshop. And like I said, I did that for a long time. But it certainly helps. And I would like to get a couple more of my gear bag. But it,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:57:54 They started beginners don't need a tilt shift, but that's more of a high end thing that once they've been doing it for awhile,

Adam Taylor: 00:58:00 My opinion that is correct. Other people will give you a different opinion, but that's my opinion. Yep. Okay. I think, yeah, just to finish that, I did it for a long time and made a lot of money without it, so you can do it. So that's my opinion lighting I bring in different flashes. I use flashpoint which I believe is like the same as Botox or whatever. I have to flashpoint explore six hundreds, which are big, heavy flashes that have a lot of power and then two flashpoints be lights. And then the, you know, radio trigger to flag to fire all those. At times I do wish I would have, you know, an extra one at beach. It could be beneficial. But you know, it's, it's a lot to haul around. So two of the big ones to the small ones usually gets the job done. And then, you know, if it doesn't do everything I want, I composite the photos anyway, so I can light up one area of the room or space and then move around, both flashes, light up another area. And then, you know, we're completing those in Photoshop anyway.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:58:58 Oh, I guess that brings up another question. I guess, you know, when it comes to compositing, this'll be my last question for you. Sorry. I know I'm keeping you here for a while. When it comes to compositing images, how often are you doing that? Do you do that for every image or just windows with a lot of dynamic range, like like with windows and stuff

Adam Taylor: 00:59:18 Personally I'd do it with 99.9%, my photos and, and this industry, if you want to call it that a lot of people use the word flamboyant. So flash plus ambient gives you a flame blend. Some people are against the F word, but you know, we'll call it flamboyant. So that's personally and currently my style of shooting and everybody has their own style. I don't have a lot of like the dark and moody and you know, kind of hard shadows and stuff. I'm not the light and airy where it's like all natural and super bright. I'm kind of in the middle. I would call my style a little bit crispy. I definitely go for the natural look. But at the same time I want everything to be, to be lit relatively evenly. So yeah, I'm compositing just about everything. So each, every shoot, every photo that I create I will shoot a series of bracketed images with ambient light, and this is what the house lights off, because a lot of times the the house lights are kind of orange or give off some kind of glow and don't necessarily add to the photo at all. So house lights off should have bracketed set of exposures and then shoot us a photo or multiple photos with flashes, and then we're blending those in Photoshop.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:00:30 Well, I, I'm not sure how to end it any better than that. I feel like today you have pretty much laid out a very comprehensive plan or I guess lesson on not only what is licensing, but a lot about real estate photography, what it takes to photograph interiors and even how to make money. So I just have to say thank you so much, obviously for coming on. Why don't you let the listeners know where they can find out more about you and obviously your course to learn, to really go in depth about this situation?

Adam Taylor: 01:01:02 Well, yeah, you can find me on Instagram at Adam Taylor photos and my website is Adam Taylor photo. If you want to check out my work my email address is on there. If you'd like to reach out, I'm pretty accessible. The course that I have is called learn to license your photos. You mentioned earlier it's more than five hours of very in-depth scripted content meaning there's no fluff, there's no ums and buts and pauses it's you know, straight to the point. We have also probably four to five hours plus more coming of bonus content, which is you know, in addition to all the course material it's interviews with clients of mine on the manufacturer's side. So you know, the head of marketing of a tile company interviewed with a client of mine that, you know, we talked to them about licensing just to get, you know, from the opposite end of the coin here perspective interviews with other photographers that have had different experiences.

Adam Taylor: 01:01:58 We have a private Facebook group that goes along with the course. That's a really cool community that, you know, we can all talk about this stuff and kind of share our tips and wins and tricks and stuff. So the courses that licensed your photos.com your listeners can get 25% off by using the promo code beginner at checkout. So just type in beginner and you'll get 25% off the course. And the ROI on it is pretty easy to track, you know, basically within one or two sales most people make their money back on the course, and we've had people make several thousands of dollars by going through the course and learning this stuff. So you know, it really is a no brainer. I think people outside of the real estate, interior and architecture space, we'll still get a lot out of it.

Adam Taylor: 01:02:40 The nuancey stuff is obviously again, based around my experience and what I currently do. But the big picture stuff, the licensing mindset stuff, the way it's going to get you thinking about things is all gonna translate to just about any kind of photography. And you know, I already saw your eyes open up a little bit during this conversation. I could see the wheels turning in your head. You already started to mention some ideas that just came to the top of your head while we were having this conversation. So, you know, the idea is that you hear those couple of ideas or you think those couple of ideas at the beginning, but by the time you get through the course that licensing mindset has really begin to develop. And once you get out there in the real world, it's just gonna keep turning.

Adam Taylor: 01:03:18 You know, I explain it like when you get a new car or you're about to look for a new car and you start seeing that car everywhere on the side of the road or on the road. Now, like now that you've had this conversation with me, I'm hoping that the plan the idea is that you're going to start seeing those opportunities more and, you know, before your eyes were just kind of close to it, and now you just have a little bit bigger you know, area to look at and, you know, hopefully your licensing mindset will kick in and you'll start to see these ideas all around you.

Kimberly Irish: BPP Community Spotlight

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Kimberly Irish is an Oconomowoc Wisconsin Based Wedding and Newborn Photographer and moderator of the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook group! Kim shares her story of how she got into photography, some of the challenges she faced with things like focus, and even how she made gear buying decisions.

Megan and Ryan-12.JPG
SCakeSmash-6.jpg
Shelby and Jake Engagement-5.JPG

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript, it is only intended as a reference.

BPP 237: 5 Ways To Practice Photography At Home

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

The second week of February is when we struggle most to keep going with our new years resolutions. Completing a 365 project (photo a day) was at the top of the list for many photographers. So I wanted to provide some inspiration and motivational tips to help keep you going strong!

5 Ways to Practice Photography At Home In The Cold Winter Months

  1. Carry Your Camera with You Everywhere: Get a light and a comfortable strap to carry your camera around with you everywhere. You don’t need to feel any pressure towards taking photos. Just carry it for now if you wish to become more comfortable with having a camera on you.

  2. Review Old Photographs: Look through your images of the past year or so and pick out your favorites. Take note of why you love them and focus on going deeper with that in future sessions.

  3. Do an Hourly Challenge: There’s a saying “No matter where you are, there is always a great photo within 5 steps of you” Set a timer on your phone to go off every hour for a whole day and whenever it goes off, find that great photo wherever you are.

  4. Try Something New: If you need inspiration but don’t want to look through a thousand photos on Instagram, you can use Lightroom presets on your own work to see different possibilities. You can download my most popular 52 Lightroom Presets for free, below!

  5. Start a Long Term Photo Project: Your photography will get proportionally better to how much work you put into it. Create a long-term project as a form of accountability and motivation to keep shooting.

Resources:

Standout Quotes: 

  • "When you have your camera on you, you're going to take a photo" - [Raymond]

  • "We all kind of have a style inside of us" - [Raymond]

  • "Everybody is at a different stage in their photography journey and therefore the photos that you take today should be better than the ones you took yesterday" - [Raymond]

  • "No matter where you are, what you're doing, there's always a great photo within 5 steps of you" - [Raymond]

  • "As a photographer, you have to make whatever situation that you're in, work for you, so problem-solving is an incredibly important skill to have" - [Raymond]

  • "If you can take poor situations and turn them into great photos... your skills as a photographer are going to skyrocket" - [Raymond]

  • "Make no mistake, Preset is not a one-click solution, it takes work" - [Raymond]

  • "Your photos will get proportionately better to how much you work on them" - [Raymond]

Key Takeaways:

  • Raymond shares that he wants these exercises to be easy.

  • Carry your camera with you everywhere: The best way to go about this is to use small a camera with a strap.

  • Addressing the problem of feeling self-conscious taking pictures in public, a strategy is recommended: Get a camera strap and wear your camera all day, everyday, for the next 30 days and feel no pressure towards taking any picture at all.

  • Review old photographs: This helps you recognize your style. Go through the photos from the last year or so, pick a handful of your favorites, ask yourself what you like about these photos, take note of those things, then do something with them to help you always remember them.

  • Your ability as a photographer comes down to your ability to problem-solve. 

  • The Hourly Challenge: Set a timer, for every hour throughout the day or within a period, at each hour stop whatever you're doing, look around you, and find that great photo that's within 5 steps of you. The purpose of this is to train your brain on how to find a great photo.

  • Try something new: Raymond shares that he does this with his editing, using presets.

  • Start a long term project: The more often you shoot, the better you will have to get.

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript, it is only intended as a reference.

Raymond Hatfield (00:00):

Welcome to the Beginner Photography Podcast. Today, I'm going to share five practical tips to practicing photography at home. Let's get into it.

Intro (00:11):

Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast, for those who believe that moments matter most. And that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings. A show for those who want to do more with the gear, they have to take better photos today, and now your host Raymond Hatfields.

Raymond Hatfield (00:29):

Welcome. Welcome. Welcome back. My photo friends. Welcome back to this episode of the beginner photography podcast as always. I'm your host, Raymond Hatfield, and it is cold here in Indianapolis. It's getting cold. I think we're in the negatives this week, which is no fun. And sometimes that can be a hindrance to your photography by trying to learn by trying to grow. I know that for me personally when it comes to shooting, I like to be out. I like to do it when something is going on, you know, some sort of event or we're going somewhere. And unfortunately in these colder months and due to this pandemic, we're not going as many places. And there's just not as many things to do. So that means that we are staying at home. So I already take less photos when I'm home as it is, and then put the cold weather on top of that.

Raymond Hatfield (01:26):

And you know, my, my, my inspiration and my drive to take photos goes down pretty much to zero during this time of the year. So I thought, you know what? I I have I have to get myself out of this funk and I have to start producing photos. For many reasons, one is just to, you know, stay active, to continue to do it. And to obviously I love photography. I love it. I love it. I love it. I love what it provides, but you know, sometimes getting in that in that mode is hard. It's like, it's like working out, you know, you don't ever want to go work out, but you, you love the, the you know, the, not the side effects, but you love the results that you get. You know, and, and as I was saying this time of year, I find that with photography, I don't always want to pick up my camera because I'm not feeling inspired.

Raymond Hatfield (02:16):

But when I look back at the photos, I'm always happy that I did it. So again, today, I want to share five practical tips on how you can practice photography at home with, you know, next to nothing. Th th there's no requirements for this. So just in case, you're feeling a little, you know, eh, about photography right now I want to help you with that. You know, another thing is I, I was looking back to this time last year and last year we started the daily photo challenge for the beginning of photography podcast. And about this time, you know, mid February people start dropping off. It's the it's the excitement that we get from this new year's resolution or this new idea, this new project that we're going to take on because in the beginning, inspiration is always who, you know, it's easy. It's wonderful. That's why everybody gets excited too. And I'm going back to this, you know, workout example, again, everybody gets excited to work out, but then when it comes time to actually doing it, that excitement is, is just not as powerful, you know? So it it becomes the same with photography. And this is that time of the year where I think now more than ever, we need to push ourselves last year. I interviewed Ashley Marston, who She,

Raymond Hatfield (03:32):

Among many things, she documents her family's life. And she's been doing a daily photo challenge for, I believe, seven years now. And, you know, one of the things that really struck me from her is that she said that,

Raymond Hatfield (03:45):

You know, starting a, you know, a three 65 project or a daily photo challenge is the worst January is the worst time to do that. Because as I'm saying here, you know, as, as I'm discovering, it's very cold and, you know, you just don't feel inspired to go out and do that. And yet many of us take this time a year to do that anyway, as if we're just setting ourselves up for failure. So again, I thought that I would compile this list of things that I'm going to be doing, and share it with you in the hopes that you can take some of this and implement it into your own photography and weather, this cold weather storm. So that when we get out on the other side here in the spring it's just a whole lot easier to get out, to shoot and enjoy yourself and capture great photos. So that is what we are going to do today. Okay. Let's get into these tips right here. So number one, the, the one, I guess this isn't the one thing, but this is, this is probably going to be the hardest thing for so many of you. And it is also one of the most powerful, so tip number one is to carry your camera with you everywhere. Yes. Everywhere.

Raymond Hatfield (05:06):

So last year when I started doing the daily photo challenge, you know, one thing that I love is that I shoot all of my professional work on Fuji cameras and they are nice small compact cameras. They don't take up a lot of space. They're definitely much smaller than the DSLR, which, which can be kind of difficult to carry around with you sometimes. And when you, you know, when you bring it out, it feels like an occasion. Like you're gonna, you know, you're going to photograph these things. And many times photographers have a backpack or a messenger bag or something of the sort to be able to carry around their cameras. So this isn't very easy to, to turn into a daily practice. You don't want to, especially if you're at home, you're not going to walk around the house with a backpack on with your camera and lenses, so that when the opportunity you're going to take off the backpack, open it up, grab the camera, take out the lens caps or the body caps, find a lens, put it on, take out the lens cap, get your settings ready, and then go ahead and shoot, you know, why you're just not going to do that.

Raymond Hatfield (06:12):

It's just not feasible to do that. Long-Term and what I want for this is for these exercises to be easy. So now you may be thinking, but you're asking me to carry a camera around with me everywhere. Like, how is that easy? So again, last year when I started doing the daily photo challenge, and I wish that I wish that I prepared and I brought this over to my desk so that if you're watching here on YouTube, then you could see it. But last year I bought myself a a new camera strap. I wanted something that was, that looked good. That was small. That I could easily take off of the camera because not always do I want a camera strap on the camera. And I found something from peak design. It's called there, there leash, neck strap, camera strap.

Raymond Hatfield (07:02):

I believe that it is the leash designed from her leash from peak design, I believe is what it is. And it goes around, you know, your neck, it's very easily adjustable and it can come off on and off your camera very quick. And at the same time, it's very secure. So I bought this because I want to take my camera with me everywhere, everywhere. So many times, you know, do we go out and, you know, you'll just have so many times we'll go out and we'll just like, see something, you know, and think to ourselves, Oh, that's nice. That's real nice. You know, that's really pretty. I wish I had my camera with me. That happened to me all the time. You know, and maybe it's not like big things. It's not like, Whoa. Like, look at that sunset every single day. Maybe it's just, you're out, you know, shopping and you're with the kids.

Raymond Hatfield (07:52):

And, you know, in my situation, maybe the kids see a new box of cereal and it just that excitement in their eyes like, Whoa, that looks good. You know, and being able to grab that in a photo is, is what I strive for. Those are the things that I know that my family is going to want to remember most later in life. So being able to carry a camera around with you everywhere is going to help you achieve that. Now, when I brought this up last year in the daily photo challenge group, so many people were like, don't you get, looks like what happens? You know, when you pull up the camera and take somebody's photo to, you know, do they look at you weird? And to that point, it's, it's difficult to bring your camera into public places in the beginning, because it feels like your invading somebody else's privacy.

Raymond Hatfield (08:46):

You know, if, if you were out of the store and you saw somebody take a photo of you, it would feel very, very weird. Now that's not, that's not what you want. Right. That's not what you want. You're not going to just be taking photos of random strangers, you know, unless you do maybe street photography or something like that, but that that's different. Like that's, that's where you have to shoot and you have to take your camera out in public. But there's still that worry that many people have. I would challenge you, right? Here's, here's how we make this easy for the next 30 days. I want you to get a camera strap. And if you already have one, awesome, get it, and then wear your camera all day, every day for the next 30 days. And I don't want you to feel any pressure towards taking a single photo, no pressure, because when we go out and you know, we have this camera on us and we see something beautiful, but maybe there's other people around.

Raymond Hatfield (09:47):

And we feel a little bit self-conscious when we go to take that photo. Now we have extra elements on top of us, right? People are, maybe I'm telling you this doesn't happen. People don't just stare at you whenever you bring up a camera, but that that's how that's how you might feel right now. So I guess I'm addressing that, right? When you feel this anxiety of bringing out your camera in public, and then when you go to take that photo, it's, it's just, it's just an extra layer of something that, you know, now you're not focused on the photo that you're taking and being able to shoot it with intention. So therefore the way that we get rid of that is just by making the camera part of your everyday life everyday life. And again, if it's just on you, you're going to feel it.

Raymond Hatfield (10:32):

If it's, if it's on you, you're going to have it. If something interesting happens and you will be surprised, I guarantee you that within the next 30 days, the types of photos that you will be capturing. Cause it's not just going to be the same old things. It's going to be really interesting things, you know, especially this time of year, you're going to be walking out to your car and you're going to see you know, I don't know, just a pattern of snow on your car and you're going to thank yourself. Wow. That looks really interesting. Hey, wait, I got a camera. I'm just going to see if I can take a photo of this real quick. You know, I'm in my driveway, you're going to take a photo and then, you know, that's gotta be it. You're going to put the camera off to the side, not even gonna look at the photo.

Raymond Hatfield (11:11):

And then you're just going to go on about your day. And then at the end of the day, when you plug your memory camera into your computer and you have, you know, 10, 11, 12 photos from the day, you're going to realize, Oh wow, these photos are so much better than what I would get, just, you know, with my cell phone. And then that is going to start to build confidence. And then with that confidence, you're just going to continue to do it more often and you are going to grow from it. But again, if you feel self-conscious about it, then just, just wear it. Don't take a single photo. If you're really worried about it, take the camera batteries out of it. I don't know why you would do that, but actually I do know why the other day I was thinking, I forget where I was, but what was I doing?

Raymond Hatfield (11:57):

I was taking a photo of, I don't remember what I was taking a photo, but I remember that feeling in my head. Like, what if somebody asked me if I just took a photo of them and then they want to see the back of the camera? You know what I mean? And then I have to like, prove it to them again, something that would never happen unless you're photographing, you know, high security areas or, you know, some sensitive information, something that's not going to happen. And I still remember thinking that and I thought, well, how would I, how would I eliminate that feeling? And it would just simply be take the batteries out of the camera, but then of course you can photograph anything. So forget that. I just said anything about taking batteries out of your camera. That's a terrible idea. Walk around with the batteries and a memory card in your camera, but you know, it's 100% your choice.

Raymond Hatfield (12:40):

If you don't want to turn it on, don't turn it on until you feel comfortable. And another thing is if you're just walking around the house, I mean, I can't tell you how many times a day my kids do something interesting, or, you know, with their art or just the way that maybe light comes in a window, you would be surprised at how many times, if you had a camera on you, you would think to yourself, Oh, you know what, I'm going to take a photo of this real quick. Whereas before, you know, either wouldn't or it would just be too much of a hassle to go get your camera and photograph it. When you have your camera on you, you're going to take the photo. So again, I re just like, just carry. I really hope that that helped kind of eliminate some of that stress for you, because I know that if you do carry a camera with you everywhere for the next 30 days, you are going to start taking better photos right away, right away.

Raymond Hatfield (13:32):

So that's tip number one, carrier camera with you everywhere. Okay. Tip number two, how you can practice photography at home and become a better photographer. And that is to review your old photographs. Old photographs are, you know, you've heard me say this a hundred times, everybody's at a different stage in their photography journey. And therefore the photos that you take today should be better than the ones that you took yesterday and should be better than the photos that you took a week ago, a month ago, a year ago. But we all kind of have a, a style inside of us. And sometimes it's, it's, it's difficult to find. Sometimes it's not very apparent. Sometimes we are projecting a style that we want to produce, but isn't inherently us. So we feel like we don't have a style, but it's not until you look at a collection of your images or look back on your images that you'll realize, Oh my goodness, here.

Raymond Hatfield (14:33):

It is like, I, I see that, you know, maybe the way that I you know, frame people in my shot is always on the lower right of the image. You know, that just means that's something that I, you know, didn't notice or realize until I did this exercise. And I went back and I looked at a lot of my images. I just naturally kind of do that. And then the more that you do this, you're going to recognize a style. So what I want you to do for this exercise specifically, I'm going to give you some very actionable ideas right here, depending on how you organize your photos. I just use the photos app on my, on my Mac. But I also upload photos to Google photos, which does a really good job of, of, of categorizing images and, you know, displaying them by date. But also, you know, you can kind of manipulate things as far as events or time goes, things like that. It makes sometimes it's easier than, than the photos app on my Mac, but regardless of whatever way you are storing your photos cataloging your photos, what you need to do here is you need to go through the photos from the last, you know, year or so, and then just pick out a handful of your favorites. It doesn't have to be a hundred as long as it's, you know, More than five,

Raymond Hatfield (15:58):

I guess. I don't know. I mean, you could still learn a lot about yourself from five photos, but as long as you take a good, a good handful of photos, I want you to look at those photos your favorite photos of the year, your favorite photos that you took over the past year, and look at those photos really objectively and ask yourself, why do you like these photos? What is it about these photos that you Like? And then take

Raymond Hatfield (16:22):

Note of what that is again when it came, some of it is just going to be a habit that you have, you know, like I said, the way that I frame my images bottom, right. You know, especially with the big landscape, small, small couple type photo. But when it comes to things like, Like portraits, I like having like

Raymond Hatfield (16:42):

Camera up a little bit higher, so that, and then keeping the face down and having the couple look up more with their eyes rather than there, rather than their heads. That gives me the ability to compose the shot a little bit differently where the horizon is above their heads. I don't know. These are just things that, like, I find that I like, but that I found kind of on accident, you know, I've been taking a lot of portraits of my, my couples at engagement sessions and I wasn't doing anything on purpose. And I would just shooting, you know, 10, 15, 20 photos right there. And I was just moving the camera around and it wasn't until I got back and looked at the images that I thought, wow, this one really stands out. You Know, why does it stand out?

Raymond Hatfield (17:23):

What is it about this photo that stands out, that the photo that I took literally three seconds before this one doesn't stand out. And sometimes it's just the way that you compose your photo. Sometimes it's just having simple backgrounds, you know, I don't know, like, these are the things that you got to find, but you're not going to oftentimes realize that until you can look at a sample of your images, a good sample of images. So again, get a handful of photos, Your favorite photos ask yourself, why do you like these photos take note? And then

Raymond Hatfield (18:00):

Once you do that, once you've done that exercise, obviously, as I said, you know, take note, I want you to write them down. I want you to going forward, focus on those things and see if you can enhance those details that you liked most about those photos. But then after that, I want you to do something with those Photos. I don't want

Raymond Hatfield (18:18):

You to just close the window on your computer and go on and have a nice day. I want you to do something with those photos. So whether it be print up some four by sixes and just kind of put them around the house somewhere, or if you have a larger collection of images that you'd like throughout the year, creating some sort of photo book, you know, I use Lightroom and blurb to make my family yearbooks, which if you're watching on YouTube is, Oh, well actually it's the next shelf up anyway. I create a family yearbook every year, A year. And again it's just

Raymond Hatfield (18:49):

My favorite photos and it's photos that tell a story for our family, right? So sometimes not, everything's going to be a great photo. Sometimes it's just a screenshot of a text that maybe my wife sent me, or, you know, wherever That were at the doctor and the kids are, I don't know, getting a shot,

Raymond Hatfield (19:08):

Not crying. I dunno, like, I'll take a photo of that. Maybe it's not a great photo, but it's something that I'm going to want to remember as a family. It was kind of a milestone for our family. But those are the things that you're going to want to remember. And I want you to do something with those photos rather than just letting it live on a hard drive, because if it lives on a hard drive, it Doesn't live at all. So that's tip number two.

Raymond Hatfield (19:33):

Number one, carry your camera with you everywhere to remember to review your old photographs. And now

Raymond Hatfield (19:40):

We're going to get on to tip number three here, which we're going to get back into a shooting here. This is really the first one where we're talking directly about shooting, And that is, I want you to do an hourly challenge.

Raymond Hatfield (19:58):

So this is something that I created and I sent out to email subscribers of the beginner photography podcast. And I get responses back quite often saying how helpful this exercise is. So I'm going to share it with you right now, because I don't think that I've shared it on the podcast before. Now. I don't remember who the photographer who said this was but the, the, the, the quote is something to the effect of no matter where you are, what you're doing, there's always a great photo within five Steps of you. And really, I mean, this is, this is, this is

Raymond Hatfield (20:38):

The challenge right here. You know, your, your ability as a photographer comes down to your ability to problem solve, because oftentimes we don't have perfect conditions. Oftentimes, you know, we don't get what we want in a photo you know, location, the weather, the, you know, close the expression. I don't know, you know, whatever it is, we don't always get what we want when it comes to capturing the photo. So we, as photographers need to problem solve. Could you imagine if I showed up to a wedding and was like, Oh guys, I'm so sorry. The weather is not good. It's it's kind of raining outside. So therefore I just can't, I can't take any photos today. Sorry about that. And then I would just turn around and go home. Like you can't do that. You cannot do that as a photographer, you have to make whatever situation that you're in work for you.

Raymond Hatfield (21:32):

So problem solving is an incredibly important skill to have. So this idea that no matter where you are, there's always a great photo within five steps of you. It is my hope that it will really challenge you to try your hardest and really create something a great within five steps of wherever you are. And to step this up, to make this challenge real, what you need to do to make this work is just set a timer on your phone or your watch for every hour throughout the day. You know, it doesn't have to be, it doesn't have to be every hour throughout the day. Maybe, you know, maybe 6:00 AM 7:00 AM eight. So from like six to, I don't know, four it's 10 hours right there, 10 hours, you set a timer on your phone every hour that timer's going to go off, and I want you to stop what ever you're doing unless you're driving, of course, stop whatever you're doing.

Raymond Hatfield (22:28):

And look around you, take note of what's going on and find that photo, find that great photo that is within five steps of you. This is going to the purpose of this is to train your brain what and how to find a great photo. Again, we're not always in great situations when it comes to the environment that we're in, but if we can, you know, if we can manufacture a great photo out of nothing, then you win as a photographer. Like you win you win. I oftentimes will try to challenge myself at an engagement session where now obviously with a wedding it's pretty high stakes. So I don't do this, but in an engagement session, I will try to find things like, like trash cans or, you know, dirty signs or you know, broken bricks. And I will seek out those locations because I want the couple to have a little bit of what is going on here, that feeling.

Raymond Hatfield (23:30):

And then when they see the photos like, Oh, this is why we're paying Raymond, because anybody could come up and take a, you know, an iPhone photo of you. But your job as a photographer is to capture photos that, you know, somebody with an iPhone isn't going to otherwise, they would just continue to use people who have iPhones at, you know, at weddings or an engagement session or something. So if you can take poor situations and you can turn them into great photos, not only are, you know, will, will, will they have more trust in you, but your skills as a photographer are going to skyrocket skyrocket. So that's it hourly challenge, tip number three, do an hourly challenge. So I, I really want to see these photos. Honestly, if you were in the beginning of photography podcast, Facebook group, and you do this hourly challenge police, please post those photos and tell us how it went.

Raymond Hatfield (24:27):

It's a lot of work, but you know, anything that you want in life, anything that is truly good, that you want is going to be a lot of work, you know, and this one is just, it's a day, it's 10 photos, you know, that's, you can make it happen if you really truly want it. All right. Step or tip, tip number four is that I want you to try something new. As I said, we're home kind of bored. We're doing the same things. We need to try something new to push our selves creatively. I know that for me, when it comes to, you know, stepping out of my comfort zone to doing things creatively, I really need external inspiration. I need to see examples. I need to see ideas from other places. And then I can put those together in my head and then make it work for me and my photography.

Raymond Hatfield (25:25):

Now, unfortunately, one of the places that we, we as photographers go to do this either Pinterest or Instagram, and then we look at other photographers work. Now this turns into either comparison or you know, we rather than looking for the inspiration, we just compare ourselves to these other photographers who are creating photos that we want to emulate. And it comes off as an invitation. So finding for me a way to inspire myself to do something different, as far as photography goes, without having to look at, you know, a wide range of photographers work is super important to me. And the way that I do that is honestly, it's within, it's within Lightroom it's with it's it's with my editing. So I will take photos that I'm working on. And every once in a while, if I'm just feeling kind of down, or I need just a shot of, of inspiration real quick to, you know, try something new, I will use my presets, right?

Raymond Hatfield (26:36):

Because some of these presets are all over the board. Some of these presets make my photos look very cool, very sky blue, extremely contrast it. Like you're looking at it through Rose colored glasses. There is just a huge range of looks that can be created from presets. And as many of you know, I offer 52 free Lightroom presets that you can download right now without, you know, spending any money. And if you're interested in those, you can find them at learn dot beginner, photography, podcast.com, that's L E a R N dot beginner, photography, podcast.com. You can download those presets and then there's even a video. I sh I walk you through, step-by-step on how to install them on your computer and even your mobile device. If you have a subscription to light room and edit like on your, on your iPad or your phone or something like that, I show you how to get those going there too.

Raymond Hatfield (27:35):

But taking a photo, you know, as, as time goes on, as a photographer, you kind of, it's very easy to get comfortable with the way that you shoot. It's very easy to not push yourself creatively and taking, and just seeing your work in a little bit of a different light to do something that you normally wouldn't do is such a great way for you to see what's possible and to get an idea of what else you can do. And I'll give you an example. One of the years ago, one of the first guests that I had on the show, his name was Louis Hermosillo. And he said something to the effect of like every photo that he shoots, his white balance is always 6,000 Kelvin. And that is a very, very warm image. And at nighttime it's, you know, it's almost orange.

Raymond Hatfield (28:29):

And I thought to myself like that doesn't make any sense to me. Like there's plenty of situations where 6,000 is not the right color temperature. And when I look at his work, I don't think to myself, wow, all these photos are way too warm. So that kind of gave me some confidence to try to warm up my images. Next time I went to go edit. So I kind of created this little, I took one of the presets that I enjoy using. Sometimes it was pretty contrast. And then I just boosted up the, the white balance as well. And suddenly those images, there was something just really unique about them that I would never have thought to do myself. And yet, now that I kind of put the constraints within a preset to make it happen, it happened and I was really liking the results.

Raymond Hatfield (29:17):

So this is something, as I'm saying here, that you're going to push yourself out of your comfort zone to be able to find something that you normally wouldn't do. And that's where that power comes in, because that can also change the way that you actually photograph. You know, if you, if you find some preset where you just love the blues, and maybe it's a little bit more than it is you know, Royal blue or Navy or something like that, next time you go out to shoot, maybe you're going to include just a little bit more sky, or maybe you're going to go out of your way to look for a blue background so that your photos can have a little bit more of that feeling that you just love so much. And this is where shooting is going to be, you know, dictated by how you're going to edit the image. And then when you have those two things that work in combination is really when your skills, as a photographer are going to be solidified. That's where it's really going to grow from now, make no mistake. A preset is not a one-click solution. It takes work. And oftentimes I will, you know, load in a photo and I will click on one of my 52 presets. And I will say, this looks Horrible, but,

Raymond Hatfield (30:35):

And I make it work. Is there anything that I could do to this shot to be able to make it work? And sometimes it's just tweaking the, the color, maybe the highlights and, you know, say a bit of contrast. And then suddenly the photo is a lot closer to something resembling what I might deliver to a couple or, you know, a client or even just personal work. So again, presets are not a one-click solution, but they are a wonderful source of inspiration. So one last time, if you want to download my 52 free Lightroom presets, and again, I'll show you how to install them. You can do that by heading over to learn that beginner, photography, podcast.com. And I got the link in the show notes of this episode as well. And with that, we are to our last Tip. Number five, tip number five,

Raymond Hatfield (31:29):

Tip number five here. What could it possibly be? What could it be? Let's just go ahead and recap real quick. What we have done so far far though, the previous four tips. So tip number one was the carrier camera with you everywhere. Get yourself a strap, put it around you. You don't have to feel any sort of pressure to take photos, just start to carry it. Tip number two was to review old photos. When you can look at your past work and see something that you like, ask yourself why you like it, Take note, and then

Raymond Hatfield (32:00):

Go dive deeper into that going forward, and then do something with those photos, print them up, do something with them, display them somewhere. Tip number three was to do an hourly challenge. I want you to set a timer on your phone to go off every hour. And when that timer goes off, whatever you are doing, stop look around, you try to find an interesting photo And then take it tip number four

Raymond Hatfield (32:21):

Was to try something new, find a source of inspiration. And for me, as I said, that's by using new and interesting presets that I would never use on my photos to to, to just see things in a different light. So tip number five here is to start a long term project. When we have a longterm project, there is very little pressure to complete it right away. And maybe you've been in this situation before. This was me very early on in photography. I thought once I kind of understood once I understood how a camera worked and how, you know, settings affected an image. I had all these ideas for projects. You know, I want to photograph this, I want to photograph this. I wanna, you know, do that thing over there. I want to just create great photographs. And when I would get the chance to do something like that, I found that my photos are kind of, they just didn't live up to what I was hoping that they, what they would.

Raymond Hatfield (33:18):

And I think that that came down to, you know, two reasons. One, even though I felt like I knew my camera pretty well. I wasn't, I didn't, I wasn't, I didn't fully understand you know, how to properly use my camera. Could I take a photo? Yeah. But when it came time to, you know, capturing nuances of light or, you know, expression, was I good at those things? No. And therefore, you know, maybe I'd set up a time to create something and then it just wouldn't work out the way that I want it. Now, of course, the only way that you're going to get better as a photographer is to put in the work, your photos will get proportionally better to how much you work on it. So now the question is how can you work on your photography more? And for me, I think that it's, I think that it's a long-term project.

Raymond Hatfield (34:10):

And in my case here, it's not one that has, you know, I got a, I got a friend right now. Who's kind of going around the country and taking photos of muffler men. I wasn't aware of this. I had felt like I had never seen one, but apparently there's a lot of them lots of old muffler shops across the country. There's some like 40 foot statue of a mechanic or a lumberjack or just something crazy, you know? And that's his sort of long-term project, you know, going around and taking photos of these things. And for me, it's more of a habit thing that I want not so much of a achievement. I want the habit. So that is why this year and even last year doing a daily photo challenge was so, so, so important to my work as a photographer, because last year I'll tell you what, as a wedding photographer, I wasn't doing much, you know, shooting.

Raymond Hatfield (35:03):

So to be able to still get practice, to be able to still feel confident by the camera is really, really important. And doing a daily photo challenge was the way that I was able to do that. And I'm just, you know, taking photos of my kids. And as I said, you know, if we go shopping the photo of their face, or if I'm home all day, I'll try to come up with something. But the point is to manufacture a photo every single day, and then to hold myself accountable, I post it in the daily photo challenge, a beginner photography podcast, Facebook group, which again, I will, you can search Facebook for it, or I will or not, or, and I will post a link in the show notes as well for you to be able to find it. But the, the point of it is once again, the more often you shoot the better that you will have to get, you have to get better at something.

Raymond Hatfield (35:55):

The more that you do it, right. You're going to learn, you're going to become better. One of the great things about the daily photo challenge group is that our moderator Kim has made a bunch of weekly themes. So there's no pressure to actually create every single day if you don't want to, because lots of people, you know, want to focus on our weekly theme to give them a direction and then capture something based on that weekly theme. So here in February, she's got four pretty awesome themes. Pets. I don't have any pets. So I guess I'd probably take pictures of my kids love, right? It's February. It's a good idea. Love. We can all think of something that we love it. You know, this is, this is what I love about these themes is that it doesn't necessarily have to be, you know, you would think, Oh, it's Valentine's day, I'll take a photo of my wife.

Raymond Hatfield (36:48):

You don't have to do that. Part of photography is that you can kind of do whatever you want. And you know, me personally, in these colder months in these drier winter months, I love my humidifier. I love it, man. No bloody nose is no you know, scratchy throats when you wake up in the morning. It's wonderful. I love that thing. I love it. You know, how can you take a photo of, of, of that these don't have to be award-winning photos. These don't have to be photos that you know, you're going to post on your website or post on social media, you know, as, as a representation of who you are as a photographer, they're just to get you to think a little bit different and to put you in the practice of shooting. And that's what it is. So we've got love, right?

Raymond Hatfield (37:36):

That's a theme next week. It is brave. There's plenty of things that you can think of. That would be brave. And then the week after that, it's water, we have water. Everybody has water. We have to have water to survive, whether it's in a bottle or if you are fortunate enough to live in front of, you know, a beautiful, beautiful ocean or a Lake these are just, you know, where your mind goes right away, but what else could you do with water? You know, you know, what's water, frozen water is snow, and there's plenty of that around. You can do something with that. I could photograph my humidifier and how much I love it and how much it it, moistens the air making my life a whole lot easier and I can already feel it in the back of my throat after this this, this, this episode right here, that I'm going to get a lot of use out of it tonight.

Raymond Hatfield (38:27):

So those are my five tips. And again, if you do want to join the daily photo challenge you can do so by searching on for beginner, photography podcast, daily photo challenge. If you're in the beginner photography podcast, Facebook group I'll ask him to post a link for you. And then also it will be in the show notes as well, but just finding a, a habit to put yourself in that mood, to, to get yourself there and to hold yourself accountable is once again, going to really increase the likelihood of you being a comfortable and confident photographer. So that is it for this week. Those are my five tips. We'll go over them one more time. Tip number one, carry your camera everywhere. Tip number two, review some old photos, tip number three, do an hourly challenge. Tip number four, try something new and tip number five, start a longterm photo project.

Raymond Hatfield (39:18):

If you have a camera, even if you just have a cell phone, you can do all of these things. It doesn't require you to have any additional gear, nothing like that. It just is going to promote your growth. That's all that I want here. That is all that I want for you. My photo friends. All right. So that is it for this week until next week. I really want you to, to, to try some of these challenges, to do something new, to really push yourself in photography, because it's not until we push ourselves that we can really see how far we can go. So that is it again. See you next week. Love y'all.

Outtro (39:56):

Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 236: Jen Pierce - Authenticity in Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Jen Pierce is a Columbus GA based Wedding and Maternity photographer. In just a few short years she went from hobbyist to 6 figure business that just opened up a studio, and she attributes her success to one thing, Authenticity. Today she shares how she got started, the struggles she faced, and how to be more authentic with your own images.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • [03:20] Jen shares the story of how she got started in photography.

    [06:40] Birth Photography as a major part of her work.

    [21:45] Can you describe your editing style?

    [26:56] How Jen was able to open her first photography studio in such a short amount of time

    [28:34] What advice would you give to a new photographer?

    [31:35] How small or big are the changes that you're making to your photography?

    [39:00] How to contact Jen

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • The reason why Jen was able to go from hobby photographers to bringing in 6 figures

  • Jens Step by step Instagram strategy to booking more clients

  • What Jen is doing today to market her photography business to attract new clients

Resources:

2Q3A9240 copy.jpg
FJ0A9485.jpg
FJ0A7616.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 I was reading on your website that eight of your friends became pregnant at the same time. And then they asked you to do their maternity photos. And that's kind of how you got started in photography and, and the rest was history. Is that right?

Jen Pierce: 00:15 Yeah. So I have like eight childhood friends that I have kind of just ran with, you know, since I was maybe 10 and they were all, all of my friends got pregnant, like really young. I don't mean like super young, but like, you know, they got married early and I was kind of like the late comer just got married last year. But they, one of them got pregnant and it was like a ripple effect. They all got pregnant within like a year and a half of each other. And so the first person that got pregnant was like, I really want you to do my birth or my maternity. And I was like, dude, no, I know I have a camera, but there is no way, you know, that I could ever do that. And she was just so, you know, bummed about it and we kind of didn't talk about it again.

Jen Pierce: 01:03 And then maybe like a month later I was laying in the bed and I was scrolling through Facebook. And I don't know if you've heard of click and moms. So like there was an ad I'm telling you your phones, listen to you, but there was an ad for like beginners, like birth or not birth, but like maternity and newborn photography. And it was like 60 bucks. And I was like, you know what? I feel like this is a sign. So I took the course and I texted him like, Hey, I'll do it. You know, I'm going to do it for free because I have no idea how good I'm going to be at this, but let's just run with it. And I think at the time I had like a rebel T3, I mean, like the bottom. Yeah. Yeah. And so like right after she became pregnant, another one of our friends announced it, her due date was actually before hers. So I started in July of 2014 and then they all just started getting pregnant. And I was like, Oh my God, my hair is booked. But no, it was awesome to be able to practice and not have like super high expectations and just have people that were thankful for the gift. And you know, that was it.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:07 Of course. Do you happen to remember who the who the teacher was for clicking moms for that?

Jen Pierce: 02:13 I want to say, Oh my God. I can't remember. I want to say, I can't remember her name off the top of my head, but it was the woman who teaches. She owns a company and I think it's called the Milky way. And I cannot remember her name off the top of my head, but I believe she was teaching it.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:29 We've I know that there's been quite a few clicking pros on the show. So I didn't know if maybe there would have been that connection, but obviously you had, as you said, you had that T3. I what was your relationship with photography before, before they had asked you? Why? Like, why did they think, you know what we're going to ask Jack?

Jen Pierce: 02:49 I feel like I've always just been like a creative person. I got, so I own I've have owned multiple businesses and at the time I got the camera cause I a boutique and I just wanted to take like flattering photos of the new inventory we were getting in. And I think they just saw how I was photographing that and just kind of ran with it and was like, this'll be good, but it wasn't good. It was terrible.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:13 You mean it was terrible looking back on those photos,

Jen Pierce: 03:16 Looking back. Yeah. Like I'm like, Oh my God. Why would you ever hire me?

Raymond Hatfield: 03:21 That's funny. So then tell me about obviously you decided to take this course and start diving into birth photography. And then you did it, right? Like there was no practice before this birth, you just had to jump on in. So tell me what that experience was like.

Jen Pierce: 03:37 Yeah. So like, there's a really weird thing with birth. Like I feel like everyone wants to get into the industry and they're like, I really want to do a workshop for birth. And I'm like, I don't know how we're going to. Yeah. I'm like, I don't know if that we're going to do that because I can only, you know, there's only so many people allowed in the hospital room and there's no way that I can have you come in with me and me teach you. And there's really not a way for me to like reenact it unless we get a mom in there. Who's going to pretend that she's pregnant. But you know, birth is just so unpredictable anyways, that like, whatever I teach, you could never happen again in your career. So like, it would kind of be pointless. I could teach you the basics, but I don't know.

Jen Pierce: 04:15 The first part that I ever shot, like I said, was a friend of mine and I at the time, I guess did no research. And so I showed up as soon as she got to the hospital, beginner's mistake do not ever do that. You will be there for an hour. And so I think I was there for 17 hours. Yeah. Like so long, but you know, everything happens for a reason. And she had her selling on July 22nd and the, on July 23rd, I was leaving for a cruise and I had to leave at 4:00 AM on July 23rd. And so I was like, listen, you have got to make something happen within the next few hours. Or you will not have your birth documented because I got to go and it just kind of worked out or someone's born like an hour later. And I was like, all right. That is amazing. But the first part that shot, like I was terrified, like so scary. Everything is like super chill. And then all of a sudden it's like, all right, good time. Let's do this. Like hurry up. And I honestly wanted to vomit, but now I like live for that thrill. So it doesn't bother me anymore, but I've had some crazy experiences like in the first couple, like births that I shot. It's just weird stuff.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:32 As far as like medical things happening or, or what,

Jen Pierce: 05:35 Yeah. Like, so the first part I shot was a vaginal delivery. So like, okay, cool. Everything. See seen the movies you're in there and you know, it all went great. I think I thought it was going to happen a lot quicker than what it did, but it's a lot of hurry up and wait. But the second birth, I shot for a friend, the one who originally asked to do it with a C-section. So, I mean, you're talking like full hazmat year, like mask, I mean, fully dressed out.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:06 But you were still allowed in the in the, or, huh? Wow.

Jen Pierce: 06:10 Yeah. And it was, it was insane. Like I like both equally, but for different reasons.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:17 Yeah. So it was definitely a trial by fire type type learning experience. Yeah.

Jen Pierce: 06:22 You're just like in there, just like, Hey, put this mask on and like, come in here.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:26 What do you think about that course that you took prepared you best for for those first few sessions, as you said. I mean, obviously there's things that can go wrong, but what do you think, right.

Jen Pierce: 06:39 Honestly like just to be on your toes with everything, kind of go with the flow and use your situation to benefit you. You always have to be thinking on your feet, you know, nothing's ever going to go as planned, even when it's a shoe, you know, just outdoors. And I really like one thing that stuck out in my head was she always kept saying like, when you first start out, take so many photos, overshoot, everything. Cause you don't know what's going to be good.

Raymond Hatfield: 07:06 Yeah. Yeah. That's very true. Do you find that you that maybe over the years now, you've, you've brought that down or that's still kind of your, your philosophy in shooting?

Jen Pierce: 07:15 Nope. Nope. I still overshoot everything. And not like so much, like I think I would overshoot births and have like 1200 images at the end and now I kind of come out with like six or 800, so not as extreme as the beginning, but I still like to take shots that like, I don't know if there'll be good. And then like, I love going through my camera after the fact. And I'm like, Oh my God, that shot is like amazing. And it's not even something that I planned or thought would be great in the moment.

Raymond Hatfield: 07:45 What do you mean, do you have an example? Is this like a compositional thing or a lighting thing or?

Jen Pierce: 07:50 No. So like, I guess like a composition thing. So like birth, you're always looking for that money shot, like when the baby's first delivered, you know? And so like I'm waiting for that moment for the doctor to like, hold the baby up, you know, lion King, like, but, and that's what everybody wants, but so I have this one specific birth that I had last year. It was a natural birth. She had no medicine, so really she could move and do whatever she wanted to do. And after she gave birth, she like was on her knees. Like I'm going to draw a picture right now, but like, you know how the bed sits up and typically your back would be up against it. So she had turned around and was on her knees facing that part. So when her baby was born, they kind of just like, like fed the baby, like through her legs.

Jen Pierce: 08:35 And she's like holding the baby. And as most would think like, okay, this is the moment. Like everything cool has already happened, but she did this like really cool thing. And that light is like coming down behind her head and she's holding this baby. And she like, you know, had been pushing for three hours. She's just exhausted. And she like threw her head back and just like, let out this like big breath. And when she did the way the light was hitting, I mean, she just looked like a goddess. And so like I took this shot and didn't think it would be like, great. But when I was going through an editing, this shot was like my favorite and I posted it. It was, you know, and it's crazy. Cause I feel like I'm still not, you know, the creme Dela creme. But like when I saw that shot, I was like, Oh my God, I have to share this. And it got featured like 22 times in like magazines and different like pot, like not podcasts, but like different like feature pages on Instagram. And that was a shot that I like never would have took on any other birth, but she just looked so cool and like Regal and you know, like fierce. And I was like, we have to share this.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:34 Yeah, yeah. It's funny right before this, I had went through your Instagram to do a little bit of research and you have featured like stories section or whatever. And I look through and you're right. I mean, it was that photo time and time, so many people and you're right. I think that there was something about that photo, which, and I think from like a, from, from a viewer's perspective and maybe, you know, just from like a man's perspective who has two kids, like I was with my wife both times and she's a, she's an OB nurse as well. So it's like, I kind of in that world, like I hear a lot of things that she talks about and how long labors can be. And just looking at that photo, you could see that it was like, Oh, we did it. You know, like, like it was this huge buildup. And then that was the moment that that she was happy for. And, and I think that that's probably why it resonated with so many people. And that's interesting that, you know, sometimes our best shots are just happy accidents. You know what I mean? Like it just happened that way. That's great. Okay.

Jen Pierce: 10:34 And like, all of my shots are like that, like sometimes I'm like, is my tuition off? Like, am I like, just not, I feel like sometimes maybe I'm so in my head and I think something is going to be the money shot. And then when I'm editing, I'm like, this really is not the shot that I thought it was going to be. It's always something different.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:52 Yeah. Yeah. Interesting. Interesting. That's a, I mean, yeah, you're right. I mean, that's something that I go through as well. But I guess just time, we'll see, you know, and we just learn from those things and figure out what it is. But obviously over time, you know, you were doing newborns how did that progress into, into what you're shooting today? Because it's, it's more than just birth photography.

Jen Pierce: 11:13 Yeah. So birth, I mean, I love birth. I think I've always, this is going to sound like super, like creepy, maybe stalker-ish a little bit, but kind of like how people are so obsessed with like crime and like murder, podcasts and stuff. Right now. I am just so obsessed with like pregnant women. Like I feel, I always tell people, I feel like you could be beautiful your whole life, but I feel like you reach like your peak beauty when you're pregnant. Like, I just think you are the most beautiful version of yourself when you're pregnant. And so like, I think that kind of just like pulled me into, you know, maternity and I love doing, you know, motherhood stuff and I kind of gradually just got out of newborn cause I love babies, but I really just love the women. Like that's, that's what I feel like is the most beautiful part about it. So I just, I kind of got away from doing newborn and so birth and maternity and motherhood is really like my little niche and when I feel perfect right now. So

Raymond Hatfield: 12:07 So you also do things like like families and even weddings as well. That's, I'm assuming a smaller portion of kind of your, your main focus.

Jen Pierce: 12:17 Yeah. I mean, I love weddings. I think I'm more of an elopement, smaller wedding, different non-traditional type of guy. And obviously, so you can't ever accept a birth the same month that you accept a wedding. Sure. Cause birth could be so crazy and you know, they could end up delivering on that wedding day. But this year, because of COVID, I've been able to accept more weddings because I can't be in the hospital for birth. So it's kind of taken over my schedule a little bit more this year and I'm booking more, but because birth and maternity are kind of my thing, I really pick and choose who or what type of wedding I feel like is about. Gotcha. My dogs are barking.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:04 Well, I can only imagine what kind of dog it is because it sounds very well.

Jen Pierce: 13:09 She, okay. So she is a lab golden retriever mix and she is the sweetest dog ever. And if you try to pet her, she would run away because she's a scaredy cat, but she sounds like vicious. We have three of them though. So yeah,

Raymond Hatfield: 13:21 I was going to say, I was like, Oh my gosh, there's somebody literally breaking into your house right at this very moment. I'm glad that that's yeah.

Jen Pierce: 13:27 Probably walking down the street and she's just like, Hey

Raymond Hatfield: 13:29 Yeah, she just wants to play, Hey, come on over here. Let's try it. So your main focus is is, is maternity birth and maternity and birth. Those are the two main things. Right. Okay. So one thing that I get the sense of when I look at your Instagram, when I look at your photos is this, this feeling of connection between everybody. And obviously very, very upfront and visually you're a very distinct editing style. So do you want to talk a little bit about first the, the, how you build connection while you're I was going to say onset, but when, when you're, when you're photographing your, your, your maternity couples.

Jen Pierce: 14:15 Yeah. So I think a lot of what I think of in my head is just natural moments. You know, I don't have any kids yet, but I think about how me and my husband interact with each other when we're in their house and when no one else is around and, you know, one thing it's always the little movements, you know, it's always the, you know, like I, I don't know what I was doing last night when my husband like came up and like grabbed my hip and just kind of like kissed me on my head. And that probably doesn't seem like very intimate. But when you are kind of in the setting, when it's just you two, that's kind of like the most intimate moment, you know, and that's what I tell people. I don't ever really post people. I kind of just work on prompts and I'll say, you know, you know, grab her where grab her somewhere that you could pull her in close to you.

Jen Pierce: 15:02 Or, you know, I love to do this pose where I tell the guy to stand maybe, you know, 10 feet behind his wife. And I always say, you know, sneak up behind her and do whatever you would do. She was washing dishes at the sink and you kind of, you know, surprised her at the house. And it's always something like they tickled her, they whisper in her ear and they give her a big hug or they, you know, me and my husband, my whole family has done this my whole life. And it's kind of funny, but my grandpa started this one with me where he would like tell me when I was a kid, like give me a kiss. And I like lean in and give him a kiss to me, like lick the side of my face. And so my husband does that now. And so I have a couple of clients who do that and it just it's so intimate, but it's personal for them. And it just, it kind of works. It's like just, they're kind of the way that they connect and it's funny and you know, their natural selves. That's what I try to do is I try to just give like a prompt that would be, you know, something broad, but maybe super unique to you as a couple.

Raymond Hatfield: 15:59 That makes sense. But and that was, that was a, that was a great answer. I want to know more about maybe when you just have the mom and the photos, because again, looking at your Instagram while a lot of the photos do have, you know, him and her together I feel like a majority of them are more, you know, maternity portraits and just like, they look, they look very strong and very proud. So how do you, how do you bring this feeling up when, you know, as, as, as somebody whose wife has been pregnant twice, I know that they can feel oftentimes insecure about themselves.

Jen Pierce: 16:33 Right. so typically what I do is, and this is crazy to think of, and I know people probably like, wait, you do what? So sometimes before shoots, I, especially if I've gotten like a new client closet item, like a dress or something, and I haven't seen how it's going to photograph yet, what I will do is I'll put the dress on. And I like make a belly of like you know, pillows or whatever. And I kind of just stand in front of my mirror and kind of, you know, pose myself or pull my hair back or touch, like what would be a belly or like move or kind of move the dress. And what would make me feel comfortable if that's what my body looked like. So when I'm posing them, I'll say, you know, rub your belly or just pull your hair back a couple of times, or my favorite thing that a pregnant woman does. And they don't even think that it's like cool in the moment, but when they're like standing with their profile and holding their belly with one hand, my favorite thing to have them do with their empty hand is to just run their hands through their hair. And it just looks, it just looks like so amazing. You know, they just look so carefree, but like gorgeous in that moment. They're just like messing with their hair. They're holding their bump and it just looks so cool to me.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:40 Oh man. Yeah. I, I I've never been pregnant before obviously, but I can see those photos in my head and I can see me wanting to put those photos of me on the wall. Do you ever take pictures of yourself with the with the pillow underneath the dress?

Jen Pierce: 17:56 I will do like a whole video. Like when I get new client closet stuff, I will like come out and I'm like, you guys, this is, this is the dress I got. If it's maternity to kind of show my clients because they'll see a dress on me and they're like, but you're so tiny. And I'm like, but I bought this dress for maternity. It's going to work, just trust me. So I have to like show them that it's gonna work.

Raymond Hatfield: 18:12 Oh, that's great. I bet that really helps out their their confidence questions. Yeah. So what about now this, this editing style, because as I said, I mean, it's very, these photos are not straight out of camera. Like like work is being done to your images. So can you describe your, your editing style to me?

Jen Pierce: 18:31 You know, I think that I have been a lot of things. But from the start, what I really was drawn to was like the moody, warm photos. I've never been a light and airy person. Like if you asked me how to shoot light and airy, I would come up with nothing. It would probably be overexposed and just washed out and terrible. You know, it, I think I started out a little too dark and now I'm kind of in this weird thing where like, I like it to be moody, but I also enjoy bright whites and like pops of yellow to make it warm. And that's really what I look for. Like, I don't want it to be so dark and moody where it feels, I don't know underexposed, but I liked that type of warmth that makes it, I don't know, intimate. Yeah.

Jen Pierce: 19:26 Just kind of warm and fuzzy inside. And that's kinda just what I wrote with that. I, you know, I address a lot of my clients and even if I don't dress them, I'm like, please wear neutrals or earth tones because they photograph, well, I'm not a bright person. Like if you showed up wearing like fuller fluorescent colors, it just not, it would not work with my vibe. Like, I'd be like, we gotta change you. We got to put something different on you. But everything I tried to do, I really like, I like a lot of grain and that's something that I didn't like, or I guess what I shied away from in the beginning, because I thought grain meant that you weren't great. And I thought, I wasn't clear, but I love, I love grain now. It's so it gives it like a vintage, like authentic, just raw feel. And I love it. I think it's so cool.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:12 [Inaudible] So how does that develop over time? As you said, you know, in the beginning, when you didn't like these things, there's certain things about what you do now. You didn't like, and now you love it. And it's part of, you know, who you are. So how does that, how does that develop over time?

Jen Pierce: 20:28 You know, I think that I was trying to fit myself in a box when I first started out and I was trying to be everything that everyone else wanted. And I was like, ah, I don't love this. And so I just started editing how I liked it. And I was like, if people like it, whatever, but I mean, I still kind of feel like that now. So just shot a wedding this past weekend. And there was this photo that I did of the bride and the groom in front of this vintage car. And the veil was over both of them and the lights were on, on this car and it was just like this really cool, like vintage vibe. And I was like, I really want this just to be like this like yellow hue. And I was kind of scared to post it. Cause I was like, I don't want people to be like, this is so over edited.

Jen Pierce: 21:13 Like, it doesn't even look real. It's too warm. It's too dark. It's too this and I posted it and everyone was like, Oh my God, you did that. And I was like, you guys like this because I, I really thought that this was not going to be a hit. So I don't know. I think just stick to what you like. I, you know, sometimes I edit something that's so super warm and I think that it may be a little bit like kind of teetering having jaundice, but I just like it. But then other times I'll shoot and it's like super foggy and there's no sunlight. And I really liked that like grayish blue color, that the image pools and I'll go with that. So I bounce back and forth between both, but I mean, I just liked the moodiness of it all.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:57 Yeah. Do you think that this is something that happens just by accident, like by, by sliding the wrong slider? Or do you think that it comes from seeing others work in, in, in trying to figure out how you can, how you can do it yourself?

Jen Pierce: 22:13 You know, I pull a lot from other people's work. I would say I have like this I have this album on my phone and it's called just inspo. And so what I do is I pull from every photographer and it may not even be like color and maybe like, I like this because there was grain in it or I like this because it looks soft. Or just something weird like that. And a lot of the people that are in the group, if you ever put their photos on one feed together, nothing would match. It would not be cohesive at all, but there's different things. And I know why like certain things in their photos, but I will say being competent in how warm I was making things, I saw India, Earl's like Instagram feed. And I was like, you know what? She literally does not care. She does whatever she wants, whatever fits the image. And I was like, I'm going to start doing this. I'm just going to, if I feel like it needs to be warm, it'll be warm. And if I feel like it doesn't, then I'll pull it back a little, but it was definitely pulling from other people's stuff and realizing that you don't have to fit into this, you know, box or fill this expectation where everything has to be so cohesive and warm all the time. It could be whatever

Raymond Hatfield: 23:23 I love it. So just to recap there, see something that you like, figure out how you can apply it to your own work. And then it's just yes.

Jen Pierce: 23:30 And check. Yeah, absolutely.

Raymond Hatfield: 23:33 Very cool. Very cool. Switching gears here a little bit on your Instagram, I actually read a post of yours that that you just bought your first photography studio. Is that right? Yeah. Congratulations. That's a, that's a huge accomplishment. You know, it said that you went from taking your photography business to a hobby to six figures in just in just three years. Now that is, that's literally the dream for like so many photographers listening right now. What do you think is the art lane rephrase? What is the one thing that you did that you think contributed most to helping you reach that goal? And, and why do you think so many other photographers fail to reach such a high level that you have?

Mid: 24:19 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographer see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:44 Hm, wow. That's that is something that, again, I haven't dipped my toes into the water too much of a, of Instagram, but kind of how you just shared and broke down how that all worked out for you and obviously the success that you've have with it. I think that it would be ridiculous for me to not give that a try. So thank you again so much for, for sharing all that, that, that was fantastic stuff.

Jen Pierce: 25:09 It's awesome. For,

Raymond Hatfield: 25:11 For those photographers who are, who are still new, they are out there right now. They're, they're wondering how can I get to where Jen is? Right. They, they see you, they follow along with you. And they just got their first camera. What advice would you give to a a new, smart, driven photographer? Who's about to set out on their own creative journey.

Jen Pierce: 25:35 I think it comes with it's a lot. It sounds like a lot, but it's like once you know, it, it was so simple. My first thing would be, you have to know, you know, shutter, ISO and aperture, because I think that's where a lot of people mess up in the beginning, you know, there's misfocused shots. And they think, you know, just for example, I was selling my camera and someone messaged me and said, can you send me some photos at this camera too? And I was like, Hmm, it doesn't really sell the camera though. You know what I'm saying? Like, because it's the lens that was on it that made it look that way. I mean, the camera just can post it all, but it's not like a, I don't know. So I would tell people, like, it's never about the equipment you have.

Jen Pierce: 26:27 I think if someone gave me a rebel today, I would still, I could still produce the same quality work that I have right now. The only reason I have the camera I do now is because I like the focal points and, you know, I like new things, but I would definitely say like, learn your camera first, learn how to shoot in manual for sure. Figure out what you think you want your style to be. And it doesn't have to be an exact, you know, you don't have to be there yet, but just have an idea. Like I said, I, I never, I still work on my style every day. I think it changes like every, every three to six months there was something that I don't like about work that I posted, or it doesn't look effortless or, you know, there's something random I don't like about it, but I always knew that I wasn't light and airy.

Jen Pierce: 27:15 So figure out what you know, that you're not and work on the things that you think that you are and then always figure out what your clientele is because everybody's not your clientele. I know a lot of people that I'm friends with will say like, all of your clients are like the same style. They're your vibe. They're like, you know, they dress the same way you do. And I'm like, that's intentional because I know how to photograph them. I know your style. I know what you like. And when it's something else, I feel like I'm pushed up against a wall. I don't know what to do.

Raymond Hatfield: 27:52 Oh, that's really interesting. I hear from so many photographers who kind of go both ways. They're like, you know, photograph a person who's exactly like you, cause you're going to be able to get in their head very well. And other people who are like photograph those who are you know, above you or like whatever you want your ideal client to be I'm definitely in the same, same campus you there where I would rather have somebody very similar to me. It just makes things a whole lot easier to to get along with when it comes to those, you know, the, the developing your style though, I'm a little bit interested into maybe hearing about what it was three or six months ago that that you decided, you know, what, maybe I don't like this, that you, that you decided to change. How, how small are these changes or how big are these changes that you're making to your photography?

Jen Pierce: 28:38 You know, I really loved unposed photos. I love, I think recently I found out that I really love the small details of things and I let go of posing brides and moms. So like traditional and stiff. And it's like, what I like to call and this probably this, I don't know if this will translate to anyone else, but it's like, I call it static posing. It's just stiff. It's, it's very cliche. It's very predictable. And I stopped doing that. Like I, I love when moms are in poses, that it's stuff that they would regularly do. I recently just had a maternity client and I was like, I'm not going to tell you to do anything the entire time we're shooting. All I want you to do is what you would normally do at home. You know, move your hair from side to side, put your hair behind your ear, rub your belly, occasionally, push your shirt back, things like that.

Jen Pierce: 29:36 And so, you know, six months ago I was editing in a way editing and posing in a way that just seemed, it didn't look real. To me, it looked very posed, a little uncomfortable and just stiff. And so now I go into it and I'm like, just keep moving the whole time, moved back and, you know, whatever, just keep moving. And that's when they look the most natural when they're moving or playing with their kids or throwing them in the air or whatever it may be. But then like editing wise, I was doing this thing where I was always moving that clarity slide all the way. Like I wanted it to be so like rich and clear and defined. And now I'm like, I kinda like when it looks hazy and I kinda like when it looks just soft and you know, not so hard, I guess is the word I'm looking for. And so I try to like back away from defining things so much and kind of just making it flowy, not even make sense.

Raymond Hatfield: 30:42 No, it does. It does. That's, that's, that's something that I hear a lot from from new photographers is that that's very hard for them, you know, to, to make people not look as rigid in their poses. So you want to dive a little bit deeper into, you know, when you say, just keep moving and whatnot, the idea of showing up to a session and telling for me a couple, like, I'm not going to tell you what to do. That's terrifying to me. I can only imagine that in their heads. They're thinking, wait, what? Yeah, we're so awkward in front of the camera.

Jen Pierce: 31:14 But you know, the people who say they are awkward in life, look the best on camera when you keep them moving. It's so weird to me. And I'm like, you're not awkward. You're only awkward. When people tell you how to pose, that's not natural to you. That's the only time you look awkward. So I like, I had this couple and they were like, we are so awkward. We are just not coordinated at all. And I was like, I want you to do something for me. We had like craft beer. They each had a craft beer in their hand and they were holding hands. And I was like, I want you to run towards me. And they were like, Oh, we're about to look so silly. So ridiculous. But that was like their favorite photo because they were running. Like they would normally run and they looked so like, they look like they're having fun.

Jen Pierce: 31:54 And the photo was just funny and they look natural. But like another thing I do is when people show up and I've had this happen a couple of times, and it's always with men, the women are usually like, okay, I'll go with the flow. But it's always men who were like, you want me to do what? And I'll get there. And, and they look at me the whole time and I'm like the whole shoot. If I can tell you anything, first thing I'm going to tell you is, do not look at me at all. And they're like, and they come here and they think that, you know, in my head, I always say this two things I always tell my clients is literally like, verbatim. I need a t-shirt that says this. But two things I always say is one. We are not about to 1998, prompose this entire phone sessions.

Jen Pierce: 32:38 Like we're not going to like each other, like a runner away. So, you know, and then two is, I always say, we're not doing Sears photo poses. Like, you know, when your mom would take you to Sears and you sit and you look at the camera the whole time, I'm not going to pose you 17 different ways where you're looking at the camera the entire time. It's just not going to happen. I mean, that's so boring to me. Would you want to look at your album where you maybe in different poses, but everyone is always looking at the camera. And also when you have little kids that's never going to happen. They're never going to look the whole time. So I just tell people, like, when you get to your photo shoot, we're going to have fun. I want you to play with your kids.

Jen Pierce: 33:12 I want you to throw them in the air. I want you to like swing them around by their hands. I want you to laugh at them the whole time, tickle on, make them laugh, throw them in the air, you know, whatever it takes, but don't look at me and they're like, this doesn't make any sense, but okay, I'll go with it. And the first one of my clients say, they're regulars of mine now, but first time we ever shot together, I said, I want you to look at your wife and I want you to get forehead to forehead with her. And he looked at me. He was like, are you trying to make me look stupid and have to, like, I promise I'm not. And then, yeah. And then the second time I shot with him, he was like, I really thought that you were trying to make us look crazy. And then I saw the photo. He was like, and it was like my favorite because we look so intimate. Like we really were in love with each other. And I was like, see, but when you tell people to look at each other, the first thing they do is they like lean back and they just weird chin thing. And I'm like, don't do that. You have spore chins right now. So

Raymond Hatfield: 34:03 That's too funny. I love it. Just continue to move them around, continue to just give them activities to do together. And that should keep them loose enough. Huh?

Jen Pierce: 34:13 Yeah. And you know, it's always that little bitty movement that they do when they think I'm not looking or when I'm looking at my camera, but I, I catch them. And it's always like the dad where he like, you know, squeezes the mom's hand or, you know, pulls her in for a kiss or sometimes he'll tuck her hair back. And I, you know, I always say, Hey, can you do that again really quick? And it kind of gives them confidence cause they're like, wait, what you, when I did, you thought was cool. And I'm like, yeah, can you just like, push your hair pep one more time? Or, you know, they'll like rub her belly. And I say like, you know, Hey, can you do that again? Or I, I love to do jiffs or gifs, whatever people call them apologists. Yeah. I say you know, I'm going to do a closeup if you just rub your mom's belly. So can you just do it like a couple times I'm gonna do like 50 frames and they're like, they don't get it in the moment, but then when I post it and it's just the dad moving his hand up and down, they're like, Oh my God, that was like such an intimate moment for us. And I'm like, that was the point. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 35:08 Yeah. Oh my gosh, Jen I don't know if there's a better way to end this podcast and I don't think that we can top that right there. You know, as I said, that's one of the biggest complaints of many new photographers is that all of their, you know, subjects look very posed. They look very stiff and everything that you just shared there, the last you know, 10 minutes or so is just, is pure gold. And I helped people go back and listen to that for sure. So I have to thank you much for sharing everything that you did today, but before I let you go, can you share with the listeners where they can find you online?

Jen Pierce: 35:44 So I am on Facebook and Instagram as Jen Pierce photography. Pierce's in like Pierce your ears spelled the same exact way. And my website is www dot Jen tears, pics.com.

BPP 235: Mike Wilhelm - Using Video to Tell Better Stories

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Mike Wilhelm is a Filmmaker and co-host of the Video Maker podcast. Today Mike comes on to talk about getting started with video and how video is different from photography when telling a story.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • The power of storytelling

  • What is a 3 act structure

  • The Fundamentals of telling a story in a single frame

  • How to push the envelope without going too far

  • How to tell a long term story

  • How to come up with creative ideas

Resources:

Standout Quotes:

  • "I believe truly that video and photography is really all about stories, no matter what kind of work you're doing" - [Mike]

  • "It really doesn't matter what kind of camera you have, if it can record images and sounds, it's good enough, you can do amazing things with almost nothing" - [Mike]

  • "Editing is just about making creative decisions in the process of creating and removing pieces that don't need to be there" - [Mike]

  • "The more pieces there are, the more things that will capture people's attention, the harder time they'll have to figure out what's actually going on" - [Mike]

  • "Essentially what we're doing is we're just capturing our lives as photographers" - [Raymond]

Key Takeaways:

  • Mike explains that the overall point of filmmaking has improved in the last 10 years.

  • While the camera is important, the kind of camera should not necessarily stop you from creating amazing art.

  • Understanding the core concepts of storytelling and having new creative ideas plays a major role in evolving from mediocre work.

  • A strong image that needs to tell a story all on its own has to have all the important pieces in place to portray what's going on and not much else

  • When it comes to marketing a product, start with why it is important, how you achieve it, and then what it is. 

  • Tips for exploring the video function on your camera: Camera Stabilization and Audio Capture

  • The 3 Act Structure is the beginning, middle, and end of any story based on the concept of Freytag's Pyramid: Exposition, Inciting Incident, Rising action, Climax, Falling action, and Resolution.

  • If you do it enough, you start to find your groove and what works for you

Episode Timeline:

  • [00:28] How would you start introducing storying into some of your earliest video projects?

  • [05:53] Do you think that the overall point of filmmaking and storytelling has gotten better or worse in the last 10 years?.

  • [10:40] Mike explains the factors involved in moving from mediocre performance to creating good work.

  • [15:10] What sorts of elements would be required to tell a good story within a single frame of a film?

  • [23:55] Beginner tips for photographers starting to explore the video function on their cameras

  • [29:15] The Crossover between Photography and Video.

  • [39:35] 'Freytag's Pyramid' and the '3 Act Structure'

  • [47:25] How to do a long term project.

  • [50:10] How to contact Mike

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You know, Mike, with you getting started in video production with like TV and commercials kind of like myself. One thing that I always found really interesting was just the power of telling a story. Right. When we, when we first get started, we get really excited when we're on our own to kind of do all the technical things ourselves, but then we really learn quickly the power of telling a story in what it is that we're producing. So for you how would you start introducing story into some of your, your earliest video projects?

Mike Wilhelm: 00:35 You know, I would say that that my very earliest video projects were like a hundred percent story. You know, like a lot of people I got started you know, making videos in junior high school and in high school doing like, you know, monkeying around with my dad's old VHS C cam quarter. And you know, at the time we were just like goofing around doing silly stuff, like pointing our camera at ourselves and then plugging into the TV and doing world's effect and all that. But eventually you know, going into, into high school, we had assignments like creative writing assignments or, or actually one that I recall specifically was like a, a it was like a dramatic presentation where you had to like, act out, you know, some you know, Greek play or something right from, from English class.

Mike Wilhelm: 01:23 And I was never a big performer, but I, I, but I did like cameras. So I talked my teacher into letting me shoot a movie of this this little scene rather than acting it out in front of the class. And so story for me was like, right from the start that's what video was for was to, was to put images together and tell some sort of story. You know, as, as kids, I think, you know, we enjoy the process of like imagination, obviously in acting it out in play, but also, you know, in like creative writing, you tell stories and you know, I think I must have written my first story, fourth grade or something, you know, you write like a story or something that's fun and all, but but then actually using a camera and turning it into imagery makes it just sort of come to life in a way that is, is really magical.

Mike Wilhelm: 02:08 So, you know, for me getting started, that's what it was all about is just to tell a story and communicate it. I wasn't the greatest writer. I wasn't the most charismatic person or performer, but I could tell stories with images. And so, so that's what it was all that I, I, I believe truly that that video and photography is really all about stories. No matter what kind of, kind of work you're doing, you know, I, I spent years making commercials and I considered every single commercial, no matter how, like cheesy or, you know pretty straight forward, it was to be a story of some kind, if your community at any, any kind of message you can apply the same elements of storytelling in it. Throughout, you know, we're talking about the, the classic three act structure, you can put it to everything, anything that has any kind of, of timing. I don't know if three X structure works for you or not, but,

Raymond Hatfield: 02:56 Well, it can, if you have a, you know, like a project or just a series

Mike Wilhelm: 03:01 Of series. Yeah. Yeah. So for me it was, it was right from the beginning.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:06 It's funny how similar our our stories are you know, last week, you and I chatted on the video maker podcast and I shared my, my story and it was the same, you know, when you got into high school, you're like, wait, I don't have to write something like, I can make a video. Like, this is fantastic. Definitely gonna do this.

Mike Wilhelm: 03:24 No, I think at our age what happens is you know, shooting movies at home is actually kind of a novelty now it's now it's it's commonplace, but at the time it was like, wow, you can do this. So you should, you absolutely should, you know, make a movie instead of writing this three page story or paper or whatever.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:41 Yeah. Yeah. In fact, my son has he's eight and he has an old, an old iPhone six S right. And it still shoots 4k video. It has eye movie like built into it. And he was just messing around one day and was just playing around with you know, some of the effects and thrown in some, some clips and stuff. And I remember just that moment when he showed me what it was that he created, and it was just simple cuts and things like that. And I remember all of the hours that I spent, you know, taking and ingesting those, those mini DV tapes that you had to do in real time for it to copy. And it was the old, like G4 IMAX at a, at the local college. Cause I had nothing to edit on. And now, as you said, it's just, it's commonplace.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:24 Like we can do this can anywhere. We want to, but I feel like I'd love to hear your thoughts on giving everybody the tool to be able to tell a story because, you know, we gave everybody a pen and paper and now everybody can in theory, like, you know, write something out, they can write a story. They can tell a story before only a select few had cameras, video cameras, but now everybody has them. Do you think that the the overall, maybe not the production, but the overall point of filmmaking and storytelling has gotten better or worse over the last I dunno, 10 years or so?

Mike Wilhelm: 05:06 Oh, way. Better way. Absolutely way better. I mean, there's no, no doubt about it. You know we talked about it all the time on, on the video maker podcast that it really doesn't matter. What, what kind of camera you have, if, if it can record images and sound, it's good enough, you can do amazing things with almost nothing. And you know, a little anecdote we talked about, I mentioned all the time, people were probably annoyed about it right by now, but, you know, Stanley Kubrick was once asked about like, what is the best aspect ratio you like to shoot on, you know for, for your films. And he says, it's just a canvas. You know, it's just a thing place to do art. So whatever the requirement is, I'll make art for that, that medium. You can go back in history and look at some of the greatest photographs of all time, you know, Anzel Adams, wasn't shooting on, you know a 5g Mark for, or anything like that.

Mike Wilhelm: 05:51 You know the equipment is, it makes no difference in my mind in terms of creating art as for, you know, everyone having access to it. I mean, I think you can look at YouTube and the internet as a whole, as an example of what happens when everyone has access to these creative tools, like incredible things happen, and people are introduced to the art of storytelling that never would have before, because it was too far out of reach, you know, just buying your first camera could be difficult. And in fact, I can remember my first video camera. I didn't, I don't think I bought it until boy, I was in college, everything before that was just whatever I could get my hands on you and my dad would rent a camera. I would use that now everyone has it. So they're, they're developing their skills early and they're exercising those creative muscles all the time.

Mike Wilhelm: 06:38 And obviously that's going to have a big impact on the creative world. You know, I was just talking to to a friend yesterday about tiger woods, right. I don't know if, if, if you're into golf at all, but you know, tiger woods, he played. And then they had to like lengthen all the courses because he was so good and they had to like make them hard. I didn't know that. And you know, it's one of those things where this was a guy who started playing golf as a young child and and he was working at it for years and years and years. And now we have people who are coming up in that world who have also been playing since a child and, and the, the level of play is like climbing. Right. So I think you could say the same thing about, about the creative world, you know, when you are, when you have an entire generation of kids that have cameras in their hands, by like the age two, my niece has a camera she's two years old. Then the level of work is just going to go up and up and up and maybe bad news for you know, you and I, who we didn't get started until later. But but yeah, it's only a good thing, I think for the aggression of, of the art,

Raymond Hatfield: 07:44 Well in a world where we have obviously, you know amazing like world-class shorts that are filmed by people, you know, on an iPhone you know, these little documentaries that that are critically acclaimed, obviously, obviously when it comes to documentaries, the story is kind of everything. And the imagery is, is, is almost secondary, but we also live in a world where we have just, you know, Tik TOK and Instagram. And I feel like the two sides are being polarized, right? Like the good is getting great and the okay is getting terrible when it comes to telling stories and whatnot. And some people may not like that. I said that, but well I w I would love to hear your thoughts kind of going on that tiger woods example here. Do you think that we're taking storytelling and cinematography to a place that it's never seen before and that like, we're just pushing the envelope so far forward? Or do you think that that's all just extra when it comes to making video?

Mike Wilhelm: 08:47 You know, I could think I could just sort of describe this phenomenon. It's just an expansion of competition, right? Like the, maybe the, the mediocre art is now pretty bad. But that's really just by comparison, it's like a numbers game, right? If the number of films that are created each year is expanding exponentially then the world has only has so much attention to focus on things. And so they're going to focus their attention on whatever the top, you know, 10% of work is essentially right. Meanwhile, the entire spectrum is expanding. So more people are getting into it and you know, more people are maybe having a hard time breaking through I'll call it the noise, but not really noise, but bringing through the crowd, I guess, to, to try to reach that top 10% is becoming more and more and more difficult to do that.

Mike Wilhelm: 09:34 It's certainly easier to enter the arena, to enter the sort of competitive space to, to try to make your voice heard to, to make your story heard. When you're making take talks, we can all do that, like before the end of this podcast. But but in terms of who's breaking through and what standing out, you know, the bar is raising all the time, just because there's so many more people participating. And if you do mediocre work, it's just harder and harder, harder to get through it. Like if you ever watch TV from the eighties, anyone who does that, right. You watch it and go, wow, this is pretty bad. Pretty bad. Yeah. Yeah. As opposed to today, we're like living in this golden age of television, despite actually the kind of decline of broadcasting just because talent, there's just so much talent out there that, that you know, the mediocre stuff has just a less of a chance to, to rise up to the top.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:25 So, in, in your words, what do you think it is that would take you to that level, as you said, it's very easy to get into the arena. Essentially. We can all buy a camera. We all have cameras. What would take us from mediocre to creating really good work?

Mike Wilhelm: 10:46 Well, if I knew that maybe I would be doing something else, something right. But, you know, I think if I were to describe it, it would be, you know you've got to know the fundamentals of storytelling. And you know, like I mentioned, the three X structure and Freytag's pyramid is like ultra important. If you've just sort of abandoned these core concepts of storytelling, then it's going to be hard to get anywhere. That being said today, you know, with competition is as stiff as it is then I think it comes down to really having new creative ideas. If you can show someone something they've never seen before, while using the fundamentals of storytelling to make sure that people's attention is, you know totally captured. I think that's, what's going to do it. I think that's, what's going to do it.

Mike Wilhelm: 11:35 You know, if you look at, if you look at some of the big hits on you know, all the streaming services are stories that are just absolutely unique, you know I think you could look at maybe game of Thrones is a good example of this. I don't know of any story that has, has been in such a way where it's like this part fantasy part soap, opera, you know, super violent, super sexual. It was just like this new thing. People saw this, this story and it was unlike anything that they'd ever seen. And I think it's that, that element that really takes something to the next level and on top of, you know, fantastic photography on top of fantastic writing, you know, you can have fantastic writing but if, you know, the, the editing is poor, the pacing is poor. You're going to have a hard time. So you've got to nail the fundamentals and also have just incredibly original and captivating ideas.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:34 So when it comes to incredibly, you know, original captivating ideas when my wife and I first got together, she had watched Mulholland drive. Right. And that's one of those movies that well, it leaves you kind of wondering what, what have I just watched, right. But at the same time, I would consider that pretty original and I, and I, and a captivating idea. So for these directors, like, you know, David Fincher, where do you think the, the separation is between something like the game of Thrones, where they're pushing the envelope and a, you know, any David Fincher movie as far as how far different they are. Does that question make sense,

Mike Wilhelm: 13:14 Boy, I mean, the question of what's the difference between these two things?

Raymond Hatfield: 13:18 I mean, it's, yeah, we could go on forever.

Mike Wilhelm: 13:21 Some filmmakers just have this amazing ability to take kind of a basic story and turn it into just this absolutely captivating work, you know, I wish I could put my finger on, on what it is, you know you know, certainly there's some films that, that can thrive and succeed and just knock it out of the park based on, on the writing and of the characters. And David Fincher may fall into that category. You know, the movie that I always point at as a good example of this for me has always been Napoleon dynamite where I don't know that the story is kind of like, there's nothing, there's nothing there. Like we've heard this story a hundred times, right? Yeah. You know, underdog, you know achieves the thing that he was in unexpected to achieve. But the characters were so interesting and compelling that he couldn't help, but turn away. And at the same time, you know, David Fincher has this ability to just tell this story. And his timing is such that, you know, kind of keeps you on the edge of your seat throughout. Even though you may have kind of all of this story before you kind of know where it's going, it somehow holds your attention. They just have this ability to, to execute these ideas superbly well and yeah, this is one of those cases where if I, if I knew the formula to that,

Raymond Hatfield: 14:44 Well, then let's talk about what you do know, right. What are your thoughts on on just, you know, for, for new photographers, to be able to tell a better story within, within an image, because, you know, as, and I think I've heard you say this before, you know, when it comes to video, we have motion, we can move around, we can explore the scene, but in a photo we have one frame and the story needs to fit within that frame. So what sorts of elements would be required to tell a good story within a single frame of,

Mike Wilhelm: 15:16 Of a film? So I think that, you know, first and foremost, you know, if you're looking at a single frame, you've got to have the fundamentals down, right? Like you have to have the composition of the fundamentals of composition figured out. It has to be, you know, well lit and all of that, all of that sort of basic stuff you have to get down, so you don't have to think about it when you're actually trying to capture images. But beyond that, you know, I would, I would say that I'm a big believer in editing. And when I say editing, I don't necessarily mean like cutting things up in the timeline and, you know, your video editing software or touching up the color and light room or anything that is editing surely, but, but editing is just about making creative decisions in the process of creating and removing pieces that don't need to be there.

Mike Wilhelm: 16:09 Right. I think that a strong image that tells a story, especially if it's a photograph that needs to tell a story all on its own really has to have all the important pieces in place to sort of portray what's going on and not much else. You know, the more pieces of, of noise there are. And I say, I say noise in the sense that, you know, maybe there's like a lot of noise in this shot, you know, with my computer here, actually the computer tells us a little bit of a story, but maybe this coffee cup shouldn't be here, right? The more pieces of noise there are, the more things that will capture people's attention, the harder time they'll have to figure out like what's actually going on, what's important. So, you know, I'm all about making sure that the elements of an image all contribute to telling the story in some way. Otherwise I think things get muddy, you know with, with video, certainly have a number of other elements you know, dialogue and sound and time. But in terms of like an individual image, I think, I think that's it. I think it's, it's placing things that need to be in the shot in the shot so that they, they, they can tell a story about what is actually happening here and cut the rest. Oh, I love that.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:22 Let's talk for a second about that idea of having a photo project, because I think that that's going to be most closely related to working in video and once again telling stories, right. So when we have a video project, or I'm sorry, when we have some sort of photo essay photo project what do you think would be, I'm sorry, this is a bad question here. Let's say that you're being approached a commercial shoot, right? Let me ask the commercial is meant to display a product or a business. Right? That's all that it is. But simply having a sign that says come down to Joe's is very boring, right? So we have to create images that want to get people to come down to Joe's where do you start in creating a story to be able to capture?

Mike Wilhelm: 18:13 I mean if you're talking about a commercial, it really comes down to, you've got to figure out what is, what is the thing that you're trying to convince the viewer of? Oh, you know, usually it's not like buy this thing, you know, buy this coffee mug it's that you have to convince someone in this case of this coffee mug what is special about like this coffee mug will keep your coffee at 400 degrees Fahrenheit for seven hours. It's like, you gotta make, you gotta have a convincing story here. Because just coming out and saying, buy this coffee mug is just not gonna cut it. Right. It's all about persuasion. And you know, there was a great Ted talk. I w I wish I could recall the person gave it. But the general idea is why, how, what with the idea that as you're delivering a message you start with the why of why is something important and then how do you achieve that thing?

Mike Wilhelm: 19:11 And then what is it that you're trying to achieve? So this is, this is the Apple philosophy of marketing, where they start with their vision. They get into the process and then they reveal the product at the end. Right. And the whole idea is you're trying to convince the viewer, the thing that you're trying to convince them of that they cannot live their life without this device. Because, because of like some philosophical idea that people at Apple have. Right. so, you know, it's really just about, about what is the best way to persuade someone of a general idea that ultimately in the case of commercials will lead them to buying a product or service?

Raymond Hatfield: 19:49 Well, what about let's, let's, let's tone that down, obviously, that was very you come from the world of sales, right. Of, of essentially commercials. You're trying to sell something, trying to pit something, let's say that you, something that very often happens to new photographers is that maybe they got the new camera they're going out to the zoo with with their kids. Right. We can all capture a billion photos of that, but what photos do you think are going to tell the overall story of, of going to the zoo? What do we need

Mike Wilhelm: 20:22 You know, when I would say that, you know, when you go to the zoo and you're thinking about the photos that you're going to take, you might think about, Oh, I'm just going to get a great shot of an elephant or a lion or something. But, but the story of going to the zoo, the actual, you know, visiting the zoo is, is done by people. And it, it it is their experience at the zoo, right? So in those cases, I would say, if you're telling that story, you have to sort of try to find a way to combine these different elements of the people. Like, maybe it's your family, I guess, right. The animals themselves. And then you've got to try to capture some sort of emotion that that I don't want to say necessarily accurately portrays. What's actually happening.

Mike Wilhelm: 21:02 You know, we talked about on a video maker podcast about this idea that I like the fantasy of a visual storytelling, but something that captures the emotion that you want to feel when you look at the photo again later. So I would look for opportunities in those cases to, to capture emotions of the family with some sort of zoo, like element, probably some sort of animal, but it could be a sign or it could be a zoo worker. I would look for those, those moments, don't spend so much time focusing on just like getting great shots of, you know, birds or, you know, whatever it is, those are going to be cool. And, you know, you go back and you'll might be impressed with your technical ability to capture animals, which is fine. If that's what you're going for. If you, if you want to be a wildlife photographer using this is like practice, then that's great as well. But, but if you're trying to identify what that story is beforehand, and you have identified it in, in something like the family's trip to the zoo, you absolutely have to find a way to blend these elements together of people, Zu elements, which I guess is animals and some sort of emotion, you know, which is going to probably come through in the eyes and facial features, structure, facial, facial.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:10 I always love looking at the people's pictures from the zoo, because it's always like super long lens trying to just frame the animal as if like they're really on the Serengeti or something like that. But we all know you're like, we're in Cleveland. Like, you know, that's not that that's not Africa there. Yeah,

Mike Wilhelm: 22:27 No, I it's. It's a good example. I think because you know, as a video person, I was never that into photography until video technology sort of, you know, pushed everyone to using DSLRs in which case it's like, okay, now my video camera shoots photos and I, I started to take up photography. And one of the first things I did was I went to the zoo.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:47 Yeah. I knew it. And see, it's such a good example.

Mike Wilhelm: 22:50 Same thing happened. I, I think I took 1200 photos of animals in pens. And guess how many times I've looked at those pictures since that day, even though they were pretty, yeah, none,

Raymond Hatfield: 23:01 But I bet if there was, say a kid in the foreground looking over the fence, trying to see a giraffe suddenly that's a, that's a photo that maybe you would want to to look at later. Yes, exactly. Exactly. So what about, as you just mentioned there, you know, the blending of, of cameras, essentially, we used to have a camera and we used to have a video camera and these were two separate things. And then the cell phone came along and Oh, no, wait, actually I take that back. I had, I don't even remember what it was called. It was like a Sanyo this thing was crazy. It was, it was ridiculous. It was like a little tiny pocket camera and you flip it open and you can switch from video mode to photo mode. And I remember seeing this thing and I bought it for that exact reason.

Raymond Hatfield: 23:43 I was like, wherever I go, I now no longer have to take stills from my, you know, for ADP video to, to, to, to have a photo of this. And being able to have both was very exciting. So let's say that there's, you know, plenty of new photographers right now listening, and they got into photography because they love the idea of capturing moments, right. Should we be exploring the video functions of our cameras? And if so, do you have any good beginner tips to just getting started with that? Like what should we do with some of this footage?

Mike Wilhelm: 24:15 Well, I think it's, it's worth anyone who is learning photography to switch over to video mode and take, take a few clips now and again, and I think what you're going to find is that a lot of the fundamentals translate over pretty seamlessly. You know, camera movement is, can be difficult which is a new skill to learn. And audio capture is a new skill to learn, but, but if you already have the camera that can do it. Yeah, absolutely. Should she would experiment with it and you might find a new passion as for beginner to tips. You know, I just mentioned too, I guess, which is a camera movement and I guess I'll, I'll clarify, can't remove it by saying a camera stabilization is a big one and so is audio. So camera stabilization is important because everyone, I think understands that shaky cam footage is just difficult to watch and it really doesn't matter what the subject is.

Mike Wilhelm: 25:08 You know, if the footage is too shaky, it's like yours would just get disoriented or, you know, motion sick, just watching it. So you got to figure out how to keep the camera stable. So many cameras now have embody stabilization built in that it's not as big a deal, but, but a lot of the same you know, fundamentals of how to keep your cameras still photography for photography work for video as well. So one of them has three points of contact, right? So you wanna like keep your elbows in one elbow to elbow and then like pull the camera itself, close to your face. And if you can make contact with the camera on your face, then that's the third point kind of difficult sometimes with, with modern cares, but you can actually get like little accessories that like, eyepieces that stick out the contact help keep things extra stable.

Mike Wilhelm: 25:57 Obviously tripods work great for video as well as photography. Although I would say that if you're using a, you know inexpensive photo tripod and you want to shoot video with it, try not to move the camera too much. They, the heads of those tripods don't, don't, you know, they're not built for nice smooth pans and tilts. Also you can get stabilizers, pretty inexpensively that will, you know, use a brushless motor to keep things smooth. But otherwise look for it, look for you know, ways to keep the cameras as still as possible and turn that image stabilization on. And the second is audio capture, which if there's anything more frustrating than shaky camera it's in on what's the word? Inaudible audio audible. Yes. Yeah. So you can understand what people are saying or, you know, you're doing that thing where, you know, when you're watching it, you gotta ride the remote control.

Mike Wilhelm: 26:49 You know, it's like blasting and turn it down. That can be tricky. We always say, you know, don't use the microphone. That's built into your camera. Try to get an external mic if you can. But if you have to use the mic that's inside the camera, like you just don't want to make the investment of a microphone, keep the camera really close to your subject. So don't shoot across the room at someone who's talking to the camera, you really have to be close. Those microphones are not that good. They're not that directional. So get the microphone close. And actually that, that advice applies to any microphone. The closer you can get the microphone, generally, the better sound quality you get, but, but if you can focus on those things, keep the the camera stable, make sure the microphone is close and you're capturing a nice crisp sound.

Mike Wilhelm: 27:32 That'll get you a long way. Another thing to do is to plug your headphones into the mic, into the, the camera itself. So not all new cameras or, or entry-level cameras have a headphone Jack, but if they do, you can plug your buds into that and that'll help you monitor the sound. You can't trust it entirely because what you hear in your ear buds are not necessarily what's going to come out of speakers, but you'll listen for things like crackly, audio, or, you know, when noise everyone has has this experience, I think shooting on their phone or, or, or a simple camera where they're capturing some event and then they take it home and they look at it. I guess you can watch it on your phone now, but he would get this like rumbling audio of the wind hitting the microphone. You've got to keep your, your ear buds in so he can hear for that and make adjustments as you, as you go. But that's really the big ones. I'm assuming you already know the fundamentals of photography and exposure and focusing all that realization and audio.

Raymond Hatfield: 28:26 Now let's say that, first of all, I guess before we go any further Atlantic, get your thoughts on on that movie came out a few years ago, hardcore Henry, do you remember that movie? It was like, it was like you said, you've never heard of it. Oh, it was like a, it was like a first person view. It even had like theatrical release. And it was, it was so hard to watch because being, you know first person view it. It's very shaky. It's very shaky. And I ended up having to leave the theater, like I paid $20 or whatever to see this movie. And I left because it was so shaky and it was it was unnerving to watch. So you know, I love that tip. That's a great tip, you know, try to keep things as steady as possible, and then just simple camera movements and bump up the the quality of the audio. That's a, that's great stuff. So now that we have, let's say let me ask you, do you think that there's a world in which photography and video exist together or are they pretty mutually exclusive?

Mike Wilhelm: 29:27 Well, I mean, from a skills perspective, there's certainly tons of overlap. And now you're seeing all kinds of filmmakers who are venturing into photography and vice versa. So that's going to continue, I'm sure. As for creative work. Yeah, absolutely. If there's going to merge over. So I can think of two examples where the two have sort of crossed paths or maybe I've merged. So one of them is motion graphics. So you may have seen, well, actually anyone who's ever watched like old Ken burns documentary is know that Ken burns can tell an eight hour story with stills, right? Yeah. Still audio obviously narration. So that's actually one of the first skills that you know, if you ever want to get into documentary or, or video work generally is to learn how to tell stories with video using only photos using, you know, basically pan and scan over, over images, but even in motion graphics, there's a lot going on with there's this effect that's really popular.

Mike Wilhelm: 30:25 It's been popular for 15 years or so now where, you know, you can go into your software and like cut out you know, the subject of a photograph and separate them from the background and then do this like 3d parallax look. Oh, yes, yes. You know, there's a lot, a lot, a lot you can do with photographs in video and you can tell entire stories without, you know, recording any motion pictures outside of that, you know, one thing that I really enjoy, boy, what is the name of these things? Cinema graph.

Raymond Hatfield: 30:56 Oh, okay. Yeah. Yeah. When you take the image and you can I had I had the creator of, of, of one of the more popular cinemagraph apps on the podcast and yeah, so you can like have a picture you put in some key points and then like make them stretch or so like is stretch the right word. And then it just kind of loops

Mike Wilhelm: 31:16 I think it's any motion element. So like a cinema graph from my understanding spray, Google this, to make sure I'm using the right word. There is this idea that it's a photograph with an animated looping element, right? So an example might be someone standing in the rain and the rain is pouring, but it's otherwise a photograph, right. Or someone's sitting next to the fire and the fire is flicking, but it's otherwise a photograph. I saw one where it was like an Olympic you know, torch bear and they're like frozen in frame, you know, running, but the fire flame with the torches burning. I think those are really interesting. I don't know how mainstream they'll ever be until we get to like, you know, the Harry Potter world where, you know animated pictures hanging on the wall and all that. But, but I think those are two examples that I can think of where these two, these two disciplines have sort of crossed paths.

Raymond Hatfield: 32:06 So then that brings me kinda to my next question here, which is talking about, you know, you don't know how, how mainstream cinemagraphs are going to go, because it's kind of a strange medium to be able to view, right. It almost seems kind of gimmicky, right. You look at it and you're like, Oh, that's interesting. And then you just, you just keep going. Whereas video has the ability to stop you and you'll want to watch the story from beginning to end and with a photo, it can also stop you and make you really look and kind of dive deeper into an image. W w where do you think that, do you think that it's possible that we live in a world where both of those things can be combined and still allow us to, to view them together? I mean, again, bad question. They're not, not fully formed, but obviously, so that's going to be a video, right. I just answered my own question there, kind of like that Kinsey burn that Ken burns example that you gave there were taken photos, and then we're turning them into video, but in, in the world of, of storytelling, do you think that there's a situation in which we use video and we have photos, but together they just make a stronger story.

Mike Wilhelm: 33:19 You know, what might be a good example of this? And it's, it's not like, you know, the sexiest thing in the world. Well, maybe some people it is, is is social media, right? Where people do tell stories on Instagram using a combination of images and video. So just like, as you're flipping through, you know a post that has a number of what do they call it, a carousel, you know, where you're looking at photos and inter blended within them as is video clips, where if you look at anything individually, maybe the story isn't isn't there, but it's sort of a combination of these things. It sort of paints a broader picture. And again, this is like a consumer level thing, you know whether this translates to Hollywood, I'm not sure. But that's one example I can think of where it's like this sort of multimedia thing, but, you know, to the, to the, to your point about the Ken burns is like, is it video, I mean, does taking these images and then doing pans over the top of them and adding voiceover narration and music, is, does that mean it's no longer a photograph or is it video now?

Mike Wilhelm: 34:21 You know, I, I think you could say it's kind of both. And you know, I think that eventually, yeah, back to the cinema graph idea, you know, this idea that, you know, video will capture someone's attention maybe in a way that, that a photo won't at least like in terms of like a fleeting passer-by, you know, that happens because our eyes are attracted to motion. It's probably like it's back to our time on the Savannah, you know, looking for lions or something that we just like snap our eyes to motion. That's why video is so attention grabbing, but I can definitely foresee you know, more examples in the outside world, outside of our, our screens on our phones and our laptops and our TVs where screens are kind of everywhere. You know, actually we're seeing this now with a lot of billboards, they're like electronic billboards where just a little bit of motion in an otherwise static image, like a billboard will capture someone's attention in a way that is just a classic still photograph wouldn't. So I do think that we are going to see that, especially as, you know display technology progresses and prices come down. If we have displays everywhere, electronic displays, we're definitely gonna see way more motion than we ever have before.

Raymond Hatfield: 35:34 Yeah, yeah. Yeah. So a few months I talked to a photographer and his name is Simon. And what he did was he decided to buy, to learn photography while documenting his journey, essentially. Right. So he did a a one photo a week project, and it was only supposed to be for a year, but now I think he's going on year seven, which is, which is awesome for him. But what he did was to extend the the learning, I suppose, or the education side of it, he is now taking those photos and then he puts it in, you know, premiere or, or, or I'm movie, and then narrates kind of how he got that shot. Right. And kind of how that photo came about. And I always struggle with this idea of like, yes, like we're looking at this photo and it's cool to be able to hear that story. And that's, that's a whole element right there. Right. But there's also something to be said about viewing a photograph, like in print, because print is kind of that natural medium for a photograph. And then just letting yourself kind of figure out what's going on in an image. What are your thoughts on kind of the, the differences between the two and kind of where new photographers who are getting into photography, but also interested in video, what are your thoughts on kind of how they can explore those two things?

Mike Wilhelm: 37:02 Well, I think the example that you gave of, of the guy who's trying to do both simultaneously is a good one. And it's interesting because a lot of the fundamentals are the same for both. And yet the process of learning to become a great photographer, or is it becoming a great filmmaker? Are, are, they are quite a bit different and you do have to focus on different things, you know, in a photograph, you have one frame, that's all you get to tell an interesting story. And so you got to pour a lot of attention, a lot of effort into making sure everything is just right in this one frame. Although I don't want to discount, you know, the is sort of what do they call it? Street photography, gorilla photography style. But with filmmaking, you know, you're working on different things.

Mike Wilhelm: 37:48 You know, the, the person who was documenting their photography journey is probably not treating every video shot with the same level of care that they are with their photographs. Likewise they're probably not giving the script for the video that they're creating as much care as they are for their photograph. And, and those are important disciplines that if you want to become a master in, in either craft, you're, you're going to be you know, focusing your attention in different directions. That said, you know, as you're developing your skills, certainly you can work on working on the camera and the composition and lighting, and those skills will transfer pretty well. Like this person who was working in the photo skills surely became a better video shooter or a cinematographer in the process. Now if they want to make a movie every week, they're going to need to learn different skills, you know, because capturing a beautiful image, even if that image tells a little bit of a story, you know, isn't quite developing all the skills that you need to become a great filmmaker. You know, you really do have to focus a lot on editing and writing in ways that you wouldn't have with have to do that with them, the photography,

Raymond Hatfield: 39:09 You know, what I always found interesting is that and I never thought about this in say high school, but, you know, when DVDs were first on the sound so old, when DVDs were really like gaining popularity and they were like putting new features into DVDs and they would always make, you know, a deleted scenes portion. And I was always so excited to watch those deleted scenes. Cause I was like, you know, what, what didn't they put in the movie? But it wasn't until I went to film school that I realized somebody had to write that, like somebody had to write that scene, somebody had to plan it. And when somebody wrote that scene, they wrote that scene with the hopes that that scene was going to push the movie forward in some sense, right. That it was going to push that story that was being told forward. And yet here it is completely removed from those from the movie because it didn't do anything. So let's talk a little bit about what you were talking about earlier, which is just the simple three-act structure, right. For those just getting into video work, you know, what is it and, and what would it look like to capture?

Mike Wilhelm: 40:09 So yeah, so, I mean, that's just the general idea of the scene that gets cut, I think, is a process that happens when a kind of like when you're doing any kind of creative work, as you have an idea of something that's going to work out and as you're working through it, you realize actually, you know, this thing that I thought was going to work really doesn't work. And that happens all the time. I don't care if you're, you know, making a movie or, you know, you're making a business card, right. That, that process happens. The, the three X structure is just like this. It's basically the it's the beginning, middle and end of, of any story. And this is the idea here transcends just filmmaking. It's the same thing for you know, if you're writing a novel, you're probably following this.

Mike Wilhelm: 40:51 But it's basically if, if you take the three extractor beginning, middle end and go one level deeper, it's this concept called Freytag's pyramid, which I don't know the history of a freight guy for a tag, but he, he basically documented this idea that stories happen in these, these phases. So the phase is just to go through them quickly as exposition, where you're just sort of setting the scene, you're introducing all the characters, there's an inciting incident where conflict is introduced, there's rising and action. So in this story, that tension is climbing. And this happens usually in act two, the three-act structure, here's the climax. So this is like, you know, in the scene, the 1989 Batman, when the joker falls off the building, that's the climax. Yeah. There's the falling action. When now tension declines and there's resolution or denouement.

Mike Wilhelm: 41:45 When the story sort of wraps up and this general idea of the three X structure, afraid tags pyramid can be applied to any story that's told over time, I believe. And again, I'm not enough of a photography expert to say, does this, you know, if this works with target for, like I said, maybe in a series of photographs that would work quite well. But but when you're stumbling any story in time whether it's video, you're making a movie, whether you are making a commercial, whether you're making a bunch of tick talks, theoretically, to tell a good story, this, this general Freytag's pyramid three X structure helps to capture attention and hold it in a way that is just, it just, I don't know why it's human psychology or something, but it just works in order to get people to understand what's happening and be interested and, and are you know, have some emotional investment in this story, Athens and novels, you name it. There are other storytelling formats, there are certainly films that don't necessarily follow this format, but this is kind of the bedrock foundation of storytelling

Raymond Hatfield: 42:48 When let's go back to that zoo example real quick. All right, because when I got to the zoo and I hear from many new photographers, they want to capture everything. They're going to shoot every little detail. We're going to, you know, we're going to get the the, the ketchup on the face when he's eating the chicken nuggets or whatever, you know, the little kid at the, at the lunch, like we're going to capture all these photos when it comes to that three X structure idea. Should we, is this something that we should be planning before and then know, like, you know what, I don't really need to capture lunch here, or is this something that we just capture it all and then edit down after the fact,

Mike Wilhelm: 43:25 You know, I would say that if you're taking photographs at the zoo, you can kind of think you're thinking about yourself in like a like a documentarian, right? So one of the big challenges that documentary filmmakers have is there's something going on and they have to explore it and investigate it. And the story unfolds as it's happening, but they find the story in the process of, of making the story. And so obviously you don't want to like plot out the conflict of your trip to the zoo, right? You want there to be conflict to make a good story. Like if you're going to show pictures to your family afterwards, and there's going to be 20 photos, you want there to be some sort of conflict, because as people go through these series, they're seeing like, what happened? And they're like, Oh my gosh, I can't believe blank happened. That's the conflict. But at the same time, you don't want to like be plotting and scheming and being like, I'm going to make sure that, you know, Billy drops his ice cream cone on the ground or something,

Raymond Hatfield: 44:20 I'm going to knock it out of the sand.

Mike Wilhelm: 44:24 But as you're taking photos, you take a lot of photos. And again, this is a little bit outside of my domain, but I would say you're looking for the story and you're looking for elements of conflict. And as you afterwards are piecing these photos together and you're choosing them in a way that, you know, you hope that when you show your friends and family, this collection of images, that it doesn't fall into that same sort of hit that. So many family photos have where it's like, you're excited because you were there and it brings back memories, but no one really else is excited to look, yes. You know, you can, you can, you can go along and show these and maybe with captions or something, you're sort of telling the story of what happened. And you put the most exciting things, you know, kind of like in the last third and you have this rising tension is rising conflict as you go.

Mike Wilhelm: 45:11 And that's, what's going to keep people like, Oh man, I can't wait to see what the next photo holds. And again, sorry, this is kind of out of my domain. I don't know if people actually do this photography, but, but if I was trying to make, am tell a story with photos about a trip to the w that's what I would do. I'd take a bunch of photos and look for those moments of tension and conflict and, and try to tell a story with that. And, you know, I say tension and conflict, which are kind of negative sounding words. They don't have to be traumatic. But, but just sort of points of interest is what you're looking for. They could be perfectly innocent. Like Billy driving's ice cream code is not a big deal, but if you've got the photo, that'd be a great shot. Sorry.

Raymond Hatfield: 45:50 But if I knocked it out of his hand, that would be, that would be traumatic. And that would be conflict. Yeah.

Mike Wilhelm: 45:55 You would be a bad person, but

Raymond Hatfield: 45:58 Yeah, it's, it's interesting that you said that. Cause I think you know, when it comes to photos, displaying the photos is always the challenge. I think when it comes to shooting video, the barrier for me at least is the editing, but then once you have it, it's, it's fun and it's easy to share. And like, it just goes out there it's, it's, it's one video, right? Whether it's a minute, five minutes, you know, whatever it is here it is. But when it comes to photos, I don't want to inundate everybody on my Facebook feed or whatever, with a hundred photos that I took at the zoo and me knocking, you know, Charlie's ice cream out of his hand, you know, I don't want to do that. So that's always a hard thing for me and trying to figure out other ways to display those.

Raymond Hatfield: 46:40 You know, sometimes I use, I don't know if you've heard of it. Animoto so it's just like a slideshow app, right? You load in a bunch of photos creates a video slideshow. You can set it to music if you want it to. And then now you have a collection of images that can be shared much easier. And that's one of my favorite things to do. So if anybody's listening, like that's a great way to do it. But aside from that, I think that's, you you've really helped me there kind of uncovered this, this, this hidden block for me, which is how am I trying to share my photos? How am I trying to get a point across and tell this larger story of essentially what we're doing is we're just capturing our lives right. As photographers. Yep. Yep. Maybe it's a little bit different for video, but for photography, we're just, we're just capturing our lives. So I know that we're coming to the end of our time. Do you have any last maybe ideas or on how to do a long-term project? Like, like how our entire lives?

Mike Wilhelm: 47:36 Oh boy. You know, how do you do it three sentences max, by the way, you know, I always think the most interesting thing when someone does one of these, these big projects is to, is to see how they develop their own personal style. Like if you were doing a photo project for five years or your entire life, good luck telling one coherent story over that entire time. Although actually afterwards, if, if you're coming towards the end of your life and you have a lifetime of photographs, you could edit these together into a, into a book that would probably tell a pretty compelling story that follows a nice free text pyramid structure. But aside from that but aside from that, I always think the most important or most interesting thing is to see how someone's personal style evolves. And it happens with everyone who takes enough photos or shoots enough video where, you know, they start out and they're emulating someone else's look or someone else's style.

Mike Wilhelm: 48:35 And eventually you just like, they run dry. You know, you're taking so many images, you just can't emulate this. Someone else's looked forever. And I think this is true, no matter what you're doing, whether you're taking photographs or, you know, baking cookies, right? Like if you do it enough, you start to get into your own groove and you, you sort of find what you're good at. You find what works, you expand on that. And as a viewer of photographs and a viewer of collections, I love seeing how people's style develops and seeing that evolution of this like kind of generic looking photos or, you know, photos that are emulating something else into something that's truly unique. And so, you know, as a creator, I w I would look for those opportunities, look for opportunities to play and experiment to, to create something new, to create something that is uniquely yours.

Mike Wilhelm: 49:27 Even if it doesn't come through in a singular photograph, but as you're, as you're piecing together this collection over many years, you start to see, Oh, actually I do have this, this signature look or this signature style that when you look at it as a whole says a lot about me as a photographer, as a creator. I think again, that's just really interesting to look at the actual content of the photos is always nice. But when I'm looking at, at a, at a lifetime of collections, those are the things that are most interesting to me,

Raymond Hatfield: 50:00 Mike, I don't know how to end it any better than that. That was inspirational. That was educational right there. And I think that the listeners are going to get a lot out of that, a little sentiment right there. So, so thank you very much. Now I know that we're at the end of our time here, but before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can follow you online and learn more about video makers?

Mike Wilhelm: 50:20 Yeah. So if you're listening to this podcast, I guess that must mean you're a podcast listener. So I encourage you to check out our relatively podcast, the video maker podcast. It's a video maker is a publication, a media company for beginners and enthusiasts. So if you're all interested in video production, I encourage that. I encourage you to check that out, or you can go to videomaker.com and read articles, watch videos and that kinda stuff. But yeah, those are the things.

Raymond Hatfield: 50:45 What about you? Can we follow you on Instagram? Can we follow you? Where can we find you online?

Mike Wilhelm: 50:50 You can, if you want, I'm not, I'm not much of a social media person. I'm like a, I'm like one of those people that have got, I don't trust Silicon Valley, but, but I do have profiles there. You can, you can check me out M and the Wilhelm on I think that's the handle on Instagram and Twitter, and that's all I use.

Raymond Hatfield: 51:08 Okay. Right on. Well, I'll link to it in the show notes you know, w you didn't do a very good job of selling it right there, but you know, we'll see what we can do anyway,

Mike Wilhelm: 51:18 At video maker. And both of those places, we are quite active,

Raymond Hatfield: 51:21 Big, perfect, much, much better than the than the personal one right there. Well, Mike you know, thank you again so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did. I look forward to keeping up with you in the future.

Mike Wilhelm: 51:31 Yeah. Thanks so much for having me. It was a great conversation.

BPP 234: Jessica Bellinger - The Humility Paradox

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Jessica Bellinger is an Orlando Florida based wedding photographer and author of a new book called The Humility Paradox. Jessica had a rough start in photography that helped her to see that our life's purpose really boils down to how we treat people that are hard to love. She shares how that has affected the way her photography grew into what it is today.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • [04:45] When did you know that photography was going to play a major role in your life?

  • [07:38] What do you think it is about photography that just makes you feel so passionate about it?

  • [09:35] What were the things you were shooting when you were just at home?

  • [11:45] Was there anything in particular that you struggled with in the beginning?

  • [14:26] Jessica shares that one major area of improvement so far, compared to when she started, is her editing style.

  • [20:19] About Jessica's book "The Humility Paradox" and her backstory 

  • [40:30] Who deserves to be a great photographer?

  • [43:06] How to contact Jessica

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How Humility has grown Jessicas Business

  • The struggle between being humble and also charging more than most photographers for your own work

  • An in-depth look into how Jessica uses Facebook ads to market her business

Resources:

bok-tower-lake-whales-fl-wedding-photos-6.jpg
brickell-downtown-miami-fl-wedding-bridal-photos-18.jpg
Hause-820-lakeland-fl-wedding-bridal-photos-jessica-bellinger-photography-40.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript, it is only intended as a reference.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 At 16, you, you left home, dropped out of school to perf to pursue a life of couch surfing and partying every night, which is crazy. I know, you know, we make a lot of crazy decisions at 16, but this is not exactly how most photographers get into photography. So at 16, could you have imagined that you'd be where you are today running a wedding, photography business, being an author, a podcast, or having an e-commerce store. And when did you know that photography was actually going to play such a major role in your life?

Jessica Bellinger: 00:36 Yeah, so it is really, I, you know, at 16 I had absolutely no goals or aspirations. I really thought I was going to be like a drunk forever. And I was okay with it at the time. I was like, wow, this is great. You know, I love this life. I love partying and not caring about anything, you know, but it, it was really self-loathing. So I ended up it wasn't until I had my first kid, I was like, I had just turned, Oh, no, I was almost 21. I had my first son. Me and my husband had got married really quick after I found out I was pregnant and my whole life changed. Like, I mean, everything was flipped upside down. Things got real. Whereas before I was just a child doing whatever I wanted. And I just, I had no aspirations to ever go to college or do nothing interests me.

Jessica Bellinger: 01:30 And I think that's, that's what was so hard for me is I didn't see a future because I couldn't think of anything I would have ever wanted to do. But when I had my first son I kind of, you know, obviously I stepped back from everything I was doing, you know, I became a mom. You know, I was drinking, not so much after I had PIM, I think it was after my second son because I had another one. I got pregnant six months after I had my other, my first one. So I had kids, but it was with my second son. I was pregnant. That's when I first got my first camera. And that's when everything started. That was about six years ago. And one, I picked up a camera. I was like, I was so excited. Like, like I knew I found the thing and I was never sure, like, what if I buy a camera?

Jessica Bellinger: 02:19 And I don't even like it. And you know, it's one of those things you spend money on, you buy a bunch to get into this hobby and then you just get bored of it. But like, there was no boredom, it was like total obsession. And that's, I, I didn't realize it was going to be a business cause I wasn't expecting it to be, I was just like, I'm going to see where this goes. I'm not going to put any expectations. The only expectation I had was to enjoy it and to enjoy taking photos. So, and still today, like I've just basically, it's all from like, love from loving photography and you know, in the, the positive part is that I get to make money from it. You know, that's great. But even if I didn't, I would still be taking photos

Raymond Hatfield: 03:01 When it comes to that love of photography, you know, I can hand my wife a camera and she can take photos and she could like him, but she doesn't love the act of photography while obviously others do. What do you think it is about photography that just makes you feel so passionate about it?

Jessica Bellinger: 03:18 I don't know. I feel like I was just born to do it. And when you find that thing you're born to do you just obsess over it and like, I feel like everyone does have like that particular thing that they just love and they can think about all the time, you know? And for me, like I just never got to know if I was going to like it until I bought a camera. Like I had to get one in my hands and then, you know, the obsession started. But yeah, my husband's the same, no interest in photography whatsoever. I mean, he likes the stuff I do, but he would never do it himself. So I, yeah, it's so weird. I don't know why some people enjoy certain things and others don't. I just, you know, I am creative, so I'm sure that has something to do with it, but I've tried other art mediums and this was the only one that really stuck.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:10 So I read your book, the humility period,

Jessica Bellinger: 04:13 Read the whole thing or most of it,

Raymond Hatfield: 04:16 Most of it I'll be 100% honest it's as you know, like it's tough with kids around.

Jessica Bellinger: 04:21 No, no, that's fine. I'm just surprised you even read it at all.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:26 Well, I knew that I was going to have you on the show, so I didn't want to show up, you know, unprepared. But I think that it really gave me kind of a good idea as far as like, kind of who you are and where you were at, when it went in that time of your life, where, you know, you found photography and I found it really interesting. I've never been in the situation that you were in, you know, I think it's hard for anybody to put themselves in anybody else's shoes, a hundred percent, you know what I mean? But I think where you shared, you know, that time in your life, I mean, you were pretty much just like stuck at home alone, like with nothing to do. Right. And it was that camera that kind of helped you out. Right. So why don't you talk to me a little bit more about that and like what sorts of things you were shooting when you were just at home?

Jessica Bellinger: 05:14 Right? Yeah. It was a really, really lonely period in my life when I had had my kids, because I did decide to be a stay at home mom. And it was just agonizing. I don't, some people are built to be, stay at home moms and be with their kids 24 seven and I was not, I needed something and I didn't realize that I was like, I thought there was something wrong with me because it was so hard for me. But I just realized that I was built for other things as well. I needed to have my, I needed some sort of outlet. So I, it was, it was really hard, but I when I had my camera, when I first got it, I was just taking photos of my, my family members, my sister, my sister-in-law I was just practicing all the time, you know, hitting up friends like, Hey, can we take photos?

Jessica Bellinger: 06:06 I was just like, in my head, I was like, I need to take as many photos as I can, even if it's every day of objects in my house I just wanted to learn. So I was always like trying to figure out how editing worked and how settings worked and lenses worked. And I just really like spent all my time invested into it. And, you know, a few months later, six months later, you know, someone's like, Hey, I'll pay you, you know, $20, shoot my family $50, shoot my family. And it started that's when it started to snowball, it started to turn into people like, Hey, I'll pay you $200. Shoot my wedding. And so, you know, I, I started small, definitely my first wedding was actually for free for my sister, but but yeah, it just ended up snowballing because I was just dedicated to, and I was passionate about it.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:55 That's I think a lot of people can, you know resonate with that feeling. I know, you know, I did in the beginning, I loved something about capturing images, you know, but when we are, I think one of the biggest maybe not complaints, but comments that I get from listeners is that they don't feel like they have enough time to shoot. Right. And here you are, you're saying like, I was just shooting things around the house, you know? So was there anything that while you were at home shooting, just trying to learn as much as you could that maybe you struggled with in photography in the beginning, something that just didn't click right away?

Jessica Bellinger: 07:34 I don't know. I learned really, really fast. I was a fast learner. I did have a lot of extra time now. I mean the business aspect of it was hard, but that's a growing portion in itself. Like, you know, it takes time to understand like photography business, but one thing I would say for people who have that issue and feel like they don't have enough time you know, when, when you really love something, you will make time for it. I really believe that we'll, you know, we'll find time to do anything really. Unless you really are working like, you know, an absurd amount of hours and you just only have time to sleep and eat. But but really I feel like we, we would have enough time for those things that we're passionate about. If we're really passionate about them and something I see a lot of people get into is they are really I have people reach out to me how to start booking weddings before they've even learned how to use a camera.

Jessica Bellinger: 08:28 They're like, how do I make this into a business before they've even learned how to love it? And I think that's where a lot of people get stuck as they feel like learning is a task because they're just trying to build a business. But I feel like it, it's not about building a business it's about, you know, loving photography. And maybe that's just me because I've always like romanticized my photography. Like it's just, I feel like a deep connection to it. But if people don't feel a deep connection to it it's going to be a lot harder to learn, you know, because it's, it's not something you're necessarily passionate about. You, you're just wanting to try and build a business. And it actually, it catches me by surprise cause I'm like, why do people even want to try? Like, like, I'm just like, why do people want to do it if they don't love it? And you know, maybe some people just are more business oriented. I don't know. I'm definitely more, I was in the more artistic creativity, like creativity getting into photography. So like the business part, as much as I love it, it didn't resonate to me like that wasn't the important part.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:33 Right. I gotcha. So when it comes to, you know, that important part, that being creative, that feeling of, of, of capturing something, what about some of your earlier photos? Because as we all know, as photographers as time goes on, we look at some of those first photos and we're like, wow, was I thinking, you know, so now that you've kind of gotten to the point to where you have this experience and understanding of kind of what goes into an image when you look back at those first images of yours what is it about those images where you think to yourself like, Oh, these, these are amateur images. Do you know what I mean? Does that, does that question make sense?

Jessica Bellinger: 10:13 Yes. definitely my editing style was just really bad. When I first got started and was using a kit lens and obviously that was just like not working. And so once I upgraded my lens, I was like, Oh wow, these are amazing. And then I upgraded my camera. I was like, Oh wow, these are even better. So I think it was just learning how to use my gear and editing and learn about my style and editing consistently and having it always be similar that, that took a couple of years of figuring out how to edit and in ways that like, I've always liked brighter photography, but there's been times that I've edited way too bright or times of edited way too dark. So I had to find the good medium to where, you know, you could still see the skin tone, still see the white and the image where it's not blown out. And that took a couple of years, but those were things like blown out images with something I would always do or just, you know, terrible like contrasted images that were like way too contrast or something.

Raymond Hatfield: 11:14 Do you think that's pretty standard across the board across the all types of photographers?

Jessica Bellinger: 11:20 Oh yeah. Well, well, I mean, like when you get started, everybody's editing is like kind of wonky. You really have to grow, grow into your style and it takes a while because you have to learn how to use all the tools like you have to learn, you know, and that stuff like takes years. I'm still finding things in Lightroom. I didn't realize were there, you know?

Raymond Hatfield: 11:37 Yeah, of course, of course. What about recently then what what's what's something that you're doing now in editing that you feel like is really putting that signature on your images?

Jessica Bellinger: 11:48 I actually recently am like starting to like fine tune my editing style a little bit more. As I mentioned, I had always a photograph or a I'm a hybrid shooter, so I shoot with film. So I always edited to match a film look. But I'm starting to get into like a more, not a digital look, but a little more vibrant because some of the film is that like a little less saturated than I would like, cause I'm always warming it up and making it more vibrant. So that's something I'm kind of like fine tuning right now is just creating images. Like no matter what the medium is, like just images that I love for a while. I was trying so hard to emulate film that I kind of got lost in my actual style. Cause I was just trying to follow this one particular style, but it wasn't even necessarily like my, my whole entire style. Because I do like really warm images. I do like to add, you know, a little bit more depth in the dark parts, you know, I like not necessary cause I'm not a moody photographer, but I definitely enjoy like that more dramatic, like some more drama and using shadows and using harsh light. I love that kind of stuff. And that's something I put off for a very long time and my style is still the same. It's just getting better. It's just getting like more rich.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:17 Isn't that interesting how you can like go back and look at those first photos and in one hand, think to yourself, like, what was I thinking? But on the other hand, look at those photos and say, I see where I was like, I see what I was trying to do with this image. And today maybe it wouldn't be too far off from this, but yeah, that's really interesting why it doesn't really change. You're just refining it. You're just fine tuning it. Yeah. Yeah. That I got to think about.

Jessica Bellinger: 13:43 I feel like I've been trying to accomplish the same type of images my whole entire career. Okay.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:50 Can you describe that? Like, could you describe what those images are?

Jessica Bellinger: 13:54 I want to say like vibrant, lively. I really love earthy tones. I'm not, I don't use a lot of, I really don't use any artificial light unless I have to ever. So I'm really like inspired by just like natural tones, but also like warmth. So, so I I've been adding more and more warm thing. Cause for a while it was super, super neutral, keeping my images like really neutral, but I'm just like, I don't know, like I'm starting to really like more punch in them, I guess like a little punchier, but still natural. Like I, like, I don't want to overdo it and be, you know, too moody, too colorful to where it looks unnatural. I still want it natural, but I just want it like more vibrant. I really don't know what my style is. Just I'm sure if someone else looks at it, they, they could be like, Oh, her style is yada yada, but it's hard for me because that feels so over the place. Oh,

Raymond Hatfield: 14:52 I get that 100%. One of the exercises that I tell like premium members of the group which is all focused on like the business side of photography is that like, you need to figure out what your style is. And one of the best ways to do that is to remove yourself from the equation, take five of your favorite photos, post them on Facebook, ask people to, you know, use three adjectives to describe your work. And you'd be surprised at how easy people can be like your work is this, you know, it's, it's, it's vibrant, it's joyous, it's warm, you know, all these things. And then when we look at it, we're like, Oh my gosh, like that's, that's what it is, but we never could have come up with with all that on our own. So 100% understand that 100%. Yeah. When it comes to your book, I want to talk a little bit about that, right? The humility paradox, paradox. Tell me about, you know, I, I mentioned there in the intro that your start in photography in life was kind of a rough one. And where you are today, I would say, you know, after reading a book completely different person. So talk to me a little bit about the book and, and why you wrote it.

Jessica Bellinger: 15:59 Okay. So for those wondering why my life was rough, so you're not left in the dark. So when I was 16, I dropped out of high school just, just to give everyone a backstory. And I, I basically left my house. I was just hanging out at friend's houses. I had an alcohol problem, which now I'm sober. I'm like 15 months sober, almost 16 months because that did stretch on, you know, through my marriage. It was, you know, something I had just always dealt with. But so I was just like, basically a mess. Like, like it's such a bad mess. I mean, I was like, I will never amount to anything. Even as a new mom, I just never fit in with the other moms. I was like, I still feel like a kid. Like, I just have always felt like a kid.

Jessica Bellinger: 16:45 Like I'm like, I'm so unprepared for a career life. I've never been good at anything. I think that was my hardest thing is I was never good at anything. I was never good at school. I was never good at being a good friend. I was never good at caring about other people or doing anything with my life. So when I became a mom, I kind of got, you know, I identified only as a mom at that point. I was just, I kind of fell out of any, I just basically lost myself to being, I just became like a shell of a person. And so after my second I kind of went through like a meltdown. And then that's when I picked up again, it was, it was just a hard few years. And then, so I ended up writing the book about like I started writing it about a year and a half ago, maybe like a year ago.

Jessica Bellinger: 17:42 And I wrote it more as journaling because I had an epiphany after I had my first about humility and my walk with humility started more so where I was aware of my pride. I didn't necessarily do anything to fix it. I just saw it. And I think that's the first step is just awareness. And it was years of awareness without any actual, like physical changing of it. I just, you know, I saw it and I lived with it. And that's what it takes us. Sometimes it takes years of awareness and knowing where your pride is. And sometimes you still fight with that pride and you don't want to change it, but eventually you get to the point where since your brain is changing, the way that you think you start to make conscious changes, physical changes, like it starts to actually pour out into your life.

Jessica Bellinger: 18:33 So that's what my book kind of talks about is it starts with awareness. And so I basically wrote the book by accident. I was just journaling more so about my walk with humility. You know, I started about six months after I went sober. So my mind was so clear. I felt like I learned so much. I, every single year I felt like I grew five years. Like every year I learned so quickly that I was like jumping into like five years of wisdom each year. And that's not to brag on myself. That's just, I learned very quickly, like I learned the hard way very quickly, fortunately, because some people don't learn. So I kind of wrote it as journaling. And then I eventually got to the point where I was like, wow, I have, you know, a couple of hundred pages.

Jessica Bellinger: 19:20 I should probably make this into a book. So I hired someone to help me organize it, edit it, you know, put it together. And then I published it and it was just, it kind of happened more. So again, I had no expectations of it becoming a book or starting a business. It was really out of pure passion for that subject. It was a subject I always thought about it was a subject, especially in times now where we see social media, people acting like crazy people. I kind of channeled my frustration for the way people were acting in to talking about humility, because I felt like that was the actual, tangible idea people could grasp and it can actually transform the way that they feel about things going on, the way that they deal with it. You know, a lot of it's really hard right now.

Jessica Bellinger: 20:04 So I feel like people need to understand, you know, where their pride is hiding within all these hardships and how they can practice humility to make it not only easier for everyone else, but also easier for them because when you practice humility, you're never at a loss. You have so much more to gain and there's a lot of pride hiding in the way that we're treating each other right now. And the way that we're treating our circumstances. And people wouldn't know that it's pride, you know, until they read a book that maybe outlines where their pride is hiding, you know, just in the way they talk to people or the way they perceive things going on.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:41 First of all, that was a wonderful explanation. And I think that you have an interesting perspective as being a photographer yourself. So I'm interested to hear this from you, but where do you think that as other photographers or as photographers, our pride is hiding?

Jessica Bellinger: 20:59 Hm. Well, if you're in any photography groups, I'm sure you've seen people just complain about my new things. And I actually, I had to stop myself a few years ago. It wasn't a lot of basically groups for complaining, like it was for complaining and I had to leave them. I was like, and just do things on my own. I had to stop listening to people. Stop listening to, you know, the narrative of just dehumanizing certain things within the photography business of, Oh, it's a business. Why are people calling me not during office hours? You know, it's just like, you, you, you gotta be a human first before you were a business owner. And so it's really important to remember, to be human and to not listen to everybody and to do things your own way and to break the rules. I'm really big on breaking the rules because part of our pride is it wants us to do what everyone else is doing because it's, it's scared of maybe figuring out on our own that if, if we do something on our own and we mess up, then it would hurt our pride. Right. So so I think it's important to break the rules in order to kind of determine I totally lost what I was talking about.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:23 I get it now I get where you were going, you know, with it's very easy to there's there's that chart. And I've seen this chart everywhere. It's like your graph of photography knowledge. And it's like, when you're in the beginning, this graph is like incredibly high because we perceive that we know everything about it. Like we learn what averager is. We, you know, we learn what you know, lenses do or whatever. And we're like, yes, we're at the top. Like we know everything, but as you go on your perceived knowledge of photography continues to go down and down and lower and lower and lower. And fortunately, a lot of these groups are filled with those who are maybe newer to photography. And we get that idea of like, wait, I know what I'm talking about. This is how things should work. Why is this, why is this not happening? Or why is this happening to me? So

Jessica Bellinger: 23:11 It's really easy to get stuck in that elitist attitude. I've seen it from many. And also, as you said, yeah, just realizing that you could be wrong on anything you're talking about. When you get into learning and realizing that, you know, maybe you could be wrong about the way that you learn things and be open to learning. So be open to taking advice, even from people who you would think are lower than you. They still have advice to offer. They still have probably learned things that you haven't. It's very important to keep an open mind in that aspect and say, Hey, maybe I'm doing this wrong. And someone else can teach me. There are so many photographers who have plateaued, where they just haven't grown because they got to a point where they stopped taking advice from people and they stopped even entertaining the idea that anyone has anything to teach them.

Jessica Bellinger: 24:00 I had told a girl one time Hey, I'm in this really great group. And you should join it. Like they talk so much about photography and business, yada, yada. And she's been doing it for a while, but like, I just thought that she would enjoy the group. I wasn't trying to, you know, make her feel weird or anything. She goes, Oh, well, I've been doing this for a while. So maybe I, I have advice to give, but I don't need any advice. And I was like, wow, it's like that kind of attitude that a lot of people do have, but I was like, you know, that's not okay.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:28 Right. One of my favorite portrait photographers and past guests of the podcast, Chris Orwick said that everybody who he photographs the way that he photographed them is that he tells himself that they know something that he doesn't know. And that it's his job to kind of find something new from every person who he interacts with, which is always taking that beginner's mentality, which which I love so much. But going back to you know, that idea of business of photography and, you know doing things right. You know, when we're in the beginning, early stages of a photography business, there's just, you know, when we're unsure of, of who we are and what our message is, we try a million different marketing techniques. So over the years for you, what have you found to be working the best to attract new clients for you today?

Mid: 25:25 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today, by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:49 Right? Oh my gosh, that I think that that pretty much summed up exactly. Kind of where I, I see this struggle in my head, like that's summed it up perfectly well as, as well as you know, I have to thank you for sharing. That was a pretty detailed breakdown of, you know, how you use Facebook ads and kind of the strategy that you use around it to not only obviously get people to your website with that awesome blog, post idea, but getting bookings and why so many photographers, you know, say that it's not working, but, you know, as you said, it is, it is. So again, thank you for, for sharing that. Thank you. In your book you say that humility treats every person like they're the most important person in the room. Every life has equal value, even if you are convinced that somebody else doesn't deserve that value because they either cheated on or cheated, you lied to you stole from you. And then later in the book you share that you were once late to a shoot because, you know, there was no parking or something and the family just chewed you out. So please help me understand how you still treat this person as if they are the most important in the room. When you know, you've had enough that you're ready to just cut ties,

Jessica Bellinger: 27:05 Right? Well, I'm luckily very patient and just let them run their course. And I was just like, okay, I will do what you guys need to do. You know, I'm just going to shut my mouth. I did call my husband after pretty upset. You know, it was definitely very confusing because I'm a really nice person. I don't, I was not trying to do anything to make them upset. I literally couldn't find parking. It was out of my hand. So I, I knew that it wasn't me, it was them. And I just had to forgive them and serve them the best I could no matter what, try to make their day as okay as possible. I wasn't the only person they yelled at. So I, I understood it. Wasn't just me, but you know, it's hard. I've been hurt by a few clients and even at other jobs I've had not even necessarily photography.

Jessica Bellinger: 27:57 And you just, and I know we know this and to not act out to not, you know, yell at people, yell back at them. But yeah, I mean, they, you, you have to love those kind of people, even harder and your love and your like life's meaning is basically measured on how you love people that treat you poorly. Cause that's where the real test comes. It's easy to love people that are easy to love, but it's hard to love people that are hard to love. So I feel like our life's purpose, it really boils down to how we treat those people that are hard to love. And that really shows our character more than how we treat people that are easy to love.

Raymond Hatfield: 28:42 So I totally understand what you're saying right there, but sometimes there's just going to be people who are not worth your energy, you know? Like what is it worth to you? Like we were talking about, and there have been couples there's been families that I have said to myself immediately afterwards, I'm never going to work with them.

Jessica Bellinger: 29:01 Oh yeah, no. I said that about these people. I would never work with them again. Yeah, you have to set up boundaries. And I mean, if someone is completely inappropriate, you know, stand your ground, lovingly, be like, you know, excuse me, but this is not how we're doing this. Definitely, you know, stand up for yourself, but in a loving way, there, there's still a way to, you know, deal with these people lovingly, even if you've never worked with them again. You know, and sometimes you do have to do that and be like, you know, this is enough. No, thank you. We're not doing it this way. You can't talk to me like that. It didn't get so out of hand that I had to do that, but it definitely you know, if did, I would have had to do that, but it was only like a two hour elopement and they like, you know, chewed me up with, within an hour and two I'm just like, Oh my gosh. Oh no. Oh no. I was like, this was supposed to be easy.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:56 Yeah. This is only going to be two hours. I was going to get this done. So does any of that ever affect as far as like, you know, the things that you like, would you not post something of theirs on social media? Would you maybe, if you had two sessions that you were editing, maybe work on the other session first, like, are these things that we, that are okay or is this something that we just, you know, just got to grin and bear?

Jessica Bellinger: 30:21 Well, well there's cause it was like mostly inside, so I wasn't going to post it anyways. Just because it wasn't necessarily my style, but they were happy with the photo flake. Like they didn't give me grief afterwards at all. I don't think they even realized the way that they were treating me. Like, I think that's just how that they were. So now obviously if they were upset with me still after I'm not going to post their photos, I'm not going to give them more attention. But it actually made me work on their photos faster. Cause I just wanted to be done. I just want to be done with it. I wanted them gone and just not to deal with it anymore. But they loved the photos. So I, you know, it, it was definitely weird. It just depends on the situation. You know, there's been times where bad tastes has been left in my mouth and I, I just don't want to look at those photos again. So I don't post them because I just don't want to remember, you know, all the trauma. But I, I don't treat them differently. I don't edit slower because of it. You know, if anything, I probably edit faster, so I don't have to keep it in my head anymore.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:26 I, I, I feel like, I feel like I'm not that I'm painting you in a box or anything or that I'm like putting your feet. I feel like I'm putting your feet to the fire here, you know, and then I'm really trying to, what I'm trying to get at here is that, you know, when it comes to humility, when it comes to operating a business I feel like sometimes these can be two separate things because we as humans as much as we want to help out as much as possible as well, as much as we want to you know, be a member, a contributing member of society, we're still just emotional people inside, you know? And that there are days where, you know, I have a bad day and unfortunately that affects, you know, the people around me. And if that's a client that makes it tough because as you know, running a business is already hard.

Raymond Hatfield: 32:13 You know, photography is not as easy as just pressing a button. And when they make that harder on me, sometimes I kind of, you know, ask myself, I don't know, like, what am I doing here? Do I want to continue to do this? Cause I know that there were sessions in the beginning for me that I delivered it. And I'm thinking of one specifically where it was a, it was a mom, it was a family and their daughter. She was like 19 months. Right. She was still very young and she had a cold. So all of her photos, you know, big red nose and she's looking all snotty and like her eyes are kind of half closed and it was like the winter time. And you know, I did what I could do, but the mom basically said, you know, what can we do about these photos? Cause like they're garbage. Like I don't want any of these photos. And my reaction is, that's not my fault. You know, this is your daughter, she's the one who's sick. So I dunno, there, there, wasn't really a question in there, but is there anything that you kind of picked out of that to to talk to him?

Jessica Bellinger: 33:14 As far

Raymond Hatfield: 33:15 As the human psychology goes,

Jessica Bellinger: 33:17 Well, I talk about this in my book is you, you have to understand sometimes people's expectations are way out of line and you have to understand that that's not always your fault. And you just have to learn that people are imperfect and they're going to try to blame you. You know, and I'm, I'm someone who I don't take crap if people, if people are really being mean to me or really picking on me you know, but I, but I'm also very merciful, like I'm patient. I understand, you know, that people are imperfect. And I just think it's really important to remember that people are going to give you crap and hell throughout your career. And that's just what happens when you were in a service-based industry, because photography is service-based, you're dealing with people and trying to please them. And you have to learn to forgive people and not let it make you better towards the industry as a whole.

Jessica Bellinger: 34:07 But if you're feeling yourself so drained, maybe it's time to move on to a different type of photography or a different type of business. And that's kind of why I started my online business. I also sell cosmetics online. I sell nail Polish. And so I started that because I did want to move away from being so service-based all the time I still do weddings and stuff, but I also wanted something else, some sort of income to lean on so that I was not completely at the mercy of my photography clients. I wanted, you know, a little bit more freedom, which I'm still at the mercy of nail Polish clients, but it's just over email now. Like I don't have to deal with them in person. So that kind of makes it nice. But you know, and sometimes you need to change and pivot and I end up, so maybe one day I'll be doing e-commerce and then just be doing photography for my family for fun and for things that I love and enjoy, and I won't be doing weddings as much. So yeah. Wow.

Raymond Hatfield: 35:09 Thank you for kind of taking my my tangent of a of a question and forming it into something with with with a reasonable answer. So I appreciate,

Jessica Bellinger: 35:19 Yeah, I'm really good at taking questions and talking about something completely different. I forget, I forget the question by the end of whatever I'm talking about, because I've gone on some sort of other like, Oh my brain, just like, doesn't stay in one place,

Raymond Hatfield: 35:34 Yell out ideas. I get it. I get it. I get it. I want to ask about one of your chapters in the book it's called do you really deserve that? And I think that you hit home, something that I know is holding a lot of new photographers back, and that is kind of this idea of either my photos are way better. Why are they getting all the work? And I'm not, but also their photos are so much better than mine. Who am I to even try and compete at that level. Can you talk about who deserves to be a great photographer and who does not,

Jessica Bellinger: 36:13 Who really deserve stuff for the people who don't believe that they deserve anything? Those are the people who generally win or are on top and not necessarily in what they get, but in the idea that their life is rich, that they really, you really grow richly when you have no expectations of what you might deserve. And so as for that being a photographer, I think that I've seen so much of it photographers getting jealous of each other. I have lost friends who saw me breaking into the industry and doing really well. And I could tell that they were jealous and backed away from me. And I was just like, why? You know, you have so much to offer as well. We have different things to offer. And, Oh gosh, I've seen the jealousy so much. I don't, I've, I've seen it, you know, really discourage people from wanting to even try because they see someone else doing better and doing it quicker.

Jessica Bellinger: 37:12 You know, sometimes you get backhanded comments from friends because of it. And it's, you know, it's just like, there, there is no rhyme or reason. Some people, it takes them 10 years. Some people, it takes them two years. And it's okay, no matter what, because, cause that's not what it's about. It's about enjoying your passion. It's about making extra money. If you can. It's not a competition it's not about who is better. Who's more popular in the groups who has the most followers. It's just about doing what you're passionate about. And if you're only focused on that, then nothing else is going to matter. You're not going to get jealous of the people around you. But if you're focused on all the wrong things, all the things that are linked to your ego then you are going to get jealous of the people around you because you're more focused on your pride than you are about just being a decent person and living a good life. And and so yeah

Raymond Hatfield: 38:09 It does, I was going to say, I really, and I've said this before. I don't think that there's a better way to end this podcast than that right there. Because again, that really is something that so many people struggle with that as the idea of, you know, th th there's the, there's the two, there's those two thought patterns, you know, either I'm not good enough for this, or I'm way better than this. How is this happening to me? And I think that for both of those, you explained that well, and kind of a mindset shift as far as how to kind of how to deal with that. So Jessica, before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can find you online and keep up with everything that you're doing?

Jessica Bellinger: 38:50 Yeah. So I have like seven Instagrams, but this is one of them that you can find in it. It kind of links to my other ones. It's Jessica Bell, photog, P H O T O G. Jessica Bell photog on Instagram and it links to my other ones. I have like a book, Instagram, a podcast, Instagram, a my e-commerce my personal, so you can find it there. And then I have a website, Jessica bellenger.com.

Sandra Garzon: BPP Community Spotlight

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Sandra Garzon is a Kilkenny Ireland based photographer who joined the Beginner Photography Podcast Daily Photo Challenge last year. After completing her first year I wanted to have her on to chat about what she learned about photography after making photography a daily practice and how she grew as a photographer.

Standout Quotes:

  • "It's not until you're able to hear somebody's voice and learn how they see the world, that you can truly appreciate who they are, and start to build a deeper connection" - [Raymond]

  • "When you see the end result and you're happy with it, it kind of lifts you up and you see that it's not necessarily a chore" - [Sandra]

  • "If we can put something of ourselves in an image and make it uniquely ours, then it feels like it has a little bit more life, and that's where I really feel the power of editing comes in" - [Raymond]

  • "You're never going to know whether it is for you or not if you don't try it" - [Sandra]

  • "Everything is a photo possibility" - [Sandra]

Key Takeaways:

  • Raymond shares that he reached out to Sandra because she completed the daily photo challenge which started in 2020.

  • Finding a point of balance between retaining the artistic aspect of photography while being able to monetize it, is a goal Sandra hopes to achieve

  • Even though she had been shooting for almost a year, Sandra joined the daily photo challenge intentionally because she understood the need for practice, to improve and learn from mistakes.

  • Among the challenges she faced with the daily photos are lack of lighting equipment, weather, and lack of inspiration,

  • While the challenge could have become a chore, Sandra admits the pictures she took helped in keeping her motivated

  • For those on the fence about taking the daily photo challenge: Do It, give it a try, and go in open-minded.

  • A major point of struggle Sandra is working to overcome, is Lighting

  • Commitment is key to making time for photography; it can be tough but if you commit, stick with it.

  • For new photographers: Practice, Be conscious of good opportunities for pictures around you, and Have fun

  • Everything is a photo possibility

Episode Timeline:

  • [01:30] Raymond shares that this year he would be interviewing members of the community of the beginner photography podcast

  • [02:40] About today's guest, Sandra Garzon.

  • [06:54] Sandra points out some of the reasons that made her upgrade from her power shot to the Digital SLR. 

  • [09:40] What is that you're shooting now that you love?

  • [13:25] Would you consider yourself today to be creative?

  • [15:07] Why did you decide to join the daily photo challenge?

  • [16:23] Sandra highlights the struggles she had with the daily photo challenge.

  • [23:36] After finishing this year-long daily photo project, what have you learned about yourself and your photography?

  • [30:51] What tips would you have for those who are undecided about trying the daily photo challenge?

  • [33:15] Sandra describes an aspect of her photography that is currently undergoing major improvement.

Resources:

BlurryArt.jpg
GrassDrop.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript, it is only intended as a reference.

BPP 233: Marc Silber - How to Create Meaningful Work

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Marc Silber is a 3X best selling author, photographer, filmmaker, and producer of the very popular Youtube series Advancing Your Photography, where he has interviewed scores of some of the biggest names in photography. This is his 4th time joining me on the Beginner Photography Podcast.

He started out learning darkroom skills and the basics of photography at the legendary Peninsula School in Menlo Park, CA, in the '60s, and moved on to hone his skills to professional standards at the famed San Francisco Art Institute. Marc moved into teaching photography in workshops all over the country, he became renowned as an engaging and helpful speaker and coach, as his greatest joy comes from helping others. 

He loves adventure and you'll find him out backpacking surfing or snowboarding, or maybe just chilling, taking a walk through Carmel with his wife and Golden Retriever. 

Become A Premium Member to access more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • [02:15] Our guest for this week "Marc Silber", shares some insight on his recent efforts to reach out to budding photographers.

  • [02:44] Marc points out that most photographers lack a technique for getting inspired, and shares his creative process.

  • [12:58] From Marc's book "Advancing Your Photography": The 5 Stages of Photography

  • [16:26] Where do you think most people get the visualization aspect wrong?

  • [27:55] The biggest struggle with Composition is a lack of "Center of interest".

  • [34:00] Marc explains the commonest goal among photographers. 

  • [49:47] How can we dive deeper into the artistic realm of photography?

  • [54:07] Discussing the concept of mentorship

Resources:

1310_Yosemite_125-Edit.jpg
morroco-spain-485-Edit-Edit-Edit-Edit.jpg
fausto-Edit-Edit.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:00 Mark you recently actually just embarked on a bit of a journey to connect with budding photographers. I want to know what were you hoping to learn from these conversations that you had?

Marc Silber: 00:00:11 Yeah, you know, I really wanted to make sure I was connected to my audience because you can assume things, but maybe they're not really what people are after. So I did a number of things. I started S you know, S some surveys, but then I went a much deeper, took a much deeper look, and I actually called up my audience. I called up members of my audience. I put out a notice, Hey, I'd like to talk to you on the phone. If you have 15 minutes, would you be willing to, you know, get on the phone with me? Most of them were really surprised. Many of them are my book readers. Now, I don't know how many authors do that, you know, where they call up their, their, their readers of their books,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:56 But not too many. Yeah, not very

Marc Silber: 00:00:58 Many people were very surprised. And I took careful notes and I basically sifted through all this information, because again, I want to know I'm, you know, as an author running a YouTube channel, I don't want it to be a one-way flow of just me putting out data. I need to know what's happening at the other end. And if things are resonating or not resonating and what is resonating. So I kind of sifted it down to five things. I mean, there's many other things, but these were these floated way to the top. These were the big points that, that people were struggling with or their desires and what they really had as an ultimate goal. And I found this really fascinating because it helped me not only understand my audience, but be able to shape my, what I'm talking about, you know, to really align with these things. It, well, it was one of the, it's actually really fun. You know, we all like getting feedback, whether it's people looking at your photographs or video you made or whatever, it's always interesting to get feedback. I think so. There's that too.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:02:13 So when you made these phone calls, when you put up these surveys, what did you already have? Like a list of questions that you wanted to ask, and I guess what was the purpose of these questions? Or what were some of the questions?

Marc Silber: 00:02:26 Some of the questions. Yeah. So I did ask them, so, you know, obviously I want to know what level they were as a photographer, what they were struggling with was one of my questions. You know, what areas challenge you the most, which I'll talk about. I know the answer to that, but also what they're really what their goals were. And I found it fascinating where the challenge is varied a lot, but the goals were very similar person to person. And I, I, that really interesting. And it, it resonated for me because they're my goals too. So we get, when we get to that, we'll definitely I'll reveal what that is. I mean

Raymond Hatfield: 00:03:10 Yeah. Got to stay tuned. Yeah. So when we talk about these different challenges that were different from person to person, but these goals were the same, what sorts of challenges, where are these photographers facing? And I guess even a step further back is you said that you asked, you wanted to know where they're at and what level they're at. So what level were these photographers who you're talking to at

Marc Silber: 00:03:31 Either beginner or intermediate? I taught, I did talk to a few who were at the pro level. Of course, that's a very different audience. Of course. However, I will say the goals are the same. This is this was really fascinating. The pros, what they were struggling with was almost nothing in terms of technique camera function, that sort of thing. They, there actually were a couple of common answers to the beginners even, and I'll go over that, but their goals were absolutely uniform, whether it was beginner, intermediate, or, or advanced, they all had very similar goals at the end of the day. And what are some challenges? Biggest challenges. Okay. So the biggest challenges were number one, being creative.

Marc Silber: 00:04:24 I'll talk about that and getting inspired. So that's kind of like creativity slash inspiration and learning composition, and those things actually fit together. So if you think about it, like we can all have great gear. We can even know, you know, lighting and, and we know some compositional techniques and that sort of thing. But if you're not inspired, your camera's going to sit on the shelf. Yeah, of course, of course. Right. Or, or, and I I'm guilty of this. We ended up taking the same photograph over and over again, maybe because it gets a lot of likes, you know, you put it on Instagram and, you know, Hey sunsets, you know, okay. We know warm light sunsets, you get a lot of likes. I mean, it's just because it pops out of the camera. Okay. When you're looking or the, or the iPhone. And so that's fine. But if you just keep doing the same photograph over and over again, are you really progressing anywhere? Are you getting anywhere? Probably not.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:05:37 That's an interesting question. That's an interesting question, because I think like in almost all other professions, the more that you do the same thing, I guess, the better that you get at it, but with photography, there is that weird creative element to it, to where if you do the same thing over and over again, it its magic, I guess that kind of draws you in to kind of go forward. So where are you finding that? That was the issue when it came to inspiration for many, is that they were doing the same thing over and over again, or they were too overwhelmed.

Marc Silber: 00:06:11 Yeah. Well, I think as they lacked a technique for getting inspired and there is a technique for that,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:06:19 Right. And it's all in your book create right here, which is my favorite books of all time. It's a, it's definitely the book that I give away most is to other listeners of the podcast and whatnot is as you've broken it down. So clearly. So I guess before we move forward, you want to talk about kind of the, the creative process.

Marc Silber: 00:06:39 Yeah. So, and I, you know, it actually started with my book earlier in that advancing your photography. And so what, when I wrote create, I took a lot of the principles that applied only to photography and I, and I scanned spanned it out. So you could apply it to any creative field, but they fit together because whereas advancing your photography talks about the whole process of photography, including inspiration create is really, you know, just on that one subject, but here's a good example, Raymond. So we all have to look somewhere to get inspired. If it's not from, from our own experiences, we look out, you know, we look out to get inspired and it's, it is part of the creative process of looking for inspiration. So I interviewed a photographer many years ago. His name is Joseph Holmes, fantastic landscape photographer, a very sort of conservative looking fellow.

Marc Silber: 00:07:45 His landscapes were impeccable and they're beautiful. And I asked him what his inspiration was and he said the Beatles, it's really what, what do you mean the Beatles? How does, how does a rock and roll group inspire of a landscape photographer? You might think more like Debussy or Mozart or, you know, obviously a classical musician, but not the Beatles. And he said, no, actually the Beatles inspired. And because he saw, he went to one of their concerts and he saw so much energy coming out of them that somehow it just fueled his own photography. Wow. And using the Beatles as an example. And I hope this doesn't label me as incredibly old school, but one of the things about the Beatles and we were talking about repeating yourself over and over again, they literally never repeated themselves. They, every album was a re-invention of their music, which I think is one of the things that made them such a phenomenal group.

Marc Silber: 00:08:48 They, whereas, and I'm not going to name names, but I have heard some musicians where I could pick up album one and album eight. And I, there's not much difference. Sure. Yeah. There's different songs, but the music itself sounds pretty much the same and it's not a bad thing. They're just kind of carrying on through a process. But I think it's also really important to get inspired and go out and try new things. And we can find that inspiration from watching a movie from, I, I, my favorite thing is looking at art itself, looking at art books better to go to a museum and look at it on the wall. But if you can't do that right now, go grab some books and look at how those photographs were made or that piece of art, a painting or whatever. And that's, that's kind of what fuels that inspiration

Raymond Hatfield: 00:09:43 When it comes to, you know, that example of music where, you know, with the Beatles, each album was entirely different and other artists it's not, so there's not so much variation there. For photographers, like that's kind of a scary thing to be able to look at those first photos and then say, years later, look at your photos and realize that you really haven't come that far. Right. What do you think that comes down to, is that just technical ability or is that something else?

Marc Silber: 00:10:10 It's a combination. And you know, in the book create actually in advancing your photography. In my first book, I talk about the five stages of photography and those all have to, they fit together, right? So it's not just a random process of learning photography. There are five stages you go through first is visualizing, which means you get an idea, you know, rather than just Ansell Adams made the distinction when you've just pressed the shutter, you're, you're taking snapshots. But when you visualize it first, when you get an idea in your mind, before you press the shutter, then it has a chance of being a work of art. And it's not to say, you can't do that really fast. Like Henri Cartier-Bresson is capturing the moment, but he visualized those photographs. He knew that if he stood in this location, he would come away with that, you know, some kind of image that he wanted.

Marc Silber: 00:11:09 So first you visualize, then you do have to know your equipment because if you don't know your equipment, we were talking about this before we started the show. If you're, if you're constantly changing your gear around or relearning or whatever, you're throwing variables into the mix and that just slows you down. And it means you're not gonna, you're gonna miss photographs. You know, photographs could only be there for a second. Right. And if you're like, I don't remember where the ISO is on this camera and it's too high or too low or whatever, by the time you get through fumbling with it, the photograph has gone. That's why I think we all love our I-phones because there there's nothing to fumble with here. Right? You it's it's, unless it's just, you're slow and opening it, but you can just get out there and, you know, boom, there it is instantaneous, but you've got to know your gear.

Marc Silber: 00:12:02 You got to know how to process your image. I mean, even from the iPhone, I never just published something without I'm going to tinker with it. I'm going to do something. Yeah. And then then you know, then you get into I'm sorry, I'm actually missed a step. There is capturing once, you know, your equipment, you have to capture it and capturing is basically lighting and composition. What you do with your camera lighting. I mean, there's really, there's, there's three things that you're going to deal with. Timing, lighting and composition, no matter what kind of photograph you're, you're creating, it's the timing of the shot, the composition of it in the lighting, you know, that's it. And then the, then you edit it and then the final stage is getting your work out to the world. And that's all the creative process. That's you have to have all five of those things in place to really fulfill your creative desires and your goals super important and where any one of those is missing, or it's not quite dialed in for you. Then the whole process kind of, you know, will bog down at that point, slow down just to answer. Why do people not progress is because one of those five things is not in place. It's that simple.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:13:23 So let's go back to the whole visualization thing there real quick. I kind of want to talk a little bit more about that because, you know, as you said, this is, this is one of the most important aspects of it, because this is where you get an idea of what that picture is. And then it pushes you to be able to go after it and get it something that maybe you've never done before. What do you think most people will get the visualization aspect wrong or, or stop growing? Right.

Marc Silber: 00:13:50 Well, let me give you an example from just the other day. So how so blood sent me a camera at nine Oh seven that I'm testing out and it came with two lenses. One was a 40, 40 millimeter, which has basically a really pretty wide lens for that camera. The other is a 90 millimeter, which is just slightly, you know longer than a normal lens. And I decided I was going to go out, speaking of sunset, take some photographs at sunset. I live in a very beautiful place and I went over by the ocean. And so I had to move around to, you know, I kept finding, and these were not very inspired photographs. I mean, there was the sun, sun is going down into the ocean. Okay. I've taken a million of those shots. So then I I was up kind of on the edge of w w wasn't a cliff, but you could walk down and, and get to a much vantage point.

Marc Silber: 00:14:52 And I found the lower advantage point. I got, it became more interesting. And then I noticed that what I was getting was I was seeing the waves smashing, sorry. I no worries. No, put it on. I saw the the waves crashing against the rock and coming over the sun. In fact, I, I included this photograph in my batch of photos for you. So, you know, it'll be in the show notes. Yeah. All of a sudden that became a really interesting photograph. Now I look back after I, I spent about 15 minutes just, you know, cause I didn't know the timing if I had it right. And I finally got one where the wave was just boom, and the sun was going down. It was like, wow, that's the money shot. That's what I thought in my mind. Then I looked back where I had been there's a whole row of people up there, 25 feet higher than me with our I-phones.

Marc Silber: 00:15:53 Yeah. And none of them were able to get that image. So to answer your question, the visualization came in. Once I saw, what would it be like if I went down there, then I'm going to have a totally different picture than standing up on the road with everybody else. And I didn't even realize there are all those people up there until I had, because I had been so engrossed in what I was doing, that I was paying attention to what was going on in this direction that was going on back there. So visualization is often looking at something from a different point of view, literally. Right. And that could be changing your angle. Like if we're used to walking around and shooting everything from eye level, it can be pretty boring. It can get really boring, but what happens if you kneel down or you get on a ladder, you know, you got really high or you even tilt your camera a little bit, you know, and you put an angle on it. All of a sudden these things start to change how your photograph is going to look and it's like cooking. And you know, if you don't ever put any spices in your, in your cook and your, what you're cooking, it's going to be already pretty bland.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:17:12 That's a perfect case for for oatmeal, oatmeal by itself is disgusting. It's very boring. You put in some honey, a little bit of Brown sugar, some synonym it's delicious. Yeah.

Marc Silber: 00:17:22 Maybe chili powder, you know, you, you know, you right. You know, just a tiny bit. Right. And that's how these, these amazing chefs come out with something remarkable. Cause all of a sudden they try something that nobody else has ever done before.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:17:36 Right. Right. You know, th there's this interesting concept. I don't remember where I heard it. I don't remember if I read it. I don't remember if I saw it in a video, but whatever it was, it stuck with me pretty well, the idea of this, and it was talking about becoming a better photographer and how sometimes you just have to take the boring photos to be able to get something very unique. And I remember back to when I was just starting to learn how to shoot on film. Right. And I had my actually it's over there at my dad's old Pentax K 1000. And I went out and I was really excited to get something new and fresh. And this whole world of film was very exciting and right away, I didn't know what to do. I was kind of fumbling with these ideas.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:18:25 And I remember that once again, sometimes you have to take the boring photos and it was this beautiful field of I don't know, daisies, wild flowers, you know, whatever it was. And I just stopped and I took the boring photo. Right. And I think that slowed me down enough to think to myself, all right. I got that. Now, what could I do? And then I think I just like rotated the camera and do a portrait orientation. And then I took it, played with the composition a little bit. But then by the end of that role, like, like photo number 36 is one of my favorite photos because it's just, it's a single flower. The entire background is just green and it was after the sun had gone down, it's just this beautiful photo. And I love it very much. And I don't think that I would have got it if I hadn't taken that boring photo first.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:19:12 So whenever I think about visualization, I struggle with this because I don't think that I could have visualized that photo before I had went out there and kind of discovered it. And then you telling that story right there kind of is, is, is very similar. You went out there thinking that you were going to get the sunset shot, but then it developed over time. So yeah. How much of this is, is I guess, is this luck that you get out and you find this and then you explore it or is this just being open-minded? Does that question make sense?

Marc Silber: 00:19:44 No, that's a really good question. And here's the thing about visualization? It can be very broad. I mean, it could start with just, you went to that field, you had some idea that there would be a good photograph there. You didn't necessarily know. Okay. It was going to be this exact shot, but you had visualized it just to that extent, right? Yeah. Why were you there instead of someplace else, you know, you, you put yourself there, like, why was I, you know, I live on this coastline with all these different places I could have gone. Why did I go to this one spot? Well, I kind of gravitated to it kind of a process of elimination. I knew, I didn't know that I wanted to come away with a photograph of the wave that I had no idea of that until I got there. And I went, Whoa, then the visualization kicked in of that particular image.

Marc Silber: 00:20:35 But before that, it was kind of like, I want an interesting photograph of the sunset. I don't want to just be another okay, beautiful sunset. I wanted something unique about it. And was, that was the general idea. That's the general visualization then as I explored, like you said, you know, and I just started going down this path, literally going down the path and at each place I took a photograph, then it wasn't until I got down to the bottom that I really noticed these waves. So it goes, you know, it's like the general visualization and sometimes you narrow it down and narrow it down and narrow it down. And all of a sudden it's like, there it is. There's the money shot. You know, that's the, that's the image that I was looking for. And it is a process. It's not just a, it's not just a one-time deal.

Marc Silber: 00:21:31 Here's a, here's a classic example. Ansul Adams, one of his most iconic photographs is the moon over half dome. Oh yes. You've probably all seen that because it's one of his most famous photographs. So he was on his way. I've heard this story from both his son. I've heard Ansul telling it. And I've also heard his grandson tell him, tell him in the story. But he was on his way to rehearsal every year they had this show, he was in Yosemite. He was on his way driving his Cadillac. He had a cool old cabin. It was convertible. Right. Was it he had, no, I don't think he had a convertible. He had a Cadillac station wagon. Oh. Which is really unusual. Yeah. With a big roof rack on it that he put his camera's on. And then he had a Cadillac sedan. He was driving the sedan and he had his hostel blot in the car with him and he looks over and he's driving along and he sees the moon over halftone boom pulls over.

Marc Silber: 00:22:35 But even there, he writes about how he visualized it. Where did he need to stand? And what lens did he need to put on that camera to make it into the photograph that he ultimately ended up with? Yeah. So he very quickly visualize that. And then he went into action with that lens, with that camera, with the tripod where he wanted it. And that's, that's how he captured it, but it's all, it cannot, it can be very, very fast, you know, or it can be over a long period of time. Like I I've gone back to the same location many times just trying to come away with that one image that I really, really want. But Raymond here's, I believe this is the way it works. We need inspiration to, to fuel that visualization. And, and again, that comes from many forms of watching movies, listening to music, looking at art, you know, watching my YouTube channel.

Marc Silber: 00:23:39 And they must also be in the show notes. Yeah, exactly. Then you take that and you, and you put it into action. Oh. And by the way, in addition to these phone calls and surveys that I was telling you about, I've been running a weekly critique show on my YouTube channel and I am plugging it. But the point being, it gives me hands-on live experience because it's a YouTube live where people are commenting to look at images that work and ones that don't work. And I listen, I'll call it out either way. I don't believe in sugar-coating because if you just want to get a like, or whatever that tells you nothing, if you get intelligent feedback, that's constructive. I don't tear people down, but I just say what it is. And I'll tell you in a minute, what I found was the most common mistake that people were making with their comps composition. If you think that might be interesting. Oh, a hundred percent. There's one mistake that I saw over and over again, but that gave me a whole other kind of layer of getting in touch with my audience. Because I could see at once this photograph really works, bam, this one doesn't and I'll tell you why it doesn't work. So since composition was so I, I mentioned the biggest points of struggle where inspiration and composition, it might be, it might be interesting to find what I, what I've seen as the biggest compositional

Raymond Hatfield: 00:25:17 Can I guess to my guests real quick. Yeah, please. Is it, is it everything's in the center of the frame?

Marc Silber: 00:25:23 That's pretty close. Yeah. Everything is, there's no center of interest. So if I was talking to you and I, because photography is a communication means, and it's really important to remember it is a communication means just like verbal communication is. So if I said, Raymond, look over there, Hey, have a look over there. That's really cool. And you look over and you go, and I'm not gesturing to any one thing. I'm just saying, look, look over there and you go, yeah. What? And I go, yeah, isn't that cool? What are you talking about? Then you go, what, what is what cool. Yeah. So cool. So that's kind of like, what happens if you take a photograph and there's no center of interest. Yeah. I've got a picture of a tree, a dog and a a duck. And they're all kind of equally in the frame.

Marc Silber: 00:26:19 Do I think the duck is the coolest thing, the dog or the tree, you have no way of knowing because they're all just, they're framed equally the same. But now if I take the the tree, I use it as a, a frame against the dog. And I think the doc is the most interesting part of this photograph. I'll move in closer to the, the doc will be in focus, maybe the dog and the tree or out of focus. Now immediately you go, I know what he's talking about. He's talking about the doc. So that's the difference between being saying, wow, look over there, Raymond, isn't that cool? As opposed to saying, it. That duck, how cool is that doc against the tree and the dog, but I made it very clear to you that I want you to look at the doc first.

Marc Silber: 00:27:08 Yeah. And that's the, that's the secret sauce right there. If there's no center of interest, that's kind of number one, no center of interest. I don't know what I'm supposed to look at. It's kind of confusing. Just like a sentence that says, look over there, but not look at that dock. Now, step two of that is, do you got to do something about that center of interest that's unique and that makes it a compelling image to look at. So maybe the duck just sitting there like this with its wings in. Isn't very interesting, but now the dog barks at the deck and all of a sudden it's flapping its wings and we can see the dog in the background barking at it. That's a little story now. Yeah. Yeah. Now the difference between those is that the first photograph you're just pressing the shutter and not thinking about, is there something that's going to be happening here? That could be interesting because a lot of photography boils down to being patient. You go to a location and you think there's something here just like you out in that field. You don't know when you're pressing the shutter number, photograph number one, you don't know that 36 photographs later, you're going to get the photograph

Raymond Hatfield: 00:28:39 That you want. Of course the money shot.

Marc Silber: 00:28:42 So I'm sitting there I go. Well, there's some cool elements here. There's a dog, a dock and a tree that none of them are doing anything really interesting yet. But if I just sit here and you know, I keep photographing and wait, maybe I'll get lucky and something will startle the dock and its wings will come out or the dog will bark out or whatever. And bam, there, it is

Raymond Hatfield: 00:29:08 Like, sorry.

Marc Silber: 00:29:11 Well it's luck. It's luck. But also it's, you know, the famous quote Louis Pasteur's said luck favors the prepared mind, Ansell Adams, change it. Luck favors

Raymond Hatfield: 00:29:26 The prepared photographer. Yeah.

Marc Silber: 00:29:28 So if you're prepared, you've got the camera, you got the location and you just wait, you could say it's lucky. But really,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:29:35 Of course, of course that's it. That's a huge thing because you know, you can't, you can't just go out there with no knowledge, your camera and expect to get great photos. So you have to be prepared and your technical abilities to be able to do that. But then when it comes to inspiration and composition, these are things that also take time. I mean, you might get lucky without any sort of knowledge and, and get a photo with a good composition on accident, but you can really increase those odds by being more prepared and just shooting more and doing more of those things. Right. Exactly. Okay. So

Marc Silber: 00:30:10 It's coming again, going back to a location many, many times, you know, it's a great location, but nothing has really happened yet. Yeah. Keep going back there.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:30:20 So then now let's assume, right. We, we were out there, we saw this beautiful tree. We saw this duck, we saw this dog, we waited for it. We took the photo, we get back home and we think to ourselves like, yeah, that's a good photo, but you know, kind of what does it mean? Like what's the big picture? Like what is, what are we as photographers? What did you learn from these photographers who you interviewed about the photos that they wanted to take? What did they want to do with these photos? These photos mean to them,

Marc Silber: 00:30:53 That's the punchline, but let's jump right into it. That was the key thing that I found had in common with everybody I interviewed. So here it is, Raymond. They all wanted to get their work out to the world to leave something meaningful behind. And I think that our current the pandemic has had a lot to do with that. Cause I think we've all become aware of life. Isn't just the normal, you know, I'm going to go on just the way it always is. Yeah. And I think a lot of people have started looking at that in terms of what, you know, yeah. If I am a photographer, what do I want out of all these photographs? So every one of them expressed to me in some way or another that they wanted to somehow get their work out to the world and ideally leave something behind. So that could be a book that could be as a Xen or, you know, a small book could be an exhibit. Those are hard to do these days again. So books were kind of high on the list. And that means you have to have sort of a body of, of work that fits together, which is another important thing.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:32:15 Let me, let me ask you, cause I want to go back to that example of this dog, duck in the tree, because I can see that photo in my head and I like the photo, right? Like it's seen in my head and I like it. But when it comes to creating work that we want to leave behind in some sort of meaningful sense, is this photo a waste of our time for lack of a better term, I suppose,

Marc Silber: 00:32:38 Well, it to fit into some context. So this could be a series like this is one thing that's really important is if you're thinking in terms of leaving something behind a book, let's say, let's just say a book and I'm, by the way I'm, I'm actually going to be mentoring people on how to do this because a lot of people and I hear this over and over, Oh, I, you know, I'm going to write a book, I'm going to write a book someday, or I'm going to publish a bunch of my photographs in a book someday and someday, someday, someday, someday. I mean, listen, I had it on my list for decades to publish my work before I actually wrote my first book. And now I've written one it's very easy to keep writing more and publishing more, but that it takes some doing figure out and to know how to do your first book.

Marc Silber: 00:33:33 So I'm actually creating a class on how to do that. But if you're thinking in terms of leaving something behind, you probably have to think now probably you have to think in terms of a cohesive whole, how does this all fit together? What's the story, what's the overall story here. So maybe the dog country photograph could fit together because I'm going back to where my grandparents lived and photographing them in their environment. They have a little farm let's say, and I'm taking a series of photographs about, about my grandparents. And this happens to be, even though they're not in the photograph, this happens to be on their farm and there's a dog deck and in a tree. And this is one of those photographs that, that fits in with all these other photographs right now, I put this book together. And by the way, when I talk about publishing books, I'm not just saying you got it.

Marc Silber: 00:34:35 You know, you've got to get out there and get a, you know, a New York times best seller or, you know, a big hit on Amazon. I'm talking about even making a book for your own family, like of your grandparents or your kids or whatever. That's really important and really powerful. But if you're, if you're planning that as the end result, you just go backwards from that. So, so what, what am I going to put in this book about my grandparents really conveyed to other people who will never meet them or people that do know them, they're kind of their character and what they really are about. So it, isn't just a bunch of snapshots drawing together. It's like a story about them and that dog, duck, and tree, you know, just, it fits in, in, it always fits in, by the way. There's a really, when you're telling stories and you're putting a series of photographs, there are those photographs that really stand out on their own that are just like, wow. Then there's other photographs that we call transitional or linking photographs by themselves, or maybe not the big. Wow. But they tell part of the story and they'd link, they'd link the other images together. And in sport, it's important to know that you need both. So sometimes you were saying a minute ago, talking about the boring photographs. Sometimes those are boring on their own. They would be like, okay, great.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:36:14 Yeah, cool. A doc, I did it. Cool.

Marc Silber: 00:36:15 I get a doc dog, whatever, but then they don't, they're not the showstopper, but they do serve a purpose because they'd link the story together. Maybe earlier we have a picture of grandma with the dog on the porch, you know? So now we, we see this dog is really a part of their life. And that was a really cool photograph because she's talking to the dog or something, you know, and that's like, Whoa, that's a really cool photograph of grandma. And then later we see the dog by itself with the dock and the fence and the tree and it C it links it together. And it has more purpose than, than just being a photograph all by itself

Raymond Hatfield: 00:36:55 As if that dog was part of a family. Suddenly I can already see this book in my head. It makes more sense. I know, I think I should go out and photograph it. Well, that actually brings me into my next question, which is you know, I like the idea of a book and we're talking about photo books here. I like the idea of a book. I like the idea of coming up with you know, having a, having a story specifically for a book. These aren't just snapshots. But I think one thing that I struggled with perhaps, and maybe just cause I'm second guessing myself, maybe it's coming up with a topic to shoot, or would you recommend just taking your body of work and creating a story out of the images that you already have?

Marc Silber: 00:37:34 You can do it both ways. I have done it both ways. I have a huge library. So it helps me to be able to dive in and pull stuff out. But I think there's two ways you go about it. One is yeah. Accumulated just an enormous library and then pull photographs out of it. But I think a better way really is to decide on a project and then photograph it. And this is also a really good discipline to learn photography, because if we're just taking random photographs and they don't fit together, there's no real discipline to it. But if all of a sudden we say, okay, what story do I really want to tell with my camera? What is that story? And I think this is a really good exercise again in today's world because let's face it. We're not, we're not going to be doing the traveling that we once were for awhile.

Marc Silber: 00:38:30 Yeah. And if we are, it's more difficult, but the stories are right in our own area, maybe even on our own house, but certainly in our own neighborhood, there's a story there. And I think like any story, you just have to think of it in terms of a beginning, middle and end. And if you start working towards that project, you can accumulate, you'll accumulate a body of work, take the grandparents. So I wish I had done this with my grandparents and I didn't, you know, it's like, what is their lifelike? And maybe you see them every two weeks or three weeks or whatever. You just start photographing them every time you see them. You know, after a few months you're going to have a lot of photographs. You could turn into a book.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:39:26 What about something that like, maybe it doesn't have a specific start and an end, like something that I've always seen in my head. I just, I just love clouds. I think they're just so beautiful. And like they're, they're, they're calming. And I enjoy looking at them and editing pictures of clouds, but like these aren't photos that necessarily I share, but regardless there's no really start and end to clouds. So is there a way that I could develop that idea into a book?

Marc Silber: 00:39:53 Absolutely. So I talk about portraiture and portraiture could be a portrait of not just a person. Obviously we know we can take portraits of animals. Yes. I mean, I've had many animals pose for me. I'm not kidding a horse. They know they're posing. I've had a deer pose for me, several deers pose, ramped had dogs pose for me. Anything else? What's that? Any penguins I have penguins. Yes. I, I have, I got to say that I will send that over to you that this penguin wasn't actually posing. They were walking. So they, I can't say they're closing, but, but we can also take portraiture portraiture in the bigger sense of taking a portrait of a tree. Camille seaman, as somebody I interviewed, we were talking about her earlier, she's a native American. And she said in my culture, we believe everything is alive.

Marc Silber: 00:40:56 She takes portraits of icebergs. Oh wow. And then we tend to think inanimate objects are not alive and that's not a portrait, but she considers it a portrait, a cloud. You could consider that I'm going to take a series of cloud portraits because they all have their own unique look and portrait, you know, and a personality. So in that case, the thing that, that, that ties it together, even though it doesn't have a beginning, middle and end, is that these are portraits of clouds. That would be, you know, the other way you could, you could tell a story, so gotta add emotion in

Raymond Hatfield: 00:41:34 There. It's gonna be, it's going to be full of emotion. So that means lots of drama. I'm thinking of beautiful colors in the sky. Yeah, you're right. I mean, there there's, there's lots of things. And I like that idea and now I'm going to pursue it. So thank you so much for helping me out with that.

Marc Silber: 00:41:52 Hey, listen, I'll be happy to write your here forward.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:41:55 Oh, perfect. I was there when Raymond had this idea,

Marc Silber: 00:41:59 I'll say I was on the show and gave you the idea of cloud portraits. But I think about that, you know, there's many different portraits that we can take. And you know, there's photographers who made their whole career out of portraiture, Annie Liebowitz, Richard Avedon, Richard Avedon took his camera to the West, the Southwest and just set it up and took pictures of people. He found along the way with a white backdrop. And it's this incredible series of photographs. There's no beginning, middle and end to it. It's just, these are portraits of people from the West, you know, and that makes a great book that makes a compelling book. So there's the story aspect. And then there's the subject matter, you know, the uniform subject matter. And in the case of clouds or trees or dogs and ducks and trees, you know, maybe that's your, that's your series.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:43:01 It's funny. Well, I'm thinking about, I'm thinking about these ideas and obviously the clouds we got there, we got Avedon with his with the white backdrops and I, and I can see the photos in my head. Like you, you still see landscape, but it's these people who are in front of these white backdrops in these photos that I'm thinking of are definitely more on the artistic side. And we're not talking about anything about gear or anything to that sense. When you were interviewing photographers, when you're really trying to learn what their biggest struggles are you had mentioned earlier, you know, about the art of photography in not just talking about the gear. Can we explore that a little bit more? What do we mean by that? What's the struggle there.

Marc Silber: 00:43:41 Well, okay. So gear fits into, there's the five stages of photography. You remember? So there's visualization, but you do have to know your equipment because you can have a great idea, but if you don't know your camera, you're not going to get it. And the one of the photographers I've interviewed a lot, Bob Holmes, excuse me, national geographic photographer, fantastic photographer. He said, you have to know your camera to know what it sees. How does your camera see? Because your camera sees differently than your eye. And if you don't know how your camera sees, you're going to be really disappointed case in point. How many sunset, how many times have you seen a sunset? You pull out your iPhone and you go, wow, that's going to be incredible. Press the shatter. And it looks like nothing. Yeah. Every time, every time I phones are terrible at capturing sunsets, they just, the reason is you have to be able to stop your lens way down.

Marc Silber: 00:44:48 You know, like F 16, F 22, something like that to get a good sunset shot. Otherwise it's going to be all pixelated. And it just doesn't look like anything that's knowing your gear. So I'm never going to take a really satisfying photograph of a sunset with this, with this camera, but you have to know what your equipment is capable of doing and how it's going to look. And that just comes from experience and testing it out. But you also have to be familiar with it so that when you are in that moment, where there is just a split second to capture that photograph, you're not fumbling with the camera, you know, you're not going, ah, let's see why is this? Autofocus throwing me off. I had this happen just the other day. The autofocus wouldn't auto focus. You ever had that happen?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:45:41 In fact, just over the weekend. Yeah. So that's funny that you say that. Yeah, it's frustrating, isn't it? Yeah.

Marc Silber: 00:45:46 It's really it's keeps going like this [inaudible] and you can't press, the shutter will not allow you to take the picture and is literally blocking you, stopping you from getting the photograph. So you have to know, kick it into manual, forget about the auto focus and focus. It manually. You had that experience. I had that experience over the weekend when I was photographing these waves. Cause it, it was just, you know, it didn't know whether he wanted me to focus on the clouds or even though I had a very specific spot for it, it just wouldn't accept my focus. So that's something you have to know your gear. Otherwise, you're going to just say I can't take this picture. The camera won't let me take the picture. So you have to know, okay, go into manual, focus. It manually bypass this stupid system right now. Doesn't understand what it's going on. Right.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:46:39 So then we talked to their, obviously about the, the gear side. Yeah. We kind of understand that if, if we understand the gear because, okay, let me start over as a beginner. That's pretty much the thing that we have to go on to grow, right? Because we need to learn and understand the gear. And then at some point we become competent enough that we have this visualization and we see these photos in our head that we want to take, but how can we dive deeper into the artistic realm of photography?

Marc Silber: 00:47:10 Yeah. There's a couple of key things. One is, and this is an exercise I do in my workshops and I recommend it. It's in my book, advancing your photography, look for photographs with, and forget about the gear. Look for photographs. You can do it like this. You know,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:47:30 Like the old, director's a directors eye right there with the fingers.

Marc Silber: 00:47:33 That's your thing. You can do it. This is my preferred frame, but create a frame. Right. And so you have to learn to think in terms of the frame of your camera, and this is another stumbling block for a lot of beginners. They're kind of looking at everything as you know, and like right there, it's again, it's a little bit like, Hey, look over there. Yeah. You know, instead of look right there, you know, point, so train your eye to see in terms of the frame of your camera. And you can do that anytime, anywhere. And it's an exercise, just like, you know, learning to sing as an exercise. You don't necessarily know how to use these vocal chords until you practice with them. And this is training your eye where you want to learn to see photographs. And this has nothing to do with your gear.

Marc Silber: 00:48:30 This is just purely artistic. And then another way of doing that is when you look at other people's work, look at photographs or paintings for that matter, look at how that artists use their frame. And you can see what they, you know, sometimes you have the, I'll tell you a great book to check out, but sometimes if you're lucky, you can see other frames and know why that one really worked. There's a really cool book. It's and it's the title of it is escaping me right now, but it's Magnum photographs. I don't know if you've seen it, but it shows the contact sheets of these photographs.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:49:12 Oh yeah, no, I think it's just called contact sheets,

Marc Silber: 00:49:15 Contact sheets. Thank you. And for those who don't know what a contact sheet, this is when you have a negative and you lay it on a strip of, of photographic paper and you lay all your negatives out and you just get a print of that, not enlarged at all. And in the days gone by, and we do that, like in light room, you know, when you open it up in your grid, you see all those smaller images, that's like a contact sheet. But what's interesting when you look at that, as you can see the sequence, you know, the F up the photographs that didn't work, didn't work, didn't work, didn't work, didn't work all of a sudden, wow, there's the money shot. Yeah. Yeah. But you can see what they, the process they were going through until they got to that money shot. So it's knowing what to include in the frame, what not to include in the frame. And as a rule, less is more,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:50:10 See, this is where this is where it gets difficult to because oftentimes, and maybe you struggle with this as well as, as a, as an educator of sorts. Not, not that I have any sort of training or anything to be any sort of educator, but I know through experience how I got here and how I create the photos that I make and how I can do something more artistic and whatnot. And then, you know, if somebody new comes along and they really want help to be able to create, you know, that beautiful shot as, as a professional, you can see how many steps they have to go through to be able to get that. Well, there needs to be visualization. I can see the depth of field there. So you're going to need like a specialty lens. You know, there's even flash involved there.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:50:56 And the answer to them has to be, well, you need more experience, you know, and that's where it gets real frustrating because I want to help them out more. And I want to give them answers like, this is how we do this. This is how I can educate you, but I can only tell you the answer. You, you, you can't understand it until you actually go out and do it yourself. And that's one reason why, you know, we're kind of moving into the number five here, which is, it is the idea of a mentor to have somebody to help you get to where it is that you want to go. So you want to talk to that a little.

Marc Silber: 00:51:37 Absolutely. So that was the other thing I did find is that almost one for one, again, even with pros, because a lot of pros have a project in mind that they, that they know it's a challenge and they haven't actually made it yet. So they know they need to be pushed out of their comfort zone too. Right. And they need a mentor to help them. So I, I spent the last 10 years figuring this out, and that is basically how do we create, what's an ideal educational mode or platform for photography. We were talking about this a little bit. I went to art school for exactly one year. Didn't get very much out of it. In fact, I was a better photographer when I came into the school than when I left out. Now I was, and there were many reasons why it failed.

Marc Silber: 00:52:34 I'm not going to go into great depth. But the main thing is you have to create a program that has an educational foundation to it. So it, isn't just a bunch of opinions that I'm throwing at students. Like I don't like your photograph because it's my opinion. There has to be some basis for that. Like what I said earlier, no, lacking a center of interest. That's not really an opinion. That's you can observe that you can look through photographs and you can go, this one captures my attention. This one. Doesn't why, because this one has the center of attention. This one doesn't, that's like an observable thing. Just like saying, Hey, look over there. So there has to be curriculum or, or material that, that actually teaches people, staff that works. But then there has to be a ma what a mentor does is really as a shortcut, because if I've already taken all these steps and it took me 10 years, I don't want other people to have to take 10 years and do all the research themselves so I can give them shortcuts.

Marc Silber: 00:53:43 And there are a couple of ways to shortcut this thing. One is to give them exercises to do that actually are guaranteed to raise their awareness as a photographer. And I gave you one of them already, you know, doing this yes. With the the director's eye. Yeah. So really consciously do that, you know, and train your eye, train your eye, train your eye, train your eye. Another one is to pick a project and we kind of touched upon this as well, pick a project and week after week. Cause a mentorship I believe, needs to be at least once a week. You're not going to learn anything if it's too spread out. And the problem with just as much as I love you tube, and it's a great platform. There's no, there's no discipline to it. I mean, I could be on this video, that video bouncing all over the place and it's not following a logical course. Right. Right. And that could actually get confusing. Right. You know, one day you're looking at a video about shooting landscapes and another one is like certain lenses that you should use. And then you're, you're just, you're bouncing from it.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:54:58 Texting video. Yeah. And unboxing, what does that teach you? Nothing. Right? Nothing, nothing

Marc Silber: 00:55:04 Unboxing videos work. Cause you're going to talk and tell them about the camera. You have to have used it. Right in theory. Yeah. I cheat. I have done one where I cheated where I just used it and then I put it back in the box and then I opened the box, but there's not a lot of education going on there. But anyway, a project is really important because you are following a course of action. And if you're coming back every week and I'm looking at your photographs week to week, we're not just commenting on one photograph here, one photograph there, but we're seeing your progress that you're making are not just like, if you're going to learn piano and you have a weekly piano lesson, even if it's a group lesson you're coming back every week, you should have been playing the piano in between.

Marc Silber: 00:55:55 Right? Yeah. And this is true in sports. I mean, I trained as a swimmer and I had a weekly coaching session. Well, if I just didn't swim in between, I would have made no progress. But obviously I was practicing everything in between. And coming back on the coach could see what's the next thing I needed to address with him. So that's how a mentorship works. What I do also, it's it's have everybody picked our own project. I'm not going to assign a project for them. And everybody's going to pick a different project. It really should come from your heart. Like, what is it I am passionate about. That's going to cause me to want to take photographs week after week after week after week, day after day, get up in the morning when it's cold and dark, stay up late at night. You know, something has to drive you to do that. And if it's not money, if you're not getting paid to go out and do it, which isn't a very good motivator anyway then there should be some passion behind it. And the passion only comes from you. I can't, I can't tell you what you should be passionate about. Everybody knows. I think they have a pretty good idea. Like I really do want to tell this story, like you pick clouds. I mean, that's something you're passionate about.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:57:18 Well, okay. Let, let me, let me ask you another question here. Because growing up, I always had this idea, you know, the, the, the thing that I wanted to do most, and I've said this on the podcast before was, you know photograph the band on like their, their start to, you know, getting a Grammy, right. When we started recording the album, they finally made, they got the Grammy or the, the winning sports team, right. Spring training, all the way to winning the world series, which a past Pascal, John Sue, who photograph the Dodgers, you know, so a fantastic year for him, very excited. But like, those are the things that I get excited about are these really long-term projects. So while I see things like clouds, I love this. Like, I just want to photograph more of those, I think, deeper down, there's still that urge to do that big long-term project. Can these two things be done at the same time? Or what sorts of tips do you have for doing capturing two things that you are all equally passionate about?

Marc Silber: 00:58:20 Yes. I think you break it down into, into sub projects, you know? So in other words, rather than, and I, I wouldn't urge a newer photographer to take on that. Multi-Year, you know, project like project. Yeah, yeah. From Grammy, from entry to Grammy who knows how long that's going to take. Right, right, right, right. So that, that could throw you off because, you know, it's just such a long period of time unknown. I would break it into like chapters in a book. So maybe you, you do think in terms of like this long-term thing, but maybe your first chapter is the beginnings of this band, you know, the first three months of them getting together and even meeting each other and getting to know each other. And you're, that could be really interesting. And then they finally find their vibe, you know, let's say together, and all of a sudden, there's this like magical moment where you can see it in their faces.

Marc Silber: 00:59:21 You know, they're looking at each other, they're not just playing by themselves. Cause that's something that happens in music, right. Is you're interacting with the other band members. You're not just sort of off in your own little world here. Yes there's. And you can see that all of a sudden, like the first, maybe they're all just kind of in their own little shell and then they find their kind of musical vibe. And I'm just going on about this thing. No, this is great. I love this. This is a sub project. And that could be a really interesting project in itself. And you could do that over a few months. I like to think of projects in terms of three months, somehow it's kind of a bite sized piece of time. You know, that a year is a long time,

Raymond Hatfield: 01:00:07 You know, you know,

Marc Silber: 01:00:10 We've, we know how long this year has been. It's 10 years. It's the longest year of ever I've ever gone through writing a book is a, basically a one-year project because not only do you have to write it, in my case, I illustrate it with my photographs and that's a whole process. Then there's the endless editing and proof checking and that, and beta testing and all this other stuff that I do with my books, you know? And then once the book is published, guess what? They don't just fly off the shelves by themselves. Right. You have to get out there and promote them. And that's a whole other thing. So it's a, it's a one it's at least a one-year project and that's a big commitment. So why don't we just say three months? I mean, a week isn't obviously a month isn't really long enough, two months, somehow three months is about right. So you say, I'm going to photograph this particular, whatever, over this three month period. And at the end of that, I'm going to sift it down into my 10 best photographs. Let's say that's the chapter of this book. Wow.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:01:19 Wow. So then the next three months would be possibly the next chapter, the next chapter, and then let it grow on its own. Let it grow on its own, but like a good book. Every chapter should be able to stand on its own as well. So yeah, that's why I liked that exercise. I liked that exercise because it does, it breaks it down into much more bite sized chunks. And it seems like I can do anything for three months. You know what I mean? And if I get a few good photos then awesome. And if it doesn't go any further than that, well, then I got a few good photos and you should be happy about that.

Marc Silber: 01:01:48 Exactly. In my mentorship program, I'm taking that three month period with the group, and then we're going to publish a book of a selection of everybody's photographs over that three month period. Oh wow. So they will be published at the end of this as part of the group, but they will be published. So let's say there's five from each person in the group. Those five best photographs will be included in the book. It's an end result. There's somethings satisfying about a book. As you pick it up, you hold it in your hand, it's physical. You give it to somebody. They, you know, they pick it up. It's very different than what we do with computer images where they're just pixels. You know,

Raymond Hatfield: 01:02:36 Even as I was saying earlier, I actually I don't think I said this earlier. I was thinking it earlier in my head, I make a family yearbook every year. And basically these are just snapshots that I took on my cell phone. And even though none of those photos are really good, you know, in a technical sense or anything, just holding it in your hand, as you said, is an entirely different experience. And you know, I could say that and people could listen and say, yeah, okay, I get it, but you really don't get it until, until you actually hold it in your hand. Yeah.

Marc Silber: 01:03:04 Well, I laugh is my wife on that note, my wife has made books for each of our kids and she makes two copies. We keep one and we give one to them and it's really amazing. It's really cool. And like you said, these are snapshots of them growing up, but it's, it's, it has a special place, you know, it has this, it's a whole story just about them,

Raymond Hatfield: 01:03:27 Of course. And who wouldn't want to see that? Now this is another side thing. My kids are getting older. And I say, I say that as, as my daughters for my daughter's four and my son will be eight on, on Saturday, but I have a little Google home right here next to my computer. And it just goes through photos that I've taken. And I, I look at some of them and think, how have we already gone this far? You know, like, I cannot believe that this has already been, you know, six years, even two years or even just a year. Like, I can't believe we've gone so far just in this amount of time. But yeah, having that book I would imagine would, would be worth all of the money in the world when you get into it.

Marc Silber: 01:04:05 That's fantastic. Yeah. Fantastic.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:04:08 Well, Mark you have been so gracious with your time. We've been on here for almost an hour and a half, which is absolutely crazy, but I've really enjoyed myself. I want to say thank you obviously for coming on, but before I let you go, can you share with the listeners where they can find out more about you and follow you online and even your mentorship?

Marc Silber: 01:04:24 Absolutely. Well, so here, here's the first thing I would encourage you to do get ahold of my book, advancing your photography. And I actually have a special on it right now for the ebook. You can get it at half price, four 95, I'm practically giving it away. Yeah. And I have a S a specific place you go for that. It's called it's basically the URL is advancing your photography.com, advancing your photography.com. It'll take you right to that book. Boom. You can get it right there and you'll have an instant download. My YouTube channel where I do my critiques every week. I do a critique show every Thursday and my, the way to find that is just go by my name, Mark silver. It's also called advancing your photography. So either way you can there on YouTube those will lead you to my mentorship program because I'm talking about it a lot on both of them. So either one of those places, all roads kind of lead to the mentorship, because to me, this is the most important thing that I'm creating right now is an educational platform that leads to that mentorship. So if you go to either my YouTube or advancing your photography.com, you'll find me. I also have a website that you can go to, which is silver studios.com. So

Raymond Hatfield: 01:05:55 I will go ahead and link to obviously all of those things in the show notes, if somebody is driving and they don't have a post-it note or anything nearby that they can go ahead and find that. But again, Mark thank you so much for coming on. Truly appreciate your time and your experience.

Marc Silber: 01:06:10 Thank you, Raymond. My pleasure. Always being back with you and we'll do it again. I'm sure.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:06:15 Oh, I hope so. I hope so.

BPP 232: How to become a better photographer in 2021

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Now that we are in a new year, this week I sit down and brain dump some thoughts on how to become a better photographer in 2021. Come join the Beginner Photography Podcast Facebook Community to take part in Photo Minute Mondays where I share a bite-sized photography video every Monday. Some weeks will be technical, others theoretical. Some weeks will be educational while others will have actionable challenges.

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 231: Best Interviews of The Year Pt:2 Community

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

2020 Brought us many interviews from some of the best photographers on how they see and capture the world. Today we hear the continue the conversation and hear from 6 more photographers on the importance of community and the real power of your camera.

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 230: Best Interviews of the Year! Pt:1 Tips and Tricks

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

2020 brought us many great guests who shared their insights as to how they see the world and continue to make a difference with their cameras. In this episode, we hear from 6 amazing photographers who share some of their best tips and tricks to getting eye catching photos.

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 228: #1 Thing Holding You Back as a Photographer

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

In this episode, we explore the 1 thing that’s holding you back from growing as a photographer and how you can overcome your biggest obstacle to grow in 2021!

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 226: Andrew Bernstein - The Mamba Mentality and Sports Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Andrew Bernstein is a sports photographer with more than 40 years of experience shooting Basketball. Andy is a Naismith Hall of Fame Photographer and co-authored The Mamba Mentality with Kobe Bryant using Andy’s vast collection of images he captured over his 20-year basketball career.

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Andrew Bernstein got started in Photography

  • How Andy got started photographing sports

  • What Andy learned in his long career photographing Kobe Bryant

  • How working with high-level athletes has made Andy a better photographer

  • How photographing sports has changed over the past 40 years

  • What Andy’s associate photographers must know before taking the court and shooting for him.

Resources:

1449916.jpg
LeBron Dunk 2.6.20.JPG
Shaq REEBOK.jpg
Magic & Bird 1997.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 As a hall of fame photographer, which is a huge accomplishment here, you've been shooting for more than 40 years. Andy, you took Kobe Bryant's first NBA photo, and you also took the last photo of him walking off the court as a professional basketball player. I want to know did that 14 year old kid, Andy Bernstein from Brooklyn, who just picked up his camera ever imagine that that camera in his hand would get him so far and make such a big impact in the world of sports.

Andrew Bernstein: 00:28 Well, that's a great question. And I, I wish I had known, you know, it's a letter to my younger self kind of thing. But the answer Raymond to that is no. I knew that I loved photography that as soon as I picked up a camera at 14, my dad gave me a, an old Canon TL camera and we made a trip out to the Western United States to all the national parks. And I just really loved the feeling of having the camera. In my hand, I love the feeling of seeing something and then translating it through the camera. You know, the camera was a kind of a vehicle for my, whatever I saw in my head. And then seeing the end result when you got the film back, you know, that, wow, that actually was what I was thinking about or seeing, or learning or learning, wow.

Andrew Bernstein: 01:16 Maybe I should have taken a different angle or approached it differently or different time of day or whatever. Right. but I had no idea. I had no idea that photography was, could be a career other than other than our family friend who was like a wedding and bar mitzvah photographer. I mean, I had no idea that photography was, was a business that a huge business, you know, commercially that every single product had to be photographed in some way for its packaging. You know, every magazine cover had to be photographed by somebody, you know, every billboard you saw car ed, no matter what it is, if it had a photograph on it, somebody, and, you know, I kind of had this epiphany later, but some professional photographer had to take that picture, you know and then, you know, news photography as well and war photography, sports, photography, all that stuff in photojournalism. So I really it really started with sort of I don't know, a personal attachment to the camera itself as a way to express myself at 14 years old and then that continued through high school. And when I decided to go to college through a weird set of circumstances, I did pick a college that actually had any photography classes, but we did have a college newspaper daily paper. And that, that, you know, fed my my desire and also my interests.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:55 When you were 14, would you consider yourself a creative or somebody with an eye for creativity or were you more kind of by the books technical aspect?

Andrew Bernstein: 03:05 Oh, I had no idea technically what I was doing. No, I mean, you gotta think about, this was the, you know, in the era of manual focus, manual exposure, you had to have the right film for the right lighting situation, you know I mean, I didn't know anything from anything. I mean, we, we went out my dad and I went out to the national parks and of course everything was de lit, you know, was at night, but it was flipped by the sun one way or the other. So we just use daylight film. I didn't know, like tungsten film existed. I didn't know about high-speed film. We shot Kodachrome the whole time, Kodachrome 60 slides, slide film.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:44 I don't think any photographers today know about you know, different, different lighting film stocks. Right,

Andrew Bernstein: 03:49 Right, right. And so we got, we bought my dad and I bought probably, I don't know, maybe 60 or so rolls of, of Kodachrome in the, in the, you know, yellow box with the orange writing. And with the film came a mailer. I mean, you probably know about this, but I don't think the listeners know about this, that when you bought Kodachrome film and I think even some of their other films as well, it came with a mailer, a prepaid mailer that a as soon as you would shoot the film, you'd stick the film in the mailer find a mailbox anywhere in the United States, stick it in there. It went back to, to Kodak in Rochester and it was re it was sent to your home. Right. So that's how film was co at least Kodachrome film was developed. Ko. Kodak was the only, they had the monopoly on, on Kodachrome.

Andrew Bernstein: 04:38 So you could send black and white or other kinds of slide film to your local Photoshop, but you couldn't send Kodachrome, I guess you could throw your Photoshop because they would send, send it to Kodak, you know? Right. Weird what a weird system. It was weird. Yeah. And they had, you know, they had, like I said, the monopoly, they had, they own the technology. So this is kind of a funny story, which I've told before. And you probably have heard this, but I don't know if your listeners have, but so we get all these mailers and we're, you know, in grand Teton national park, we're in grand Canyon. My dad shoots a roll of film in his Canon camera. I shoot a roll of film to my Canon camera. We go to the next national park. We stick it in the mailer, you know, put it in.

Andrew Bernstein: 05:21 I mean, we didn't have, we didn't think we'd ever see it again. And quite frankly, I mean, you're in like Yellowstone national park and there's like a bale box, you know, who does it, how's that ever going to get to Rochester and then get to my house. But anyway, we did that and we were gone for like two and a half, three weeks. And we come back from the trip and there's this stack my mom like piled up the stack of yellow boxes. It literally came in a yellow, these yellow boxes and there's a stack of them. And you know, it's not differentiated by whose film it was or anything like that or where it was shot. So we start rifle and through the boxes, you know, my dad's looking through them, I'm looking through them. And, and my, my dad's like, Oh, look at this picture of Mount Rainier.

Andrew Bernstein: 06:06 This is unbelievable. And look at this old faithful picture in Bob. And I said, dad, well, can I see that box for a second? You know? And I take the box from him and I'm looking through it. And then I see the, there's a picture of him, like in front of old faithful, there's a picture of him, like in front of, you know, the grand Canyon. I said, but dad, that's my role of film in the pictures. And so he's like, wow, that's pretty good. I kid, you were pretty good. He thought he was like this, this great sort of amateur photographer. He was really a doctor and he should have kept it on his day job. But anyway that really convinced me, you know, it was very empowering. It was very cool to see the end result because, Hey, you're reliving this great trip and a great bonding experience with your dad, but also you're seeing like, wow, you know, I actually took that picture. I created. That was pretty cool.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:59 Yeah. That's gotta be a good feeling. So early on, obviously, you know, you go out and you you're photographing wildlife, you're photographing nature. Tell me how all this transitioned into where you're at today with sports.

Andrew Bernstein: 07:11 Well boy, that's a, that's a big question. So I ended up going, like I said earlier to the university of Massachusetts not because they had a photography program even have a photography class in their communications department a was close to home. It was in Massachusetts, but it was only three and a half hours from my house. So it was literally closer than almost any state college state university of New York college. And I didn't really want to go to college with the same kids I went to high school with. So it was a whole different set of friends and, and they were all into the Boston sports teams and all that stuff. And we hated them, you know, being a new Yorker. But so that was kind of flood, you know, body with, with those guys. And I gravitated towards the college newspaper because I went to a very big high school in Brooklyn and we had a monthly newspaper and we had a yearbook and I ended up in senior year being the editor of both.

Andrew Bernstein: 08:08 So we had a paper at UMass called the UMass daily collegian came out five days a week. And when we were in Western Massachusetts at the time, our paper, our college paper was the town's newspaper like Amherst. They didn't have it, wasn't an Amherst newspaper. It was the UMass paper. And because the next biggest paper, the Boston globe had to be trucked in from Boston. It was printed in Boston. So it was an afternoon paper, you know, back in the day you had your morning edition afternoon edition of the papers. But in our area, in Western mass, when 90, 90 miles West of Boston, we were, you know, we were it. So it was a very prestigious paper and won a lot of awards. And I walked in there. It was like the second week of my freshmen, freshmen year. And I met a guy named Chris born a photo editor. And he looked at me, he looked up from his desk and he, he saw me at a camera around like Canon TL camera around my neck. And he,

Andrew Bernstein: 09:04 He said, Hey kid, you're a photographer. And I said, yeah, because you want to work for me. He was like desperate. And I said, yeah, that'd be great. He goes, go out and shoot this. I don't even know what it was. It literally gave me an assignment that moment to go shoots. Okay. So, you know, I was, I was versed in using the

Andrew Bernstein: 09:22 Dark room. I had to get familiar with their dark room, but I knew how to process film. I knew how to make prints. He taught me how to work on a deadline, out to work towards the design of the page. You know, if it was a front page picture or whatever, and I shot everything, Raymond, I mean, everything from feature pictures to portraits, to news type pictures college protests going on, Jimmy Carter came through our campus for his 1976 presidential campaign. Believe it or not. I had a front page of that. All the the arts events, the, the theater shows the dance concerts the fraternity and sorority parties. And of course, sports, you know, and I love sports. I grew up huge sports fan in New York. I was always the shortest kid on my block. So I knew I would never play like varsity junior varsity.

Andrew Bernstein: 10:15 And I was always the last kid picked, but I love sports. And sports became kind of my thing. Although I did love doing all of the other things that I just described, but I really enjoyed going out and shooting the football games, even in the cold, you know, the basketball games shot hockey, women's sports, a lot of sports. I had never shot before. You know, I have shot rugby. Lacrosse was very big, you know, up in the Northeast sports like that tenants. And then I came out to California, the summer of my well, after my sophomore year as the summer of 77. And my sister is a little known fact, but my sister's an actress and her name is D D Khan. And she was in this little movie that you might've heard of called Greece.

Andrew Bernstein: 11:00 I think I've heard of it. Yeah. And she actually

Andrew Bernstein: 11:03 Played the role of Frenchie in grease. Yeah. The pink hair, you know, the whole thing. So this is my sister, my oldest sister. So I came out to spend the summer with her. I mean, just literally I had nothing to do that summer. And she said, come on out, I'm filming the movie. You can stay with me. You can come to the set. So I ended up going to the set with her every day. And I brought my camera, it was very loosey goosey there. You know, I, I brought my camera and I gravitated towards this set photographer very, and I didn't know at the time, but a very famous what they call the unit photography, the guy who was on set every single day, taking the still photos. His name was Alan Pepe. And he had shot every, almost every amazing, great film for paramount and others, but paramount was his main client.

Andrew Bernstein: 11:51 And anyway, I was kinda, you know, a little bit bold and he was very approachable, incredibly approachable. You would all sit down for lunch together. And he saw me with my camera says, yeah, I see you taking pictures here. And there. He says, why don't you, you know, get them developed, bring them in and show them to me, you know, at lunch sometime. So I did, I found a dark room in Hollywood and rented it. And I went and developed some of my pictures. They're all black and white and I brought them and he, he really looked at them and he gave me some pointers. And then he said to my sister, he said, you know, your brother's got a pretty good eye. You know, I see a lot of young photographers and he's got, definitely has something. And, you know, maybe he should take a bonafide class and like learn, you know, the, all the ins and outs of photography.

Andrew Bernstein: 12:41 You know, just keep in mind. I was really learning on the job at the college newspaper. So he recommended a night class. I leave was on a Wednesday night at art center, college of design in Pasadena. And I went up there and I enrolled, I took the classes, an intro to photography class, kinda like what you're doing here, you know, but back in the dark ages when we didn't have internet, you know, we actually, I had to literally go to a class like Neanderthal. Yeah. And the teacher was great and gave us a sign. You know, there was probably, I don't know, 12 of us in the class and it was a weekly class and I loved doing the assignments. And, but I got to tell you, Raymond after the first class, my sister was living in Hollywood. And if anybody that had ever been to Hollywood, they know the famous sunset strip, right.

Andrew Bernstein: 13:29 My sister lived right off of sunset strip. So you had to drive down sunset strip to get to her apartment. And I remember coming down the Hill from Pasadena where the school was, and then getting on sunset strip, and then it's full of billboards. I mean, it still is today, but it's very famous for having billboards. And w I, I honestly remember looking up and seeing these billboards and seeing wow that somebody took that marble Earl at, you know, and somebody took that Dodge truck ad and somebody took that perfume billboard, and that travel one. And it was like the biggest epiphany in my life. Honestly, it was like you know, this giant light bulb went off in my head. And I, it convinced me that I could have a career in photography somehow. And sports didn't know it was going to be in sports.

Andrew Bernstein: 14:19 I thought it could be more in news and documentary. I was leaning a little bit also towards film and video video was kind of, you know, at its sort of infancy then. So I went back to UMass and I applied to art center to, to transfer, you know, and they accepted me and they, they accepted me though for the following summer. So I would essentially have to spend my entire junior year at UMass. And at some point I believe in November, I got a letter in the mail. There was no email, there was no texting. And none of that stuff, I got a letter in the mail saying, Hey we have an opening now, somebody dropped out for the spring term. Cause art center is trimesters. And the spring term started in February. Would you be willing to, you know, come early, come early in February know,

Andrew Bernstein: 15:09 I'm like, yeah. You know, and I hadn't even taken my finals yet. The beginning of my junior year I think I actually blew off my finals quite frankly.

Andrew Bernstein: 15:20 And it was a fun, like last month of just hanging out with friends.

Andrew Bernstein: 15:24 Yeah, of course. I went to class and everything.

Andrew Bernstein: 15:26 And I moved to to LA it was sometime in January of 78. It was the famous blizzard of 78 in the Northeast, which at the time was the biggest dump of snow in the history of the Northeast. I landed in LA God's honest, truth is 84 degrees.

Andrew Bernstein: 15:44 And I'm like, I, this is a no brainer. I mean, if, even if this photography thing doesn't work out, I mean, it's 84 degrees of January really. I'd have to wear a parka and like, you know, my car isn't buried in the snow.

Andrew Bernstein: 16:02 And anyway started art center that February and never looked back and anyway, sports to answer your question or a really roundabout way. I was, I was the black sheep of my class, quite frankly, art, center's a very commercial advertising oriented university. Okay. College and photojournalism was not okay.

Andrew Bernstein: 16:26 Particularly encouraged at art center. And sports

Andrew Bernstein: 16:29 Was like the poor stepchild of journalism. But I did have two teachers that believed in me and had pushed me that wouldn't let me get discouraged. Also, I'm a Brooklyn guy. So you tell me like, I can't do something. It only fuels me even more. And my one teacher, bill Robbins really took me under his wing and, and I ended up working for him in his studio and learning the business of photography. But also he introduced me to a friend of his who was a staff photographer for sports illustrated. And he then in turn introduced me to the local LA sports, sports, sports illustrated photographers. And that's where I really learned everything I needed to know and convinced me that that's where I wanted to go with my career. So I used my mentorship that bill and my other teacher, Jim Picabo was so generous, but also the photographers I worked for, I, I was like a sponge.

Andrew Bernstein: 17:23 You know, I, I took it all in. I saw how they worked. I saw how they interacted with the athletes, how they prepared, how they dealt with the PR people, how they ship their film, how they took care of their equipment, you know, and then I learned the very specialized technique of lighting, indoor arenas for hockey and basketball, primarily with strobes, which only a few people in the country knew. So that opened all the doors for me. And I'm extremely grateful to the people at the forum, the Lakers and Kings at the time who, you know, really took a liking to this young sort of aggressive, but dogs, buffer, who was sort of relentless, you know? And that led to my introduction to the NBA in 83, which was my first gig, which the NBA all-star game in 83 at the forum. And it all just kind of mushroom from there. Quite frankly,

Raymond Hatfield: 18:17 Some of the questions came out of that. Oh my goodness. I think one of the biggest ones, which I had actually planned on bringing up later, but since you brought it up or diving straight in a few months ago, when I had the pleasure of interviewing Jon SooHoo, who is as many know the lead photographer right now for the Dodgers who is currently celebrating his world series winner. Yeah. w w I asked him, what's one of the things that he learned while shooting under you because you two work together and he brought up the time that you two had worked shooting, I guess you two had met at USC women's basketball. And you brought them in bringing, shooting some Clippers games. And he said that from the technical side, the thing that you taught him that helped him the most was learning how to strobe arenas, many new photographers who are listening to this might think, well, the only time that you need to use a flash is when there's not enough light to get some sort of base exposure. Right. So to ask here, let me ask why now, when we live in a world where cameras can shoot up to ISO 3 million, literally, why are we still using strobes? And where, where are you putting these things?

Andrew Bernstein: 19:25 Well, just to give people sort of an overview back in, back in the day, and we're talking about way back before me in the sixties, John Zimmerman, Neo life, or the literally the godfathers of sports photography Walter goes, hi, Peskin. I mean, these, these guys are the Ansell Adams, you know, of, of sports photography. They all work for sports illustrated and sports illustrated sort of invented this, this technique of bringing these gigantic strobe units in and installing them in the catwalks or the balconies or where they could put them, because the lighting in the old arenas was so horrendous and the film wasn't good. I mean, you couldn't shoot action. You know, you need to shoot action around, you know, 500 of a second to stop the action, right? Well, you couldn't, you couldn't find film with a high enough, we used to call it ASA, but ISO, that was sensitive enough to stop the action.

Andrew Bernstein: 20:25 So by putting these strobes in for that moment in time, when the photographer pushes the shutter button and all of these strobes go off, you're literally just erasing the light that's in the arena, the available light. And you're, you're essentially have this gigantic light source, this big strobe light, light source. It's like, if you, if you took about 300 flashes, like a normal speed, light, or little flash, you would put on top of your camera now, and they all went off at the same time. That's about the amount of light that comes out, keep in mind, you know, it's about a hundred and something feet from the floor to the strobes. And they they're all hardwired together. And wires are flown down from the catwalk and it's a big production and it was refined down. The equipment got a little bit easier to manage, but still it was, it was like a four hour set up.

Andrew Bernstein: 21:18 And none of the arenas back when I started, and this is, you know, late seventies, none of them had permanent installation of strokes. So if the photographer I was working for, let's say, you know, the great Peter read Miller and I was assigned to work with him, but tonight's, you know, Lakers game at the forum. All right, we'll use that example. I would have the strobes probably in, in my garage or I'd have to go to his house to get them. And they would probably, they were in cases, it's probably 12 of these shipping cases. They were about 40, 60 pounds a piece. And you'd have these four strobe packs and four heads that had to be assembled with tubes and reflectors and clamps and cables. And I would drive them over in my little Volkswagen. I don't know how he got everything in there to the forum at like 10 o'clock in the morning, meet up with the rigger guy named marker set, a wonderful guy.

Andrew Bernstein: 22:17 And we would, after the teams finished their game day practice, he would literally stand in the middle of the court and rope these strobe up to the catwalk. I'd be at the top, he'd be at the bottom and he would rope them up. I would take them off, put them on the catwalk, he'd send the other ones and then I'd spend the rest of the day. And sometimes it was, there were two of us setting these strobes up and the photographer would come in about three o'clock and I'd have to be done by then, because then I have to get him ready for the game. You know, hook everything up. He would always do remote cameras. Those would have to be set up. And then I would basically, once everything was set up, the player started arriving around five, five 30, then it's, you know, basically game time. And I would camera assist him changing film throughout the game. If something went wrong, having to fix it, whatever back in those days, we'd have to run to the catwalk if a strobe went out or whatever

Speaker 4: 23:16 In the middle of a game. Yeah. So,

Andrew Bernstein: 23:20 And then game is over, right? Photographer goes home, Hey, he leaves all the film with me. Right. I have to disassemble everything, pack it all up. Then I have take the film to the, to the airport usually and ship it overnight. Like by Delta dash or something to New York, because it'd have to be processed at this Time-Life building in New York the next day to make the magazine headlines. Yeah. It was crazy. It was just nuts. So to answer your question and I tend to give long answers, Raymond, I'm sorry, but the reason why we use strobes today, right? Yes, you're right. The cameras are so much better. But the quality of light that you get from strobes, you can't duplicate with even the best arena lighting that we have now, which is now they've gone from mercury vapor lights to led lights, which are really they're beautiful.

Andrew Bernstein: 24:15 You know, the the quality of light, the directional, you get a little bit of a highlight, but it doesn't look like strokes, you know, strokes just have that, you know, that Christmas to it, you can shoot at a much lower ISO, which today honestly, really doesn't matter that much. But, you know, back in the day, it was the difference of going into the forum and shooting. I mean, they didn't even make 1600 ISO film in those days. You'd have to shoot like 800 film and push it or 400 film and push it. And then pray that it wasn't grainy, that it would just all fall apart that processed into the, and put in a magazine. Like you said, I mean, I just spent time in the bubble shooting available light. Sometimes it's ISO 10,000 and it looked gorgeous, you know

Raymond Hatfield: 25:03 Like the quality of the imagined, right. But

Andrew Bernstein: 25:05 The quality of light of strobes is amazing, still beautiful. Still sort of the, the quality of choice at the NBA wants the NHL for the most part, wants a lot of magazines, still preferred training cards. The clients at the, the leagues have the NBA and NHL. But the gap has definitely narrowed and I can see a day where really we we move away from the strobes because it's a huge expense. And B you have to technically, you have to know how to shoot with strobes because you shoot one picture every four seconds, keep that in mind because the strobes fire, and then they have to re recycle back up, you know, they have to, their energy has to be recycled. So you can shoot again, it's not like a little flash, which you can shoot almost with motor drive. So it's a different way of shooting. You know, I see almost the end of the era here as cameras get, get better and better. We're not there yet, but almost, yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:09 Oh my goodness. This is you know, so obviously, you know, 20, 30 years ago, the strobes were to get that good base exposure to get enough light so that you can capture and freeze motion. And today it's more of an aesthetic choice and then moving forward it's could possibly be phased out.

Andrew Bernstein: 26:26 Yeah, I think so. I think probably it could be fake. I mean, it's like almost like film really comparison, you know, we, we were shooting film, you know, exclusively because digital didn't exist. But once we got to the end of the nineties and digital cameras started coming in and we were playing around with them and then starting to incorporate them into our coverage around 2000, by 2004 or five, it was almost 80% digital. We still shoot we're shooting films as we were shooting two and a quarter Hasselblad film, which was gorgeous. And then it became necessary to have basically live coverage of what we do because it, you know, we couldn't wait for the film to get developed. Sure. So we were playing

Raymond Hatfield: 27:13 And ride alone to New York has got to just be nailed, I think.

Andrew Bernstein: 27:16 Yeah. Right. So we went, we at the MBA went full digital, I think it was around 2005 ish. And the only time I've shot film quite frankly, is back when I did my book with Phil Jackson back in 2010. And I did a, a portrait series in black and white because I just missed doing it. And I had the luxury of time. But I have not shot an assignment or a game or anything on film 15 years at least. Wow. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 27:44 W well that kind of brings me to my next question here, as you brought up there, your, your book you're one of your most recent books is the Mamba mentality, right? Yeah. Could I call you the, one of the coauthors obviously was cold, right. Okay. So yeah, the Mamba mentality co-written with Kobe Bryant and it's all about how he plays or how he played basketball. Right. So the mama mentality is kinda to bring it all together. It's how you approach this obsession with what it is that you love and take it to a place to where you didn't even think it was possible to reach that full potential. Yeah. Having been with Kobe for so long and other really high level athletes, how have you used the Mamba mentality in your own life and career as a photographer to advance yourself?

Andrew Bernstein: 28:37 Oh, great question, Raymond. Well, one of the, one of the four pillars of, of the Mamba mentality is obsession. And I was obsessed, you know, we just talked about it. I mean, once, once I got my taste of photography and how I could express myself and how cool it was just to be in the darkroom and see something, literally the magic trick of a print being appearing before your own eyes, you know, under the red or orange light, it was just unbelievable. But then I became obsessed with it. I mean, I had a camera around my neck every single day in high school, and it became a joke like my friends would always, and the teachers would always kidney. They always had this camera around my neck. And I, I was, I was obsessed with it because I loved it so much and I wanted to learn more and more.

Andrew Bernstein: 29:32 And that's why, you know, I ended up making a very difficult decision to change my whole life around it. At 19. I was 18 years old actually, when I made that decision. So, you know, after I met Kobie when I met Coby and he was 18, right. And I met him that my set of media day in 1996 and his rookie season. And he, I went to introduce myself and he said he knew who I was because he had all my posters on his wall as a kid. Wow. And I'm thinking something really unique about this kid be who reads a photo credit on a poster, first of all, but the obsession that he had with his craft, which was so evident from like the moment, not only the moment I met him, but when I first saw him on the court it really, you know, I'm 20 years older than him at the time.

Andrew Bernstein: 30:25 And I'm thinking, wow, this is like almost a mirror image of how I was at his age, quite frankly. Because I was very driven. I was I couldn't, wouldn't take no for an answer. I had a chip on my shoulder. I had talent. Like he did. I was like a caged animal. Like he was his rookie year because, you know, he wanted to play more and coach Harris wouldn't play him. And, you know and I wanted to get published in sports illustrated more than anything else in the world. And all things come and do time. But so we bonded over that obsession and that fueled really my career path, quite frankly. And you know, when I say that I was aggressive, it means that I, I was determined, you know, I don't like really using the word aggressive because people kind of this construe it as being arrogant.

Andrew Bernstein: 31:22 Right. And maybe I was a little arrogant. I mean, other people would have to tell you that, but I think you have to have a little bit of arrogance because arrogance comes from self-confidence and it also comes from being driven and being sure yourself and, and all that. And and having a goal in mind. Right. my goal was to be a professional photographer me right in front of me. You can't see it because it's right here, but it is literally painted on my wall and huge letters, dreams, post goals equals destiny. And that that's one of Peter Guber, my good friend and mentor owner of the Dodgers or the warriors. He wrote that in his book and I, I have taken that to be my mantra in life, you know, dreams plus goals equals destiny, destiny. You know, my photography life started off as a dream. You know, that dream became a goal. What's the goal. The goal was to be a professional photographer in sports. So I made this decision to follow that dream to California, to find a school that could help nurture that. And that led to all the doors opening that we just talked about. And destiny, you know, I mean, I've been doing this for longer than 40 years, so apparently it was my destiny and continues to be, I still, still love what I do.

Raymond Hatfield: 32:41 Yeah. I, I've heard you say I've heard you say on other podcasts and other interviews before that, when you received your hall of fame award or indoctrination, I suppose that, and I forget who it was, who told you this, but it was that some of your best photos are ahead of you, is that right?

Andrew Bernstein: 33:01 Yes. That was our great commissioner, Adam silver who took me aside Adam in the MBA, very generous, make a little cocktail party before the actual hall of fame event where I received my award. And there were like three or four of us who were getting various awards. And Rick Wells for example, was getting inducted into the hall of fame. It was pretty cool. And I had known Rick my whole career. And he took me aside, you know, congratulated me and, and said, and said that he said, Andy and this is I'm 37 years into my career at this point. Right. And he said, Andy you had a great career. We still love having you around. And I think your best pictures are in front of you, you know, and for your boss, your ultimate boss to say that.

Andrew Bernstein: 33:47 So it was inspiring. You know, he was throwing the gauntlet down, like, you know, keep it, keep it going. Just like David stern did at the beginning when he really put a lot of confidence in me as a young photographer baby was always really amused by, by, by, by my sort of relentless pursuit of everything having to do with covering the NBA. You know, he, he loved it. He he was a great mentor, a great friend. And, you know, we lost him in January, on January 1st, this year. And of course followed by the, the incredibly shocking loss of Coby and Gigi three weeks later. But that was so inspiring when Adam said that to me and really kind of, it was like almost a second wind, quite frankly, for my career.

Raymond Hatfield: 34:37 Wow. As if you were already feeling kind of like, you know what, I got this routine down, this has kind of become just like second nature. And then it was with that, that you thought, wait a second, maybe I, how can I, did you think to yourself, how can I take this to the next level?

Andrew Bernstein: 34:52 Well, you know, I never, I'm never, once in my career have mailed it in so to speak, I've never gone to a game and just sorta punch the time clock and left because I a, I would be you know, I would be short shrifting my employer and myself. I mean, I, I have a really strong work ethic that work ethic came from my dad. It also came from magic Johnson because I watched magic as a young photographer. And he is a young player. Literally bring the lunch pail every single game. I mean, it could be pre-season game. It could be a meaningless game in January. You know, it could be a playoff finals game. Didn't matter. He, every game, every possession he was involved it really was incredible to me that a guy could be that attached, you know, in that involved.

Andrew Bernstein: 35:44 And I took that to heart and continues to this day. I, every game I go to, I approach the same way as I did, you know, 20 years ago, 30 years ago, doesn't matter. The last thing I want to do is come home and be in my car literally after a game, like kicking myself that I wasn't paying attention, or I was talking to somebody or just wasn't, wasn't centered it, wasn't present. And I missed, you know, a Blake Griffin dunk, which, you know, things happen. Right. And technically things happen. Sometimes the refs buttons is in your way, you can't get a picture. Sometimes the camera system, the strobes don't work, you know, a lot of things out of your control, but if I can control it I want to be the guy that that at least I can go home and say, you know what? I did the best I could, I might've missed a couple, but that happens, you know, Kobe says that he used to say that what you only missed the, the shots you don't take, right. Or something like that. So, you know, I, I prided myself in in really being centered and really being present when when I'm at a game or on an assignment or whatever I'm doing, you know, for my craft,

Raymond Hatfield: 37:01 Well, seeing your like long career and knowing, obviously, as I said, several times, you know, hall of fame photographer, I don't think that anybody here is questioning your, your work ethic. But when it comes to sports, it's, it's easy to see who wins and who loses, who becomes great. And you can kind of tally those up by the amount of wins versus losses, but for a creative pursuit like photography, how do you measure greatness?

Andrew Bernstein: 37:29 I measure greatness by how you, the viewer react to my photos, quite frankly. If, if there's an emotional response to my pictures and now, you know, so much is so immediate, you know on social media, if I get responses to my photos that I just shot that, you know, after I get home or if I'm on the plane or whatever, and I post some photos from tonight's game and I get reactions to it. That is the most satisfying thing to me ever. And plus, you know, I have a lot of professional pride in myself, my own inner pride and going back to what I said, you know, if I know I gave a hundred percent of my effort and did the best I could, and something happened that was out of my control. I can live with that, right.

Andrew Bernstein: 38:20 If I can control it, meaning that I, you know, all the elements are coming together and I'm present in the moment you know, taking a page at a Phil Jackson's book. Well, our book that we did together then then you know, I'm at peace with that really. And so I measure greatness by, with, for other photographers work because I'm blown away every single day. When I see other photographers talking about Jon SooHoo, I mean, let's talk about Jon for a second. I met Jon. He was, I think, a sophomore at USC, right. I was introduced to him by Steve Brenner. Who's still the PR guy for the, for the Dodgers. Took Jon under my wing. He was very shy, but he was also very good photographer. He was working for the daily Trojan newspaper and we bonded, and he was so easy to work with.

Andrew Bernstein: 39:16 He worked in the dark room to start off with me. We had darker Madonna stadium. This was when I was working for the Dodgers from 84, through 95. And a couple of years in, he had earned his way into being a photographer, like a full-time photographer. And then we brought other people in to do the lab work and, and kind of the grunt work that he was doing at the beginning. And look how far he's come. I mean, it's unbelievable. I mean, you know, I didn't even shoot the 88 world series. The once the Dodgers left Dodger stadium after game two, I had to go to Madrid Spain with the NBA because it was the first time NBA had taken a team, which was the Celtics to Europe. So I had to do that. Jon took over, he went to Oakland, shot them, winning the world series, the whole thing in 88, you know, fast forward 32 years later.

Andrew Bernstein: 40:09 And he just shot them winning again, you know, and he's a beloved member of the Dodger family. Couldn't be more proud of him with great friends and I follow his career, you know, like, like so many others that I follow so many greats out there. It's a great community, great fraternity sorority of of photographers, who we all pull for each other. We really do. And this competition and competition fuels you and keeps you on your toes, you know? And my great friend, net Butler, you know, my cohort has been doing this almost. I think that's been doing it 35 years and I just finished my 39th year for the MBA. That's based in New York. We just spent seven weeks together in the bubble and we're great colleagues, great friends. We push each other a little bit, you know maybe we want to one up each other, every game which is, which is fine and great. It keeps you, keeps you motivated, you know? Sure. And I'm very thankful for these friendships that I've developed over the years with some incredible photographers and great, great people.

Raymond Hatfield: 41:22 It's great to hear, I think in a world where on Facebook and with digital photography, there's so much, you know, quote unquote competition that, that there's true admiration between and like other greats out there in your field. And that it's not, it's not all about like who can win. Who's the best I'm going to win. But that you can all kind of survive in the same space and respect each other's work, which I love that. And speaking of Jon, when I interviewed him, he attributed another thing that he attributed to learning from you was how to work with athletes as well, in the sense that oftentimes you only have moments with these players one-on-one and you have to be able to get the image. So from your point of view, what tips do you have to not only build rapport with these top level athletes, but still get that shot that you need in just moments?

Andrew Bernstein: 42:14 Well, if we're talking about, let's say a portrait shoot, right? Or, you know, a quick shoot that you would do with a player, you know, by the batting cage or after practice or whatever, but let's just call it a, you know, roughly loosely, a portrait type of setup. The key absolute key is preparation. I mean, you cannot be fumbling around because you have very little time with these guys and women, that professional athletes are wonderful. They also, for the most part, have an attention span of like a bottle of water, you know, they want to get in, they want to get out 99% of the time they're incredibly cooperative and they know that you're doing something that's going to promote them in one way, shape or form. You know, they're either doing it and making money from it. If it's a commercial endorsement, or if it's an editorial thing, a magazine cover, I mean, you're there to make them look good, obviously.

Andrew Bernstein: 43:11 Right? And your job is to be completely prepared. So you have to know your equipment, you have to know your setup. You can't be messing around with lighting. Things have to be locked in before the athlete shows up. And I learned my lesson very, very early with magic gaining the night, I forged a wonderful friendship with magic on and off the court, like I said he, I think he came into the NBA a year before I started. And we grew up in the NBA together and I started shooting a lot of his off the court stuff, you know, his family stuff, and then his endorsement stuff. And one of the very earliest shoots I did was when he was endorsing converse. And it was a, it was a big shoot. It was a production shoot, you know, art director, there there's all kinds of people running around and it was on the set and he was filming a commercial, you know, somewhere.

Andrew Bernstein: 44:06 And then I had my set set up and I had very little time with him. And it was a little complicated as to what I needed him to do. And I had to stand in who kind of helped me sort of get everything roughed out. Right. But back in the day, when we use film, we would always shoot a Polaroid. Right. And he had a Polaroid back, like we're shooting two and a quarter. You take the film back off, put the Polaroid on the back of the Hasselblad. And you know, you shoot that Polaroid takes 60 seconds to process, right? So he magic comes in the set he's jovial, he's his usual, you know, smiley self, again, him in the position I want. And then I go to take a Polaroid and he, he, goes, well, hold on, what are you doing? And I said, I said, well, magic. I gotta take a polar. He goes, Oh, no, no, no, no. She says, when I come on your set, we don't do Polaroids. Wow. He says, you be ready. I mean, and I said, Oh, okay. And didn't do a Polaroid ever did a Polaroid after that of him. But I did learn by lesson that you better be locked down, man. You better just no 98, 99% at your, you know, and yes, you gotta tweak things here and there. Once you get the person in there and do some variations as to the actual shot. But anyway, that was a very eyeopening moment. He and I laughed about that on my podcast because he remembered it, you know,

Raymond Hatfield: 45:36 I bet he did. And

Andrew Bernstein: 45:38 It made me a better photographer because, you know, Polaroids are great, but they're also a little bit of a crutch, you know, you're leaning on the Polaroid to, I don't know, to to verify or kind of validate or something. You know, yes, I did use it on other shoots, but never with him again,

Raymond Hatfield: 45:59 You know, when I was I went to film school originally I studied cinematography and one of my teachers big lesson that he tried to instill was that failing to prepare is preparing to fail. And I've heard you say a version of this, which is luck favors the prepared. And I think that that is such a great story about how you were prepared enough to that luck kind of delivered itself to you. So thank you for sharing that. Yeah. Well, you,

Andrew Bernstein: 46:25 That's a very famous Walter Yost scene as well. Luck favors the prepared. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 46:30 Well, because it's, I mean, it's, it, it makes sense. And it really gets you on your game real quick, real quick. Right. So I know that,

Andrew Bernstein: 46:38 Well, hold on one second Raymond, because it's really important for people starting out in photography, that part of the preparation is, is learning your equipment. You have to know how your equipment works. First of all. Okay. And that comes with shooting, shooting, shooting, and then shooting more and writing things down. And when it doesn't work, understanding why it doesn't work or you didn't get the result that you wanted, or things are overexposed, or you use the wrong lens or whatever it is, right. Because you have to know it has to be innate when, when you're on the job, when you're, even if you're an amateur photographer, you don't want to be out shooting nature. You don't want to be out shooting, surfing your kid's soccer game and be fumbling around trying to figure out what, how does, you know, what do I do with this setting and blah, blah, blah. You have to learn that. And that's, that's, you know, it's like learning a language, you know, you can't get, you can't go to a foreign country and just think you can get by with four words, you know, you have to learn the language. So it's, you have to learn your equipment.

Raymond Hatfield: 47:42 Now this might be a a large question here, but I see many photographers who are very frustrated, trying to learn photography. And I feel like I see it as they're trying to learn too much, too fast. Do you think that when you had first started and getting, going and growing as a photographer, that that same frustration also came from trying to learn too much too fast or that it was maybe a timeline difference between taking the photo in and seeing the result? Do you have any thoughts on that?

Andrew Bernstein: 48:11 Oh yeah. Well, there wasn't that much to learn. I mean, no, really, honestly. I mean, I got to, I got to give you an example. My daughter is 12 and she started to take up photography. So of course, you know, I get her camera and it's all digital and I try to teach her how to work it. And I have no freaking idea, all this stuff. Does these digital cameras today? I'd be, I really don't. I hate to say that, but it's true. I mean, I know the basics of course, but to be able to then to explain every dial and nuance and setting and menu and all that, we didn't have that stuff, you know, it was, it was a, it was a box basically, you know, the camera had a, had a manual, everything, and you had to learn what kind of film to use.

Andrew Bernstein: 48:59 You had to keep track of the film and had a film calendar. When you got to 36, you knew you had to change film. You know, you didn't have to deal with downloads and Photoshops and computers and, and workflows and all that archiving business. And I, yes, I do sound like a dinosaur, but it's frustrating because, you know, back in the day, the, the science of the craft of photography, you know, learning, lighting, learning light, right. Learning exposure learning even composition focus, what lenses to use. Those are the important things. You know, now people, you know, you, you get very inundated with all the technology, and it's very hard to break down these new cameras to those five or six essentials. Quite frankly. It really is. So she took, my daughter, took an online photography class right before the pandemic. And they start off by putting the camera on the manual setting, which I thought was great. Yeah. So she had to learn almost like I had to learn, you know, from the beginning. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 50:10 So definitely a lot of, a lot of overwhelmed, maybe not so much a time thing, but just, just being overwhelmed by the amount of options.

Andrew Bernstein: 50:17 And then, you know what I think it w and I hate to say anything against my friends at Nikon, and I'm a Nikon guy. I think it's overkill. Honestly. I think there's so much in these cameras. I can't imagine people using, you know, one 10th of the things that are available inside scammers. I mean, not only they do still, but they do video too. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 50:38 I don't know. It's a whole new set of menus, I guess, going off on a tangent. Well, Andy we're getting to the end of our time here, but I got one last question for you if you're up for it. Yeah. You have multiple photographers working with you for you to cover many sports events, you know, same, same day. You could have multiple photographers, different locations. I want to know. What's the one aspect that you look for when hiring an associate photographer. And then what do you tell them before they take the court for their first game?

Andrew Bernstein: 51:10 Well, keep in mind that we also do events. So I'm the director of photography for AGS staple center, Microsoft theater. So in addition to the teams that play in staple center, you know, we have five teams or five teams that play in staple center. We also do the concerts. We do a lot of meet and greets. We do. We have an event today actually, a get out the vote event today at staple center. So photographers have to be come to me and to be considered, you know, as part of our very small close-knit group a personality first and foremost, you have to be able to work with others. You have to be able to roll with things. You have to be able to adjust on the fly. You have to be diplomatic. It's never about you. It's about the client.

Andrew Bernstein: 52:00 It's about the situation. And we've had every known situation that you could possibly imagine thrown at us over the years. You have to be incredibly adaptable to different kinds of assignments. Like one night I could send you to a Kings game the next night I'm sending you to a U2 concert the next night. Maybe it's an award show the next night. It could be you know, a camp at one of the teams is doing a youth camp. I mean, all kinds of stuff. And yes, I have photographers who are more specialized in, in other, in certain things than others, but I like to have sort of interchangeable personalities and also people who can bring different skills to the, to the table. Cause that might keeps my clients happy, quite frankly. And and follow, follow the protocols, follow the rules, follow the procedures that we have, the workflows, my clients, all of my clients are very specific.

Andrew Bernstein: 52:59 How they, like things shot, how they like things delivered how they, like things fulfilled afterwards for archiving purposes, all of that. So you know, it's, it's it's a big enchilada. I mean, it really is. It's not just, you're a good photographer and you take nice concert pictures. It goes way past that. So we have very few openings because we are very tight knit, right. We have very little to no work, which is kind of interesting in my office here with it's usually three or four people, you know, doing stuff. And right now it's just me. But that's okay. And it will come back. You know, this will all be part of all our histories and I believe live events. We'll come back when they're ready and we'll be back to work.

Raymond Hatfield: 53:47 Andy. I I appreciate you. I appreciate your time. I appreciate all of your experience and coming on and sharing everything that you did in the little amount of time that we had today. It's, it's been fantastic, but before I let you go, I know that there's going to be listeners who are interested in learning more about you and how to follow you along the line. So can you share where the listeners can keep up with you online?

Andrew Bernstein: 54:11 Yeah. Thanks Ray. First of all, it's been a blast talking to you too, so thank you very much. I know it was a little hard to track down cause I was in the bubble there for seven weeks. I'm glad that we made it work. Yeah. But thank you for that. And the opportunity to talk to your audience cause you know, it's all starts somewhere. It started for me somewhere as our view somewhere. And I, I love talking to new people who have gotten the bug of photography. So hopefully, you know, we did some good today. So my photography can be found on Instagram primarily at ADB photo, inc. Also as a website, ADB photo, inc. My platform that kind of my other life I have is called legends of sport where I host a podcast. I just actually released my 100th podcasts, which is amazing.

Andrew Bernstein: 54:59 So that's legends of sport on, at legends of sport on Instagram. And the podcast can be found on Apple, Spotify, we're distributed and partnered with the LA times. So it'd be in the LA area. You can also find us on the LA times app. They have a podcast tab on the app as well as their online platform, but Apple, Spotify, primarily. And YouTube, we're releasing all of our podcasts and video on YouTube as well. So it's called legends of sport on YouTube. So, you know, we love getting new followers. We love getting people's opinions. We have a blog called legends of sport.blog, where you can interact with our blog and we're going to have a new website soon. So stay tuned for that. And we'll, we'll announce that on our social media, which is legends of sport on Instagram.

Raymond Hatfield: 55:52 Perfect. Of course, I'm going to link to all those things in the show notes, but Andy, thank you again so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did.

Andrew Bernstein: 55:59 Raymond, it's been a blast and I love somebody like you who keeps the fire burning in the photography community and anything I can do in the future, you'll let me know and you know, stay well. Okay. And everybody out there stay well, wear your mask. We'll get through this together.

BPP 225: Alexis Meschi - Build Your Personal Brand

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Alexis Meschi is a personal branding photographer who works with women business owners to create personalized branding assets to grow their businesses.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Alexis accidentally fell into photography and when she knew it was going to play an important roll in her life

  • What Alexis struggled with most when starting out

  • The difference between marketing and branding photography

  • The job description of a branding photographer

  • What you need to capture to start building your personal brand

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • The most common objections from someone looking to hire a branding photographer

  • How to use branding assets and turn them into bookings

  • The secrets behind Alexis’ top social media posts with the most engagement

Resources:

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You kind of accidentally fell into photography when you needed images of clothes that you were making and that you were selling. I want to know from the photography standpoint of it, when did you think to yourself, like, Oh my gosh, maybe photography is going to play a larger role in my life, then simply documenting the things that I'm making.

Alexis Meschi: 00:22 Gosh, it really wasn't a defining moment to be honest. And frankly, it was pretty recently up until a few years ago, I was still doing the photography stuff like family shoots or things when, when people needed it and I enjoyed it. And, but I really wasn't passionate about who I was serving as passionate about photography. I just wasn't passionate about, I mean, I love the families and all of that. It just wasn't career wise, a passion of mine. And it really wasn't until I started working with female entrepreneurs. Like they, I feel like that connection made me realize that this is something that I am passionate about because it was more people centered as opposed to just the product that I was giving them. And I realized like what's important for me is connection. So that's when I realized it honestly, probably like two years ago, maybe, maybe even in the last like 18 months that it was like, clicked, like everything came together. So I had the components. It was, it just really wasn't until very recently when, when the women that I worked with helped brewed my passion.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:33 Okay. So let's, let's step back even a step further, further back because as I said earlier, from listening to you on other podcasts, learning as much as I can about you that you started manufacturing clothes yourself as a, as a stay at home mom, correct? Yes. Okay. So then you got the camera to document or not to document, but to photograph your clothes as essentially marketing material. And then you mentioned there that in between there and where you're at today doing brand photography for female entrepreneurs, you're also shooting some families and stuff. So how did that come if you were, you know, busy creating clothes and creating this brand over here, when did you start thinking, Ooh, maybe photography can be a form of income over here with, with family.

Alexis Meschi: 02:22 So I had stopped doing the design work and because things were getting to a pinnacle where I had to eventually was looking into manufacturers and which was an amazing problem to have was that I couldn't move along and do the design and in smelling myself. But then I had this like revelation that I wanted to be a teacher. And so I went, so I stopped the design work, not because I did not love it because I wanted to be a teacher more than that. And so I stopped the design work, went back to school to do teaching, but I still had the kids at home with me. So I used my photography. I still loved the photography because it allowed me that creative expression, but also for me with editing as I'm sure photographers, it is very analytical as well. It's like creative and analytical, which is the way my brain works. And so during that time that I went back to school and then it started teaching was when I, I brought the photography with me and transitioned. I started doing yeah, families, people around me that needed their babies photographed. Like it was really a playground for me to use my photography skills that I did really enjoy. But figure out which line of passion I was most interested in.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:34 Oh, I like that figure out what line of that. That makes a lot of sense because it, well, I mean, obviously it's easier to look back and kind of see your journey than it is to look forward and figure out where it is that you're going. But during that time, was there anything in particular that you were, while you were still trying to learn the technicals of photography right. In your head, you can kind of figure out the creative, but while you're still trying to figure out the technical side of the photography, was there anything in particular that that you struggled with?

Alexis Meschi: 04:04 I think I struggled with finding my own style. I think that during that time as an emerging photographer, and I don't know if, you know, I'm assuming people listening to this as well, some clients have a really distinct view of what they want, but that isn't always aligned with you. And you're really trying to figure out who you are as a photographer and you're experimenting during those early phases. And I think that that was that's. That was the struggle for me. Not as, I don't know if that was a struggle, it was just a growing period for me, was figuring out who I wanted to be, what my style was, as opposed to just just hearing about what the people around me were doing. I think developing my own style was probably the biggest growth period during that time.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:58 So for those who are there right now, that's primarily the people who are listening to this podcast, those people who are feeling that exact same thing. How did you get over that? How did you find your style?

Alexis Meschi: 05:10 Oh, I think, well, I'm not going to answer this directly yet. I think that one of the biggest challenges now, which was not a challenge when I was starting out is that there are people, I mean, you can look around you at every which way. And it's so easy to get distracted with everybody else's style around you. Right. And it's like, you look here and like, Oh, but I liked that. And maybe I should go this way. And then you're comparing yourself with the person next to you. I mean, there's like a plethora of inspiration, but also distraction. And I think that one of the best things that we can do is sometimes, sometimes put our blinders on a little bit and to go with your intuition and your gut and your style and look what you find the most that feels truest to you.

Alexis Meschi: 06:04 And so for me, like a lot of that I learned was about making sure that whoever I was photographing, there was like a really deep connection. I'm going back to this idea of connection. Like, I didn't want anything that would take away from making sure whoever that was viewing the photograph felt connected to the subject, which has led me to where I am today. But I think just like thinking about it more, more than just style, more than just the way an image, the tones and the depth and the colors and the exposure and all of that, but like evoking the emotion and the image. And, and what does that, what does that transfer into you as the, how does that transfer to you as the photographer? So I think it's just playing and looking, but also not continually being distracted and swayed by people around you. It's a fine line. Isn't it really fine line.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:59 It is especially now with social media. Now I know that obviously I I've had social media basically since I got into this. But it was nowhere near, especially with Instagram, it was nowhere near, you know, what it is today and how much kind of businesses rely on Instagram to look at these images and post their own images. And I know that I personally get distracted when I go on Instagram, right? Like you go to post something and then you're like, Ooh, but look what this person did. And then you get excited about that stuff. So do you have any tips for anybody like me, who, who, you know, gets on and very easily just wants to continue to straw and then 45 minutes later, you realize that you haven't even posted the image that you went on there to to post in the first place.

Alexis Meschi: 07:42 Okay. So yes, definitely. Number one, I think that planning your actual posting is totally essential. I don't think that people should post on the fly for a million different reasons. One of them is because most often when you go on, you get sideswiped and you've lost valuable time. Number two, you're not being intentional about your content in that way. Often if you're thinking about it, I do think that planning content either for your business quarterly, every couple of weeks, it helps you keep in mind and future goals. And it helps you work towards posting and creating, working with your audience to connect working towards those goals. So number one, I think planning is really important. So, and then also I think being so intentional, like when you're deciding to pick up your phone to use social media, what are you using it for? Are you going on to support other people? Are you going on to engage with your audience? Are you going on to get inspiration? Like before you pick up your phone, take five seconds and set an intention for yourself. What am I doing right now? And stick to that because it is so easy to get distracted, but then you get down the rabbit hole of oftentimes not feeling great about yourself and your own work. So I think intentionality is really important for sure. I love

Raymond Hatfield: 08:56 That. Thank you so much for, for sharing. And now obviously we have a, I think just last week or something Instagram announced that now you can natively schedule things on Instagram from your computer, which is, which is definitely going to help for those of us who, who have, who have that problem for sure. When it comes to, you know, you talked a lot there about being, you know, planning and being intentional with your photos in the beginning when you're first getting out there and you're still trying to figure out what it is that you shoot and how you shoot and all that stuff. How intentional should you, how intentional can you be at that point? Is there any tips that you have to kind of move people to being more intentional when they're still trying to figure out who it is that they are?

Alexis Meschi: 09:43 Are you talking about intentional on social media or, yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:46 So, so, you know, you talk there about, you know, possibly planning out an entire quarter's worth of content. And to me, somebody who, I mean, I have enough images to do that. That still is a daunting task. So to somebody who's brand new, I can only imagine that that feels overwhelming when you don't even know exactly who you are in the first place.

Alexis Meschi: 10:08 So yeah, that is really challenging. And I know that, and I think it's really hard for photographers because we have the con, we have the images don't necessarily have the images, but I think that that's the difference with social media for photographers is we oftentimes want to post a beautiful images, but I think that it's pretty flat because most other photographers are doing that. So in regards to standing out in a world of photographers, it's never going to happen in that way. Like harshly stated your beautiful images are getting thrown into a pool of other beautiful images. And they're getting thrown into a pool of other people who aren't even photographers that are taking beautiful images on their iPhone and stuff. So really it's about content. It's not about the images. And I think that I like to break content down with my clients into three basic categories, who you are, what you do, how you do it.

Alexis Meschi: 11:11 And this is where we get into branding, right? Like your content. Ultimately, if you're even thinking on like a very baseline, especially for beginning photographers, you kind of want to go through those categories, like who you are. You need to show people who you are. And I don't just mean your picture, but your content should, should, should just bleed your brand voice. I mean, it should be out and seep out in everything that you say and do, you should show people, obviously what it is that you do, and you should show people how you do that. What are the experiences you offer? Like what are some show before and afters, editing, testimonials, those types of things. So on a baseline content really flow through those through three things and be audience focused. Like you should focus on serving your audience, not just showing the picture, like showing a picture, doesn't serve them in any way. It doesn't build connection. Does that help?

Raymond Hatfield: 12:10 Yeah, that does help. I think that's, that's very I don't want to say discouraging to a lot of new photographers, but I know that when I first started, it was like, well, I can take the picture. Like, you know, what else does there need to be? And now as more and more people are able to take great pictures, we still need a way to differentiate ourselves from everybody else. And I mean, as you said, I, my last week my mom flew in from Arizona and we went down to Gatlinburg with the family and just rented a cabin and to spend some family time together. And she took a photo that I remember thinking like, Oh, wow, this is a great photo. And she took it with, you know, an iPhone seven or whatever it is. And the fact that she was able to do that with no knowledge of technology means that other people also know how to do that.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:55 So I think that sharing that kind of image versus content idea right there is going to be super helpful to a lot of people and trying to figure out what it is that they should be posting and how to, how to stand out. But right before we move forward with more of that, and kind of that theory of, of, of the whole business side of things right there, I, I want to kind of slow down and talk a little bit more about the photography side of things. Because I know that you went from essentially it's marketing material when you're taking photos of the garments that you were creating and then where you're at today with branding. Now, if I, if I were to say those two words to, you know, 99% of the people, they would think that the two images are probably the exact same thing. So how does a marketing image or an image made from marketing and an image made for branding diff how are they different from each other?

Alexis Meschi: 13:45 Yeah. So an image for marketing is really to like sell a specific product, right. Or sell a service, or sometimes like an idea and a branding image is about building connection. How many times I'm going to say that word, but it truly is what it is. It's about this. It's about experiencing the person behind the image. So people have an understanding of who they are, not just what they do. So I don't care what industry you're in as an entrepreneur. You should be branding yourself because people crave connection. I mean, that's what social media is. And, Oh my gosh, like in a pandemic world now, like we are going to come out even more so craving connection. And whether we're getting that one-on-one in person or digitally and virtually connection is something that everybody wants. And that's why it's so important to brand yourself to build that connection with your audience. And that's what a branding image does. Yes.

Raymond Hatfield: 14:54 Yes. So from, from a photographer standpoint, say if somebody is listening, I mean, to me, that makes, that makes perfect sense, but I like to sometimes I like to just break things down as if I was five years old, because I'll tell you I'm not the smartest part. That's why I started a podcast so that I could talk to people smarter than myself. Right. so if you, if there was a job description for a, you know, branding photographer, what would that job description?

Alexis Meschi: 15:23 Okay. So for I think a successful brand photographer needs to fully understand their client's business and brand. So just essentially, I don't just show up and take pictures of entrepreneurs that have businesses. I spend hours working with them before to outline elements of their business. So I understand what they're trying to create with their consumer audience. So I need, as the photographer, I need to understand the backend of their business. I need to understand who they are. We talk about EV truly like anything in regards to their business, their brand tone, how they're using the images. So at a brand photographer needs to understand their client's brand. And sometimes they need help building that brand and representing themselves. Then with that information, then you have the type of understanding to create images that represent their brand. So I need to understand their brand and then know how to visually represent it. So it's usable and successful for their needs.

Raymond Hatfield: 16:33 So obviously that's, that's a huge difference between photographing a shirt or a blouse or something like that, where multiple people could be buying the exact same thing. But the garment is still the same. So no two branding sessions for you are like, is that right?

Alexis Meschi: 16:51 Never, I don't ever, I don't, I don't actually photograph I don't photograph anybody. I actually stopped doing any just straight photography sessions because I find that for me, I can't represent somebody well, so I have to do my whole, I have a method. We have the cold consultation, we do everything beforehand. I have to invest in that way or else I can't visually help people create visual assets that really represent their business. So no, everyone is completely different.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:23 So let's say somebody right now, as I was saying earlier when it comes to branding and marketing, they, some, a lot of people see them as interchangeable terms, which obviously we know they are not. But to those new photographers who are listening and they're thinking, okay, marketing branding, these are very businessy terms. But in a study that I did of the audience, more than half of the listeners have no intentions of going into business for themselves, starting any sort of business for them, for those listening right now, how important is it for, for them to do, to essentially continue listening to this interview? How important is branding for them and where should they start?

Alexis Meschi: 18:05 Yeah. So branding for you as a photographer is essential for your growth. Because like I said before, you're putting content out there into a pool that is over saturated. And I, if I'm a consumer and let's say you're a wedding photographer, and I am going on Instagram to look at 10 different wedding photographers in my area, let's just say five. I can assure you, I will spend the next 15 minutes doing that. After that 15 minutes, I will not at all. Remember whose images are who? And you've lost me as a consumer. I'm not hiring you because I cannot tell one wedding photo from the next, let's say, let's just say I gleaned down to the 10 to the top three to five. Okay. And then, then maybe I'm going to think about costs and then even to think about all those things, but if you've made a point to stand out to me and I feel connected to something about you, whether that's an email about, or a detail about your personal life or your process, or if it's a specific testimonial, or I found out that we both grew up on a farm or that you're Italian too, or that you've come from like a big family, guess what?

Alexis Meschi: 19:19 That's going to ring in my brain over any image that I saw. So if you want to be a successful photographer, no doubt. You have to pursue branding yourself if you want to grow and be successful. So I think it's absolutely essential if you want to thrive.

Raymond Hatfield: 19:39 Yeah, absolutely. Essentially, if you want to thrive, that is yeah, that's something that I mean, I kind of got stumbled there. I had like nine different thoughts going in different directions, but I like it. I like it. It's something that, you know, is kind of scary to a lot of photographers, but the way that you kind of broke it down there, I don't think it makes it as scary anymore. So I appreciate you sharing that for sure.

Alexis Meschi: 20:05 I think it's and let me just say, like, I hear, I hear you photographers. I think it's scariest for us because we're behind the camera all the time. So the thought of being in front of the camera is something that is totally terrifying, especially as a photographer, because, you know, let's just throw in all of our normal, like human nature, insecurities on getting our picture taken that we have to work through with all of our clients, but then all of a sudden, like your in front of the camera, it, it oftentimes just doesn't feel right. But I have to say again, it's like absolutely essential to be successful. Put yourself in that spot if you want to stand out amongst all your competition, which is plenty.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:54 Yeah. That's an understatement. So let's say let's use the example of a wedding photographer. All right. Many established wedding photographers may have the resources to go out and hire a you know, a branding photographer to get all these images that we're talking about here today. But maybe some of the new photographers who are just getting started in their, you know, business journey here, they don't have the same resources and they just simply have to make, do with what they got. So with where they're at right now, what branding material should they be focused on?

Speaker 3: 21:31 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:54 Oh my goodness. First of all, thank you so much for sharing. You know, not only going in depth there about what it is that you do share on social media, but obviously what some of your highest engaged posts star. And it's crazy to think that almost nobody's doing that, like nobody wants to post those things. So sharing that is definitely something that I'm going to be looking into and hopefully the the listeners will as well. So again, thank you so much for sharing that. So taking a step back and thinking more of the photography side of things, again, let's say you today have convinced somebody they're like, you know what, this sounds great. I definitely want to try out branding photography. I want to get into this myself obviously currently because of, you know, restrictions as far as being with others and, and trying to start new ventures right now, maybe has a lot of people wanting to slow down on that front. Is there anything that we could be doing around the home that we can use to practice our branding photography so that when the time comes, we can get out there and now we're ready for, for paid work.

Alexis Meschi: 22:59 Yeah. So if you're interested in brand photography, I think that one of the, and I'm going to say specifically personal brand photography. So we're making sure for beginner clients or for beginner photographers, we're not talking about marketing photography, right? So for personal brand photography, I think one of the things that you need to develop first is an understanding of how someone's personal brand works. What is the personal brand do? So this is before photography work, but I think it's totally essential is making sure you have a good understanding of what a personal brand is and what to include, even though you're going to include different things in a personal brand. So possibly working on developing a framework of different questions that you could ask a client before you have a photography brand session, how can you get to know them? What kind of rapport can you build about them?

Alexis Meschi: 23:52 What do you need to know about their business? What might you want them to bring to a photo shoot? So really thinking about an onboarding, the onboarding and the pre brand planning is totally essential to brand photography before. So you don't just show up and expect them to have it figured out brand photography really is about serving them and not just offering them the product of photography. So that would be my first step for you is, think about what you would want to know about your client beforehand and how to build that connection. And then in regards to photography itself, even before we get into the actual photographs, like doing some research, like, what are some of the strongest, like brand photography images out there, what kind of props do they involve? How did they create connection? What about their composition? Thinking a little bit about those things, and then in regards to photography itself, if you don't have like a subject to, to practice with or do those types of things, what do you want to include in the photographs?

Alexis Meschi: 25:00 So what kind of different settings holistically represent a brand, a brand photo shoot should be a whole representation of the brand. So those are different, different locations in places, different props, different outfit changes, those types of things. So you could kind of outline some of those components, like even though those are going to be really different for every client, what are some different settings that you could build? Could you build a portfolio of different places? So again, you can have a whole representation of someone's business. So maybe those are a few things to do on the back end. In addition to just practicing, continuing to practice your photography skills with people around you.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:39 Oh, that was so great right there. So many new photographers just stay at the park or whatever to take, to take photos. You know, it sounds like just venturing out maybe downtown or going, you know, maybe doing something in, in house and using the park, just having that that different experience in those different locations really would be super helpful.

Alexis Meschi: 25:59 Yeah. And you know, I'm sure that in case this is a great tip. If you're driving around, you can do some location searches, take a picture. And then, you know, if you have an iPhone, you can use your phone to pin the spot and you can create different folders in your iPhone of like beach settings, nature settings, commercial settings coffee shops, you can create different folders. So that way, when your client cause, you know, especially for a branding client who should hopefully, and hopefully you'll guide them to shoot at a bunch of different locations, you need a portfolio of different places you want to give them. I like to think of as a bank of content, it's a savings account of like all this different kind of type of content for them to draw upon. So you really want to create that kind of diversity them. So using your phone to store different ideas. So you're able to often offer them the best type of service is a great thing that you can be doing right now.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:54 You know, oftentimes I get asked from photographers, how do you find, you know, new locations to go shoot in? And I think that that is it right there. You just kind of have to go out and find a spot. And if you like it, save it to your phone. That is such a great tip. Such a great tip. Well, Alexis, I know that we are coming to the end of our time here. I wanted to obviously give you a chance to share where listeners can find you online. Keep up with you, learn more about who you are and what it is that you do.

Alexis Meschi: 27:23 Yeah. So Instagram, I'm very active on Instagram and you can find me at Alexis Mesquite underscore photography. My website's pretty extensive with all my different services classes that I offer. I have a blog there where I share just some deeper things in regards to growing your own personal brand and some of the, the personal effort and work that comes in there. But those are the two places that I'm most active. And I do have a course launching November 10th on how to build your personal brand. It's a self-paced course that strategically walks you through six different components of building your own personal brand. So that's going to be live for a week in November to purchase for that time. And then in the next six months, I'm also going to be offering some things specifically working with photographers, building their personal brand. So I'm really excited about that too.

Raymond Hatfield: 28:18 Oh my gosh. That sounds, that sounds wonderful. And who who better to, to learn from. So thank you. I'm excited. I'm going to post links to all of those things in the show notes so that if anybody's driving right now or they're at the gym, just really putting a lot of work they can go ahead and check out the show notes. They don't have to write it down. So again, Alexis, I got to say, thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did. And I'm excited to keep up with you in the future and see where this goes.

Alexis Meschi: 28:42 Thank you so much for having me. And it was a great time being here with you.

BPP 224: Heather Lahtinen - Overwhelm When Getting Started in Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Heather Lahtinen is a wedding photographer and educator at the Flourish Academy. Today we talk about how to deal with overwhelm when getting started in photography and the simple mindset tips you can use to feel more motivated today!

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Heather accidentally got into photography

  • What Heather struggled with when learning to use her camera

  • The one mindset switch that will remove the overwhelm around learning photography

  • Dealing with imposter syndrome and how to stand out

  • The difference between comparison and inspiration

  • A mistake Heather made early one that set herself up better or success

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to break past the $100 per session mindset

  • How to NOT lose all your clients when you raise your pricing

  • How to find and define your target client and how to get in front of them

Resources:

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 I was talking as I was having a conversation with a listener the other day, who was talking about how bad she wanted to go full time. And she was telling me how much you loved photography. And she wanted to be able to make an income at home while still raising her kids. Right. Right. So I asked her, well, what, what is it that you need to be able to get there? And she said, well, I need a real camera because currently she's learning and enjoying photography, just, just with her cell phone, which is great, but it's not very uncommon. Is it for us to kind of see the future and want the end result when you first got started? Were you blissfully unaware of the idea of how hard it was to be a photographer?

Heather Lahtinen: 00:42 That's a great question. Raymond, I'm actually an accidental wedding photographer. So I don't know if this has ever happened to you, but have you ever showed up at a wedding? And you're like, Hey, congratulations. This is so fun. Who's your photographer? And they say, Oh, we were hoping you would take photos.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:58 No, that's never happened.

Heather Lahtinen: 00:59 Okay. It happened to me. It happened to me. I went to my cousin's wedding. My daughter was about a year old. And so I had a baby and I said, Hey, who's your photographer. And they, they asked me to take photos of their wedding, the day of the wedding, the wedding. Wow. So talk about blissfully unaware. I didn't have a clue. I said, well, that information would have been useful yesterday. I would have maybe charged another battery. Raymond. I had a Canon Powershot G three point and shoot camera, and I didn't know how to use it. So I was just known in the family as the person who took like all of the snapshot type photos. So it was a low key outdoor wedding and I took photos for them and I had a lot of fun and I put them on, you know, back in the day I put them on a disc and I gave them to them and they loved them.

Heather Lahtinen: 01:44 And I had a lot of fun, but they were just snapshots. I mean, let me give you an example. I photographed the entire bridal party at F 2.8, which meant that the bride and groom were in focus and nobody else was, but I didn't know any better. And listen, the truth is they got what they paid for. I was free. Okay. So I did the best I could, but I had a lot of fun with that. I didn't even know about DSLRs per se. I knew there were better cameras. I knew I didn't have the best camera, but I knew I was having fun. I went to, I was working a corporate job at that time. And I went back to work that Monday and I was telling a friend, look, I photograph for my cousin's wedding. Look at these photos. They're fun. Right. I knew they weren't great.

Heather Lahtinen: 02:25 They were snapshots. She said, what are you doing on June 13th? And this was like, like three weeks ahead. And I said, Oh, I don't know why. And she said, well, I'm getting married and I don't have a photographer. Could you take some photos at our wedding? And I said, I said, you're hilarious. I have no clue what I'm doing. Are you okay if I ruin your wedding? And she said, well, we weren't going to hire a photographer. Oh, okay. So my photos would be better than none. So I agreed to do it. He even bought a little tiny flash because that, that power shot actually had a hot, so I was able to buy a flash and I photographed that wedding. And again, these were just snapshot images. I knew I needed better gear, but I didn't, I didn't know what any of that.

Heather Lahtinen: 03:10 Again, I was working a corporate job and I had no aspirations at that point to be a, any type of photographer, let alone a wedding photographer or an entrepreneur. I was quite happily working in a corporate job. So it was just a strange thing, how it came to be. And then somebody else saw those photos and asked me to photograph their wedding. And so that next year I photographed three, three weddings, like wow, friends and family just really, really low key. At this point, I did buy a new camera. I bought a Canon 10 D with a kit lens, which was like their low level, you know, entry-level, I should say camera. And the next year I shot 30 weddings. I went from three to 30. Yeah. On a Canon and with very, very little knowledge.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:01 So let's go ahead and go down that trail right now, which is you had some sort of experience you had experienced to a degree, right. To be kind of known as the family snapshot photographer. Right. But that doesn't mean that you're qualified. I'd say, you know, be the pro that you would consider yourself today. So where did the education come from for you? Like where did you learn the technicals of photography to start getting better?

Heather Lahtinen: 04:30 Yeah, that's a great question because this was 17 years ago. So it wasn't like there were courses on the internet, you know, you would have to buy books or maybe go to a workshop. But for me it was just trial by fire. I just practiced. I just shot like crazy. The best thing you can do is shoot as much as you can, Raymond, I knew the photos were terrible. I was not delusional. Right. I knew that they, they didn't look good, but I also knew that in order to get better, I had to be willing to look bad. In other words, you have to be willing to suck and produce bad work so that you can get to the point where you learn and you produce good work. That's the only way to learn is by taking action. So I just shot like crazy.

Heather Lahtinen: 05:12 I shot weddings. I shot friends. I shot families. I shot babies. Anything. Anybody would let me photograph. I photograph just for the practice and that's, and then over time, you know, you start to learn like never forget. The first time aperture really clicked for me that I understood that if I changed my aperture, I could make my background blurry. I didn't know that. I didn't know how people got their backgrounds blurry. I didn't understand that it was their lens and their aperture. And because I had a kit lens, I actually wasn't able to reproduce that when I learned it, I bought the Canon 50 1.2 lens.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:51 Oh, wow. You just went all the way

Heather Lahtinen: 05:53 I went all in. I did. And it was, it was magic. I remember I put an, a priority. I set it to one, two, but again, I still wasn't quite sure what I was doing. I took a photo in the background was blurry and I mean, I could have, I would have died happy. Right. Then I was so excited that I finally figured out how to make a background blurry. And then it's obviously mastering your craft. And you know, the key is, it just takes time and you have to just photograph and you, and you have to understand what you love and what you don't love. So I learned very quickly that I wasn't really cut out for families, but I loved weddings. So I put all of my effort into learning wedding photography. I took a few workshops that I found, like you had to physically fly to a workshop to watch a well known photographer, shoot a wedding, or learn from them. I did several of those and shot a lot of weddings 30 a year for several years before I got to a point where I felt really confident in my work,

Raymond Hatfield: 06:54 That is, that's an impressive growth. I don't think that many people are going to you know, discount that at all. Because obviously, I mean, the, the journey that you had to go on there just to be able to get to where you are is it's something that I would say, I don't want to say that it's uncommon because I feel like everybody kind of starts off in a way of like, Oh, well we have a family or a friend whose wedding I'm going to shoot. And then that's where it's going to go. But what was really interesting is that you took that newfound excitement that new found joy or passion, and then you really, really went in like all in on it. Why do you think that photography was so specialty? What do you think it was about photography that really made your heart sing? I guess for lack of a better term,

Heather Lahtinen: 07:45 I don't know that it was even photography per se. I just love people. I love connecting with people in photography, happens to be my vehicle, to do that and to be able to produce a photo that, that makes someone cry or brings that type of emotion. I found to be very, very rewarding, very affirming and fulfilling, like my cousin's wedding. I gave them the snapshots. I printed a few out. I even figured out how to do some in black and white with the flowers and color. I don't want to brag, but I figured it out. And they, they were overcome with gratitude for those photos. And I thought, I think I got hooked on that feeling, you know, that people, that people could connect with their images in such a way that's like forever. Like the impact was, was so much bigger than just me in photography.

Heather Lahtinen: 08:39 And I had also lost my brother tragically at a very young age and I just thought everybody should have photos of their family, you know, and everybody should have nice photos. And you know, when someone passes, the first thing you do is you look for the photos. And so that was kind of in the back of my mind. I wouldn't say what drove me, but it was kind of in the back of my mind to make sure to get photos of the grandparents at a wedding and the family connections. And, and they loved that. And it didn't matter that they were not technically perfect. They didn't actually care. And I think to this day, they don't even notice my cousin in particular. I actually interviewed her recently on one of my episodes and I was like, Hey, how are you feeling about those wedding photos now that it has been 17 years?

Heather Lahtinen: 09:26 I said, it's okay. That was vintage Heather it's okay. You know, I get it. And she said, Heather, we love our photos. And we're so grateful. And I thought, wow, that was on a point and shoot camera. And she, so it wasn't, it wasn't the camera. And it wasn't the quality of the photos. Those things are important down the road. For sure. I don't want to say that they're not, but what was more important to me was the connection with people. And I often look back at that scenario and I think what, what if I would have said no leak? What if they would've said, can you take photos at our wedding the day of, and I said, Oh, no, I'm not ready. What would, where would I be still in corporate? Oh, I mean, I shot her to think, I just wonder if there are people out there that are seeing no to opportunities because they're not ready for them, but it's exactly what they need to do in order to get ready.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:18 Yeah. Yeah. Because who determines whether or not they're actually ready for that opportunity. It's, it's themselves, it's themselves. And that's kind of one of the things that I really want to talk about today, which is just that, I mean, as you mentioned, there, there is, there's, there's a lot of overwhelm that you can face when just getting started in photography specifically. I mean, obviously we know that there's, there's the learning aspect. We have to learn how to use these cameras. And then you're going to get to a point to where your gear is holding you back. So then you need to get overwhelmed by the amount of gear, you know, that there is and all the possibilities there. Do you think that it's even possible to, to not be overwhelmed in photography at some point?

Heather Lahtinen: 11:00 Wow. Very good question. Because I think a lot of photographers are overwhelmed and I have a slightly different approach to this. I believe overwhelm is a choice. You are choosing to be overwhelmed so that it gives you an excuse or an out for not pursuing it, because if it were easy, then you wouldn't have an excuse and you'd have to do it. I like to flip everything on the opposite. So when people say it's overwhelming, it's confusing. Business's hard. I say, well, what if it were easy? And what if we just had to do one thing? What could we do today or this week in order to move forward with our photography, instead of looking at this huge picture, of course, it's going to be overwhelming, but it's overwhelming because it's unknown. And there are people out there that actually know people like yourself that provide these resources that actually know how to make this work and provide roadmaps.

Heather Lahtinen: 11:53 So you don't have to feel overwhelmed because you have Raymond, you can just go find your, I went through your episode with your roadmap. And I thought that's brilliant. Every photographer should have access to your approach on that roadmap because you just laid it out for them. And, and actually that was like a mini course in photography. That episode was really good and you went through everything and so, okay, I get it. If you don't know it, it could feel overwhelming. But what if you can just tell yourself a different story? What if you could switch it and say, actually, I'm really excited about this. Maybe instead of overwhelming, could we call it an adventure? And we're just learning. And yeah, it's a bunch of things I've never done before, but I'm excited to learn. And I believe in myself when I can, I know that I can figure it out.

Heather Lahtinen: 12:38 So just the language we choose is super important here. I actually side note, when I was mentoring photographers for years, I got a certification to become a life breakthrough life coach, because I noticed that people were holding themselves back in all kinds of strange ways from pursuing their passion for photography or business. And I wanted to figure out how I could help them. And one thing I learned was that the way people talk to themselves about what's possible for them can determine their success or where they struggle. And if you use words like this is so overwhelming, I feel stuck. I don't know how to get there. Then you're going to feel those things. It becomes a self fulfilling prophecy. So if you could just change your language around it today and say, okay Heather says, I can figure this out. Raymond has the resources I can, I can make this happen. There's a lot to learn. Sure. But it's an adventure.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:33 Oh my goodness. I think a lot of people right now, we're just going to turn off this episode because they got everything that they could possibly have a lot of work to do after that. And reframing just how they see this adventure. Like you said, that is photography. So thank you so much for sharing that that really is a unique perspective that can really help out others. But let's, let's, let's be a little bit more practical here and talk about, let's go back to your experience. And when you, maybe not, when you first started weddings, but I want to know about the time when you first decided to yourself, you know what, I'm going to take photography seriously, to the point to where one day I'm going to leave my job. What was that like for you?

Heather Lahtinen: 14:18 Okay. So I had my daughter was a year. I was working a corporate job in engineering. I liked my job. I was doing well, was climbing the corporate ladder. And I really didn't have any reason to leave, but I did love photography. And when I went from three weddings to 30 weddings, something had to give yeah, right. Either I was going to sort of slow down with photography and refocus on my corporate job, or I was going to leave corporate and do photography. And I got to tell you, there was a moment and it was very brief where I thought I'm just going to back off on photography and just, you know, corporate is safe and I know where I'm headed and not in last very long because I'm, I'm actually, I'm very adventurous and I'm an overachiever. So I was like, no, I'm just going to, I'm going to go for it.

Heather Lahtinen: 15:02 I can be home with her. I could have a more flexible schedule. So I said to my husband, I said, Hey, look here. I said, what if I, I left my corporate job to pursue photography. And now, listen, we might be poor for a little bit because I was making good money. That's okay. Cause I'll figure it out now, you know, would you be okay with that? My husband is incredibly supportive. He said, of course, whatever you need to do. So I left thinking, okay, I'm leaving the salary behind. What am I going to do? This is very scary. This is very unknown. We didn't have the interwebs like we do now, how am I going to learn this? And I just started shooting. I just shoot, ask for money, allow people to pay you. And listen, if somebody says to you, like maybe you're photographing for your friends or your family.

Heather Lahtinen: 15:48 And they say, can I pay you for this? And you say, no, let people give you money. So I started just looking, letting people give me money. And before I, I knew it had enough money to buy nicer gear. My first big purchase was the 70 to 200 Canon lens. I was so proud of that lens. And then I started making money and a little bit more. And I went to 30 weddings and I raised my prices a little bit. And before long I had like blown my corporate salary out of the water. Wow. And that's because there's one thing I didn't take into account. There's one thing I didn't realize was that by leaving that job, it opened up space. You have to let go to let in. And when I left that job, I opened up the space where I could, I spend some time learning photography and you know, learning how to edit.

Heather Lahtinen: 16:37 I used capture one before Lightroom was announced and I'll never forget it. Like it was announced in 2006, it was life changing. Prior to that capture one, I was learning Photoshop, learning all of these things about business had no clue. And trust me if I can do it, anybody could do. I didn't have any experience with this at all. I was just learning as I went. I just didn't see any downside to trying so hard. I just did. Even if I made mistakes, I thought, well, there, I mean, what's the worst that can happen or just learn again. Or I edit again and whatever, and I just kept pressing forward. And then I got really serious. Like, no, I, I like this. I like the challenge. I'm going to grow this business. And I'm just going to knock it out of the park. And I set my sights really high, really high in terms of, I want to be this high end wedding photographer in my area.

Heather Lahtinen: 17:26 I want to be known for this. I'm just going to make it happen. And I did it in a very short period of time. And I think the key is actually, you know what? It goes back to something. You said you signed this, it was episode two 14 on your photography roadmap. You, you were I'm paraphrasing, but you said like you have to have a destination in mind. Like where would you like to go? You can't just say, I'm going to, you know, jump on the interstate. Cause I'm going to go on vacation. And I'm just going to drive to like, get somewhere. You have to put a pin on the map. You have to set a destination and ask yourself, like, what is it specifically you would like to achieve? Maybe you are a hobbyist who just doesn't want to pay for their own gear.

Heather Lahtinen: 18:10 Wouldn't it be amazing if you wanted a 70 to 200 or new camera body or looking at these mirrorless. And you're like, Oh, I want to try that out, but I don't want to pay for it. How can you get someone else to pay for? I can help you with that. And by the way, you can do it legally. You can legally have what the IRS designates as a hobby business, please seek advice from an attorney. You want to count not one, that's my disclaimer, but you can do that. But the point is you have to decide what your goal is, what are you aiming for? And so I was aiming for a full time, legitimate photography business. And I just wasn't going to rest until I, I figured it out and I wanted to figure it out like everyone else quickly, because I didn't, I didn't want to make mistakes. I wanted to make money, but I also, wasn't afraid to trip up. I wasn't afraid to make mistakes, so I just kept plowing forward. And and I made things happen pretty quickly.

Raymond Hatfield: 19:06 So there's that fly again? It's coming back. It's trying to move the blinds. So I'm sure that there's somebody listening right now. Who's thinking to themselves like, alright Heather, like, this sounds cool, but I have a four year degree. And who am I to claim to, to set my sights on being a high end wedding photographer. I haven't even gotten to school for any of this. What would you say to them?

Heather Lahtinen: 19:31 Ooh. So that sounds a lot like imposter syndrome to me. Right? And the symptoms of imposter syndrome or just what you said, the, who am I, or what are people going to think? Or maybe you have a lack of confidence or you just feel inadequate because you're comparing yourself to everyone else. And you're just, you have this fear of like, I don't know what I'm doing. What am I going to do? Okay. I just want you to whatever you're thinking in those regards ask yourself, is this thought serving me? Does it make me feel good? Does it feel good to think to yourself who am I? No, it doesn't feel good. Which means it's not the truth because the truth will make you feel good. And a lie will make you feel badly. So who are you not to do it? Why, why couldn't you do it?

Heather Lahtinen: 20:13 I mean, the definition of imposter syndrome is people who have this internalized fear of being outed as a fraud. So that's the definition. So my question to those people is are you, are you really trying to steal money from people? Because the definition of fraud is to, you know, deceive someone into paying you for something you don't know how to do. I mean, are you, are you truly stealing from people? No. No, of course. You're not a fraud and you're not. Listen. The only time you have to worry about imposter syndrome is if you're, you're a neurosurgeon, okay? If you're a neurosurgeon and you're going into surgery and you haven't studied yet, you have some issues. Yeah. Guys, relax. We're talking about photography here. Not curing cancer. There are no photography police that are going to come after you and say, you know what?

Heather Lahtinen: 21:04 You're an imposter. You don't know what you're doing. Keep up your camera. Yeah. Yeah. Turn it over. Turn it over because you're going to photographer jail. I mean, it just doesn't happen. So what does that even mean? So the funny thing is, and I'm not downplaying this. These thoughts are very real and they're very serious. The problem is when they're just in your head and you don't vocalize them or talk them through, they will absolutely hold you back. But you and I having this conversation or like, I work directly with a lot of photographers, well, group coaching as well as one-on-one. And when I have them talk this out, like, Oh, are you trying to steal from people? No, of course not. Okay. Then you're fine. You're offering a service. You bought a camera, you offer service people. You're not forcing people to hire you.

Heather Lahtinen: 21:50 People make a decision to hire you. If they want to hire you and pay you, please let them. It's just a service that you're offering. Allow them to pay you. You take their photo. What is, what is inherently negative or wrong about that? Oh, nothing. So you can do it. You can, you could put a post out today and say, Hey, I'm looking for some families. I'd like to practice, take some photos. Actually I teach at our local college and every semester I say, Hey, how many people in here are photographers? Raymond? No one raises their hand. Zero people. Yeah. And then I say, how many, how many of you guys have cameras? Well, they all raise their hand because they're taking a photography class. And I say, okay, cause last time I checked. If you photograph and you are a person and you add an ER to the end of it, that makes you a photographer and they'll laugh.

Heather Lahtinen: 22:39 And I'll say, how many people are photographers. I'll get them to raise their hands, you know, but they're kind of nervous about it. And they say, but Heather, I'm not a real photographer. Oh, you're fake you. Don't what, how so? Yeah, exactly. What does that mean? And, and then they get a good laugh out of it. And you start to see that these things that you fear are actually quite silly when they come to light, when they're in the dark, which is your mind. And they're just bouncing around. They're very real. And they're very scary. But when you talk about them, you're like, no, I'm just taking photos. And Heather told me to relax and I can take photos and it's fun.

Raymond Hatfield: 23:14 You'll be fine. Yeah. This reminds me of a conversation that I had a long time ago with somebody who they were, they were also talking about, you know, everything that they have to worry about when going full time in their photography. Right. Like I don't even know what to do about taxes, you know? W w w what if it changes my tax bracket? And I was like, you're so worried right now about being so successful in the future that you're not even willing to take action today to grow, you know, to potentially get there. You know, like if you get into a new tax bracket, cool. Like you're making a lot more money, more money. Yeah, exactly, exactly. Right. And I think that what you said right there kind of reminds me a lot about that. It's that, like, you really just have to take action, you know, and you can't just, Oh, your overwhelm yourself with all of the possibilities and you know, or what are the other established photographers in my area going to think if I come up, because who cares? Who cares?

Heather Lahtinen: 24:15 Well, they think, you know what? They don't pay my mortgage.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:18 Yeah, yeah, yeah, absolutely.

Heather Lahtinen: 24:19 Why am I, why do I, why would you worry about what people are going to think? Because if they, if they like you, they don't like you, that's none of your business anyway, you can't control what people think, but why would you not focus on the people that love you? Why would you not focus on the people that want to hire you that want to, that want your services and that want to pay you, rather than maybe the couple of people who are rolling their eyes or saying, who does she think she is? And the truth is no one is thinking about you as much as you're thinking about yourself. And what are the chances that someone else is thinking your thoughts about you zero, because they're only thinking of themselves. So there's no. And by the way, side note, I read a book recently that I read a lot of books.

Heather Lahtinen: 25:06 I'm really into personal growth and development. But this one to me was life changing. It's called 90 seconds to a life that you love. And in that book, she says, it's actually not fear that your that's holding you back. So people label it as fear, but it's not. It is the potential possibility of what people might think. If you do something there's not fear because you will not get mauled by a bear. Like you're not going to die. There's no clear and present danger. So it's not fear. It's what if someone thinks I'm a fraud or an imposter? What if somebody, you know, makes fun of me or judges my photos. But, but it's not the fear of that. You're, you're afraid of the feeling that you might get. If somebody doesn't like your work. So that feeling might be embarrassment or shame. That's actually what you're avoiding. You're avoiding embarrassment. You're avoiding putting yourself out there because somebody might think something. But that, I mean, I think you'll agree. That's just no way to live your life.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:08 Yeah. You're, you're right. It's not any way to live your life in any sort of a meaningful capacity, I suppose. Which is one of the reasons why in the beginner photography podcast, Facebook group, like there's a zero rudeness tolerance policy, because as you, I mean, everybody's kind of at a different point in their journey. And I want people to fully understand that. And I want them to know that if they share a photo, well, that's where they're at in photography. And that there's really no reason why anybody should be able to criticize it in a way that is hurtful or anything like that, because we all need some sort of feedback. That's how we grow. That's why I started this podcast. That's why, you know, you went to these workshops to learn and grow from others. It's not necessarily about, you know, who can make the best photo today because we're all, we're all somewhere else. So yeah, 100. Yeah.

Heather Lahtinen: 27:03 Yeah. I like that, Raymond. And I'll tell you why. Actually I have this podcast episode where I have 10 tips to overcoming imposter syndrome. And one of those tips is to accept that you're a work in progress and get really comfortable and just accept where you are. You don't need to be always sad. I don't need to be the best wedding photographer. I just need to be better than I was last week. And as long as I'm getting better, I'm, I mean, there's a difference between comparison and inspiration. If you look at other people's work and it makes you feel badly about yourself, that's comparison, you need to stop. But if you look at somebody else's work and you think to yourself, Oh, I might be able to do that. And you go pick up your camera. That's inspiration. And I learned that from one of my early mentors. Who's Jerry [inaudible], he's like a world famous way.

Raymond Hatfield: 27:53 It's been on the podcast before. Yeah. Oh yeah. Yeah. He's fantastic. Yeah.

Heather Lahtinen: 27:57 Oh my gosh. So I met him at a workshop. I took in the early two thousands and Raymond as luck would have it. I happened to sit next to him at dinner that night. And he's so full of wisdom. And that's one of the things I learned from him was you don't have to be better than you were. You don't have to be the best. You just have to be better than you were last week, you know? And he also, he was such an inspiration to me when I would look at his work, I would think I would literally go grab, grab my camera and a couple. And I would say, I want to try this. And I would, you know, try it with my own sort of spin on it because he was so, so inspiring to me. But if you look at another photographer and it makes you feel poorly about yourself, then obviously you need to stop doing that.

Heather Lahtinen: 28:38 Look at it for inspiration and where you want to, where you would like to go. But I love that you've created the space for people. I think you and I are very much on the same wavelength with this because of the flourish Academy. We don't tolerate condescending talk or negativity wherever you're at. I don't care if you're taking photos with your iPhone. I respect where you're at in your journey. And I also respect wherever you want to go in your journey. Because again, some people, everybody has a different goal, right? I just, maybe I just want to make some money to buy gear. Maybe I want to be the best in the world. I don't know. But we support all different levels because much like you, we believe there's room for everyone.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:19 Absolutely. Absolutely. It all comes down to everybody just has a different, I, you know, I mean, I could spend my whole life watching every Jerry Yonas training, try to shoot everything just like him and I will never. And yet, you know, your photos are uniquely you, I don't look at your photos and think like, Oh, there's a, there's a Jerry photo right there. These are your photos. And it's just because we all have different experiences. So that's, it's just very cool to hear that from somebody else as well, and kind of validate that. Right. One thing I kinda want to ask here is that, you know, I can think of more photographers than I could probably count who are, who are talented, who are, who are honestly, I mean, just really, really talented photographers, but they feel stuck, right? They feel stuck at this imaginary hundred dollar price point for, you know, a photo session or something. And they're worried that if they increase the prices, they're going to lose clients. Or they're worried of once again, who am I to charge more? You know? But obviously they're struggling because they're only charging a hundred dollars, right? What would you suggest they need to do to break past that hundred dollar price point?

Heather Lahtinen: 30:35 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera, then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:00 Geez, I really think that a lot of photographers listening right now were going to think to themselves, Oh my gosh, this makes a little bit more sense. And then be excited about the whole thing. That was definitely one of those things that I struggled with a lot in the beginning, like what should I be doing with this information? But when you break it down, the way that you just did right there, it really does make a lot of sense. It's not, it's not that we're going after Sarah, you know, we're going, right. Yeah, yeah. You know, and if she doesn't drink smoothies from this one place, like well, that's all right. Like there is some, some overall over overarching commonalities between these people and, and that's, that's what you need to find. So if I want to know right now, because there's, we were talking a little bit about overwhelm or opportunity, whatever we want to call it here, venture adventure. There's when it comes to business, I mean, that's a, that's an entirely different world from the technical side of photography, right? So where should photographers re who are looking to make money? I mean, just right now, be focusing their time and attention for success.

Heather Lahtinen: 32:10 If I were a new photographer in this particular day and age, I would find a mentor. I would find a group or someone to connect with because part of the thing with imposter syndrome is you don't know what you don't know. And you know, you don't know it, but you don't know what it is. So if you have a mentor or a group that you trust that you can go to, I mean, there's plenty of them out there. So find one that you connect with that resonates with you and then, you know, let them help you. Like, I'm sure you have checklists for photographers, don't you Raymond. Sure. Yeah. Yeah. So you're willing to help people with these things. I wouldn't, I okay. There are two reasons why I went at it on my own, which by the way, I'm not proud of I think that I was very prideful and like, Oh, I'll figure this out.

Heather Lahtinen: 32:59 You know? And also the resources just weren't available like they are now. So what I recommend to people is drop the pride and don't try to figure it all out, just get some help and do that from someone who is just a few or several steps ahead of you. There again, there are, there are plenty of photographers out there that are willing to help you on your journey and, and give you the steps to do so. So I would, I would find a photographer or a group that I connect with. And I would for, if I were starting a business, I would look for someone who has a focused on business. You know, the things around insurance and taxes and whether or not you're going to use QuickBooks, or how are you going to track everything and how are you going to pay? And you're going to get an accountant. And what does that all look like? Are you going to be an LLC or a sole proprietor? I wouldn't, I wouldn't try to like research that to death on my own. I would just, I would just get some help. You you'll get there so much faster.

Raymond Hatfield: 33:56 Yeah. It's funny how much people are willing to hold themselves back without even knowing it because, well, it's going to save them $30. You know what I mean? Like I don't need that

Heather Lahtinen: 34:11 Be crazy. $30. You know, my daddy used to say, do you have more time? Or do you have money? Because if you have time and you want to scour YouTube to learn, I use Photoshop as an example, because Photoshop is pretty challenging for people to learn. So as I, if you want to learn Photoshop, you can scout or YouTube for hours, days, UNSW years. And, and you can, and you wouldn't even be sure if you were doing it right. And it would be very disconnected and you would spin your wheels and you would waste a ton of time. Or you can spend, you know, $29 and by course, and learn it in a weekend and get started with it, which ultimately not only saves you time, but actually saves you a ton of money because spinning your wheels. Whether, whether people think it or not spinning your wheels costs you money,

Raymond Hatfield: 34:57 Spinning your wheels, costume money. I like that.

Heather Lahtinen: 35:00 A lot of money, a lot of money in there saying, well, I don't want to spend the $30 on the course or their books. So I'll just because it's free on YouTube. Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Okay. Well, hold on. Let's back up. If you're not willing to invest in your photography, how can you ask other people to invest in you as a photographer if you're not willing to spend money, but you, you think other people should be willing to spend money on you? I have found that the more I invest in myself and my business, the more clients I get and the more money I make it is proportional. The more I spend, the more I make, because I learn, I, I implement better marketing tactics, and then I get more clients and I make more money all, and all of this is happening at a much faster rate because I'm investing because the thing is, if you invest in a course, you're more likely to do it because you, you actually like investing in it. Like literally you put in money, right. You're not invested in YouTube. So what's your incentive to learn, except that you kind of want to learn it. I mean, there's nothing to push you, but if you're paying for it, you just, it pushes you a little bit more.

Raymond Hatfield: 36:08 Yeah. Yeah. And I'm sure that you give this as well. It's like, you know, I've offered several courses that I've created myself. One is called auto two, amazing, which is to help you get out of auto and start taking, you know, a better pictures. And then one that'll be coming out very soon is called Lightroom one-on-one, which is essentially just like how to get started with Lightroom, like how to set it up, how to create a, you know, workflow within Lightroom and overwhelmingly. The biggest objection that I hear is, well, there's so much free information on YouTube, you know, about Lightroom. And it's interesting. Cause I remember when I first started learning Lightroom and I went to go look online and I watched, it was an hour and a half long tutorial, somebody put in a ton of work into this thing and I was like, okay, I'm ready to go.

Raymond Hatfield: 36:51 Let's get started. And I opened up Lightroom and I had a totally brand new version that everything that I had just watched was from an old version and was completely, completely different. And I thought I should have just been, you know, the $30 or whatever to, and then that's when I went on lynda.com or whatever it was at the time. And I signed up and I, I I got in on it, but I'm happy that I did that because now photo organization and editing is not something that I ever have to think about again. And I can just get that done and focus on doing more tasks, either grow

Heather Lahtinen: 37:22 And you feel good about it. You're confident in it because you know how to do it. And that's because when you take a step by step proven system, you immediately have confidence. If you go scour YouTube, it's complicated, it's confusing. And it leaves you feeling less confident than even before. So just investing a small amount will leave you with more confident. You know what Raymond, the funny thing is when Lightroom came out, I had Lightroom for free when it was first introduced because Adobe was giving it away at the, at the beta version before they released it full. And I wanted to test it. Well, Lightman was a new product. There were exactly zero tutorials, zebra, zero. So we had to figure it out on our own. This was 2006. I started using it. I, I just fumbled my way through it. I didn't know if I was using it right, but I did. And within six months I started teaching it. I was actually teaching it physically out of my home. Wow. And people, photographers were coming from my area to learn this new software, this light room. And they're like, well, how did you learn it? And I'm like, no, I just messed around. I figured it out. But that takes time. And it's frustrating and it's confusing. And I wouldn't recommend it because you don't have to, it's not new anymore.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:29 Right? Yeah. It's not new anymore. I like that. We've been spending a lot of time today talking imposter syndrome, talking about you know, this overwhelm that we feel and kind of how to get over it essentially. Right. And, and, and build something that we're proud of and start shooting and taking better pictures. But I want to know, have you ever had a failure that actually set you up for better success as a photographer?

Heather Lahtinen: 38:57 Oh my gosh. I had something happen pretty early on in my career. That's super embarrassing. Raymond. I don't know that I've ever in 17 years talked about this publicly. Oh my gosh. A double booked away.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:11 Oh no. When did you find out tell me that it wasn't the day of no gossip.

Heather Lahtinen: 39:16 I caught it six months prior. So it was, it was in time to fix, well, somewhat remedy the situation, but and I could make excuses. It was a hundred percent my fault. I actually had a bride that booked and changed her date. And when she changed to her new date, I sent her out a new contract and she never got it back to me. And so I hadn't put it. I had not put the new date on my calendar. I still had our old date, which meant that her new date was showing as open. So I booked it. It was Memorial day weekend, and it was a very busy weekend for photographers as you know, and it was a Saturday. So these Rose Saturday weddings and I stumbled across it. Truthfully by the grace of God, I just found it in my notes somehow.

Heather Lahtinen: 40:02 And I was like, she never said that contract. I never changed the date. This is a hundred percent my fault. I need to make some phone calls and I need to figure out what to do by the way, whenever you have a challenge in your business with a client, I highly recommend picking up the phone. People don't do this. I get that. You want to have things in email so that you have a record of it. And I think that that's smart to do after the phone call, follow up with the email so that you have it written, but always make like, I'm not going to email my bride and say, Hey, I double booked your date. That would just careless of me. So I called both of these brides and I was, I, to be honest, I didn't know the best solution in terms of which one do I shoot in which one do I help find another photographer?

Heather Lahtinen: 40:44 And I worked with them through that. I found another photographer who literally in my mind is like hero status. I said, I'll pay you anything, whatever you want, you shoot it. I'll edit, I'll handle everything. I'm just so, so grateful. And and my bride was just very gracious. I mean, I could not have been more lucky in terms of that, but that was a foe Paul. That was like an I'm pretty tight with my organization. And I thought, Whoa, I better do something because if that happened to me, for sure that can happen to anyone. And that's when I, I used back in the day I was using TAVI for studio management. So once I implemented that and just got my systems a little bit, it, a lot of it was on paper before that. So I got it off of paper and a little more organized digitally than things like that. Well, you know, and the thing is, I'm glad that that happened so early in my career. Cause guess what? It never happened again.

Raymond Hatfield: 41:42 Right, right, right. That's a big thing I hear from photographers who it's like, you know, some sort of studio management software it's so expensive, you know, like I, I don't even know how I'm, you know, going to continue to get bookings and I'm expected to pay four $50 a month for something like this, but right there, like there's, there's your proof right there. If you would have not showed up to that wedding and been sued for, you know, say, you know, 2000, even just a thousand dollars. I mean, that is, that's like more than two years worth of studio management fees. So just get it done, just get it done, get it.

Heather Lahtinen: 42:19 Don't be a Heather that's place. Don't be a Heather, if you need studio management, you know, get yourself something to help you. They're so robust these days and it makes your life so much easier. You don't have to remember to send contracts or payment information. It was all just taken care of for you. And things are so organized. I see a lot of photographers that get busy really quickly. That's when things slip through the cracks and you just don't want that to happen.

Raymond Hatfield: 42:43 Yeah. Especially, and I'll share this and then we'll get moving on. It. It's like right now, as I was telling you earlier, so many, not only 20, 20 brides, but 2021 brides are trying to book their wedding date for next year. Right now that there's just like this, this huge number of inquiries that are coming in as opposed to the rest of the year, if I didn't have something set up to keep me organized. In fact, just the other day I got an inquiry. I have two inquiries right now for the exact same wedding date. You know? And if, if I didn't pay attention to that. And if the software didn't tell me, then I would just like, okay, yeah, I'm free. I'd look at the calendar. Yeah. I'm free to the first one. And then, because they hadn't booked yet. I would tell the other one. Yeah, I'm free. And then they would both book and then it would be terrible. Yeah. But it'd be terrible. And five minutes after they paid the deposit, then I have to say, Hey, bad news. You know? And that's, that's never a good way to deliver that news. You don't know.

Raymond Hatfield: 43:39 So as far as I know that we're, we are going super long here on, on how long we've been together. And I cannot believe how gracious you are with your time. And I have to say, thank you so much for that. Thank you. But I have one more question for you before we go. And that is earlier when I was telling you about the the, the listener and the photographer, the mom who's right now, currently still shooting with her phone, but is so motivated to move forward. Right. she, what advice would you give her on, on getting started on a path in photography to help her succeed?

Heather Lahtinen: 44:20 Wow. Where do I even begin with something like that? So I'm going to assume dish, is it like families or children? She likes to photograph it's mostly families. Yeah, yeah. Yeah. So I, if she's ready in or interested, it's probably time to purchase a camera, you know? And at this point I actually, this is side note. I'm the director of education for our local camera store. It's called yam camera. And they're amazing. And we just did a live video last week. And I asked Robbie who works there, one of the owners. And I said, when somebody comes in and are asking for a camera, what are your feelings right now on DSLR versus mirrorless? And he said, I just don't see any downside to mirrorless. So if somebody is brand new and starting, I would recommend them a mirrorless kit. I would recommend either Nikon, Canon, or Sony have incredible mirrorless kits right now at I mean, affordable is different for everyone, but at least at prices that they aren't, you know, over the top.

Heather Lahtinen: 45:17 So I would start looking at a camera. And here's the thing. If you don't know, or you can't afford it, could you rent because I know specifically that why I'm, and I know there are places online that do this as well is renting the Nikon Z 50 kit right now. I want to say it's like $50 for four days. It gets very inexpensive. So could you rent a kit and practice with your children or your friend's children and see what you think and potentially look at purchasing a camera? I think that's going to be the first, I mean, the next logical step for her. Do you think

Raymond Hatfield: 45:52 Buying a camera is probably the first logical step into becoming a photographer? Yeah. So once let's say that she decides to rent a camera I, I kind of want to know, I guess I'll step a little back. I should have Claire. I should have made the question a little bit better. Sometimes ask very vague questions. As far as kind of the growth path goes, right, she's very excited and becoming a full time photographer. So let's assume that buying a camera and then learning photography is kind of that first step. What's the step after that,

Heather Lahtinen: 46:25 You know what photographers get really hung up right here and overwhelmed because they don't know what to do. Right. And you know what I tell them to do, get your feet out there and get shooting. You need to photograph, I don't care if people are paying you or you're doing it for free. I think there's a time for each. And if you need to get out there and build your portfolio by photographing your, your family or your friends, kids for free and get out there and do it because the only way you are going to learn and grow is by taking photos, you are a photographer, get out there and take photos. You have to do that so that you can improve and get better. And also so that you have something to show people so that they can see what you're doing. And the truth is, I don't think that you need a bigger following.

Heather Lahtinen: 47:05 I think you need one client. I think that if I were to break this down and you know, I really, one of my approaches with the flourish Academy is to like, I want to reduce overwhelm. I think, I feel like you're like this too. Like, you just want to, you want to take the intimidation factor out of it, right? So why couldn't you start by just taking some photos and literally creating a Facebook post, take some of your neighbor's kid. That camera comes in the mail. You take photos of your neighbor's kids and you post a photo on Facebook and you say, Hey, does anyone need family photos for their Christmas cards? Just, I just want you to get one client. If you can get somebody to pay you, that's fantastic bonus points. But if not, and you do it for free. That's okay too.

Heather Lahtinen: 47:46 I did a couple of weddings for free before I was paid. And that's fine. You know, I wouldn't, some people take that a little bit far and they continue to do it for free for too long. You know what I mean? But that's another discussion around money. But if you take, get one client, take one photo, post that and just ask people and repeatedly post it and share it with everyone. You'll find you just need one. You just, if you can get one or even a handful of clients that will produce more clients, because word of mouth marketing is everything. And people will talk. There is a book by Bob Bodine in, and it's called the power of who and a subtitle is why you already know everyone. You need to know. I loved that book. So I think he would agree with me. I don't know Bob, but I think he would agree with me.

Heather Lahtinen: 48:32 You don't need more followers. You already know everyone. You need to know. You just need to photograph because they know people, you know, the whole six degrees of separation thing, like summit, like the fact that you interviewed Jerry, like is amazing to me that I'm talking to you, you talked to Jerry is like, he he's like my idol. Like, he's just amazing. You know? So everybody knows somebody and there's a connection somewhere. Just like me photographing for the March of dimes, walk of babies. There weren't brides there, but people know people getting married and that's how you get more. So I think people focus on like, Oh, I need to post a photo. I need to get more likes or more people sharing it. I think you just need to get one client. I think you need to produce an amazing experience. I don't even care what your photos look like.

Heather Lahtinen: 49:15 Honestly, mine were terrible. It's just the experience and that you're trying, and you have belief and conviction and passion, and you're going to, which it sounds like this person does, like, they're going to make it happen. Then Pete, listen, people are looking, they are hungry for someone or something to believe in. If, if I left you with one thing today, just believe in yourself because nobody wants to hire an insecure photographer. Just believe in yourself. It was about, I mean, Raymond, it makes no sense. How could I go from three weddings to 30 when my photos were terrible, I'm not trying to be like humble. They, I can show you. They were awful. And I honestly couldn't understand why people kept booking me. And I thought maybe it's because I'm cheap. You know, maybe they just, not that wasn't, it, it was, it was conviction and conviction is what sells clients on you.

Heather Lahtinen: 50:06 Because every person you meet is a part of an audience that's observing you, evaluating you and hoping to believe in you. So if you decide right now, just to simply believe in yourself, because you can't ask them to believe in you, if you don't. But if you have that passion and conviction and belief, which by the way, I had more belief in myself at that point in time than I honestly should have. Let's be honest. The photos were terrible, but I just, I believe that I could get better. I believe that I could learn. If you just believe that people, people will be attracted to it and people will want to be around you. I think I did so well because I believed in myself and I had conviction and passion. And I think people it's, it's just magnetic. I think people it's contagious. People believed it because I believed it. But I was very forthright about my, my lack of ability with my brides early on. I told them I'm not, I'm not the best. I'm just learning, but I would love to shoot your wedding. And I, and I know that I can do my best and, and they liked being around me. So they told more people, word of mouth marketing was how I built my business. I didn't have social media and I'm actually proud of that. And I'm glad I didn't. I think it makes it easier and more complicated at the same time

Raymond Hatfield: 51:26 That right there is a whole nother episode, all about social media, but there was, there was that tough love, Heather that I that I was looking for this whole time, man, just get out and go shoot this shoot. That's right. That's right. Well Heather, I really can't think of a better way to end this interview then that right there I truly appreciate your time and everything that you have shared today, but before I let you go, can you please let the listeners know where they can find out more about you online?

Heather Lahtinen: 51:56 I love that. So you can find me@flourish.academy. So listen, there's no.com there because it's the future. Okay. I didn't need a.com. Okay. It wasn't available. Alright, whatever flourish.academy, you can go there. But specifically, if I had one request, I would really love for everyone to listen to my podcast, episode number 73 on imposter syndrome. So the whole episode is on imposter syndrome and how to overcome it. And I actually recorded that as an interview with our mutual friend, Nicole Begley. So she interviewed me for that. And I gave 10 tips for overcoming imposter syndrome. That's episode 73. Also I have a, a quick free win for your audience. If they go to flourish.academy/pricing, I have a free pricing, one Oh one course which is just a quick video that they can watch. So if they're not, they're like, but I don't. I, but Heather, I really don't know where to start.

Heather Lahtinen: 52:51 I just got my camera and I'm not sure what to do this video is absolutely for them because what I encourage them to do is just get out there and shoot. And you don't have to have everything perfectly figured out. I think that people want to know, like with pricing, for instance, they'll say what's the right way to price or how should I price? But that assumes that there's a correct way. And with everything in photography and in life, Raymond, I don't believe that there's a right or wrong decision. There, there are just different choices that lead to different consequences. So you pick one, maybe it doesn't work. Maybe you pivot. I don't know, but I think photographers hold themselves back with this fear of doing it wrong. And I'm here to tell you or encourage you. You are not doing it wrong. You are doing it perfectly right based on where you're at at this time. And you're always in the right place at the right time, under the right circumstances for your greater good.

BPP 223: Chris Grunder - Photography as Contemporary Art

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Chris Grunder teaches photography at Sonoma State University and is a Director at the Bass and Reiner art gallery in San Francisco. Today we talk about contemporary art and the role that photography can play within it. This is a fun and deep theoretical conversation about why we shoot what we shoot.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Chris got into photography

  • How failing at his first few dozen rolls of film pushed him to shoot more

  • What is contemporary art

  • Why Chris moved to New York to work with commercial photographers after getting his masters in fine art

  • What makes up the difference between someone just started in fine art photography and an experienced artist

Resources:

DSCF8217.jpg
DSCF6242.jpg
DSCF7646.jpg
DSCF6815.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:00 Today you teach photography at Sonoma state university. You host are chosen as the director of bass and Rainer. So art obviously influences your life. It's made a big impact on you. That's a parent, but I want to know, like when did all of this art influence start for you and when did you understand that photography was simply going to play a role in your life?

Chris Grunder: 00:00:21 Yeah, my mom's an artist and that's not, it's not something that's been her career. It's something that's just been kind of always present. And so there've been artists around there's been art around. And I don't think I thought of it as a career path actually until fairly late until I was sort of in, in, in college. But it was just always present and always had an impact on me. And I couldn't, I couldn't draw to save my life. I couldn't paint, I couldn't sculpt. I tried to turn my hand at all of the things and, and just didn't have that ability to kind of mimic in the way that our education tries to kind of separate the wheat from the chaff a little bit like at the elementary mainstream primary level it just wasn't there, but I still had the love for it.

Chris Grunder: 00:01:13 So I studied art history in college, and I remember like the exact moment. It was such a weird instance, but a friend from high school had been taking photos and when she was off of college and she said, Hey, check out this page of my photos. What do you mean page of your photos? And it was a flicker page and I looked at it, I said, Oh, these are good photos. I like this. And then I started going through flicker and seeing literally millions of photos in an afternoon. And they were all looking back. I mean, they're all horrible, but they were these amateur photos that were a level above what I had seen at, in, you know, amateur, you know, family photos. And they were not quite yet what I'm seeing in the commercial world or in the fine art world.

Chris Grunder: 00:02:04 Like if you want to go to a museum, you know, seeing like a Thomas demand or a Condita offer or these like, or a Jeff Wall, these like big, beautiful things or, or Avedon. And so I didn't, I didn't understand the point a to point B prior to seeing flicker and all of a sudden it's like, ah, there is an in between, and these people are getting better and becoming better photographers and moving towards this thing, this is how this skill gets developed. And it was sort of this moment of like downloading the internet into my brain where I could see I could, I could go through and watch these people progressing over time. I could see like, Oh, this is where they figured out this thing. And this is all before I had a properly functioning camera. And so that summer, I want to say I went went back to Alaska and mentioned this to my mom.

Chris Grunder: 00:02:56 And she's like, well, you know, there's a camera just sitting here. It's an 35 millimeter camera. Pick it up, you know, here's, here's some expired film it's been sitting in the closet and see what happens. And so I shot through 16 rolls of, you know, codec gold, 400 got them developed. They were all over the place. Cause the thing didn't have a working light meter. And I bought 16 more rolls and shot those. And then did that probably three or four cycles of that in the month that I was home. And by the end of it knew how based on lighting conditions, how to operate a camera. And I never stopped from there. It was just like, this is the thing, this is, this is the direct path between the aesthetics I'm seeing in the world and loving, and my expression of them. You know, there's the Szarkowski quote that photography is just the act of pointing things out, elevated to an art form. It's like, that's what I was feeling. It was, I was seeing things and noticing things and wanting those to be codified. And so that's where that's the moment of, of its sort of transition. And where I thought I don't have to be an art historian. I can actually be a practitioner of this as well.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:04:18 So this was just shortly after high school, correct?

Chris Grunder: 00:04:20 Yeah. This is like early in college. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:04:23 Okay. So going back to kind of those earlier days when you were learning just art and you kind of had this realization of like, you know, maybe I'm not cut out to be painting and stuff. Was that because you just assumed that because he didn't have this maybe quote unquote natural talent that it wasn't cut out for you?

Chris Grunder: 00:04:43 I think it was, it was entirely a failing of our educational system. I think it was. And, and, and our sort of whatever, what our culture broadly values, you know, I mean, grew up, my parents are fairly cultured people by the standards of Anchorage, Alaska. You know, my mom, I think now is actually tremendously cultured and my dad has actually grown into it more as well. But, you know, we're talking about the early 1990s when there wasn't, wasn't the, the media we have now. And so I think that the idea of being an artist was tied up in the idea of, of kind of manual reproductive dexterity, this natural talent, or maybe it wasn't natural, maybe it was, it was, you know, somebody you worked at, but if you couldn't draw a tree and have it look like a tree, then you weren't an artist.

Chris Grunder: 00:05:30 And of course, it's like now looking back, I'm like, that's, that's a huge problem because that's the least important skill for any working artist at the contemporary art level. So shouldn't, we be encouraging different behavioral modes in the education at the lower level, but just hasn't caught up yet. So that's exactly what it was. It was the lack of that kind of dexterity with the skills I thought were necessary to be an artist you know, looking at a Caravaggios painting and thinking like, I, I couldn't ever reproduce that. So like, I can't, I couldn't master those brush strokes. I couldn't do that. It's like, of course he couldn't, you know, he, he couldn't, he wasn't the only person doing that. He like, he had 10 hands on that painting and he also had a camera Obscura. So like, it wasn't, it wasn't just the manual dexterity. So yeah, that's absolutely what it was.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:06:21 I remember I was very similar at a very early age. I wanted to draw, I wanted to paint, but found no natural talent at it. And I remember, and it's funny, I didn't even think about this until right now that you, that you had told that story. But I remember in fifth grade I went to Washington DC and we went to go see like the Smithsonians. And I remember seeing a Rembrandt Rembrandt paint painting for the first time and thinking to myself, like, I'm, I'll just never paint again. Like there's no way that I could ever do this. So why even continue to try when it came to photography for you? W was it simply that gave you hope, the fact that you had seen others through like a visual representation of their progression? Was that, what can you hope?

Chris Grunder: 00:07:04 Absolutely. Yeah. I mean, I think I had, I had some I had, it's funny, I had some slight inkling of photography as a art form, but just barely. I think, I don't think that's something that's baked in into our culture. In fact, I know it's not because I'll have students in, in my intro to digital class where I'll ask them is photography and art form. And half of them raised their hands and the other half look kind of uncomfortable and they, then they slowly raised their hands or some of them don't raise their hands. They're not sure that it is an art form because it isn't always an art form to them. You know, the second you pick up a brush, you load it with paint and you start twirling it on a canvas. You've made something to his art, but when you pick up a camera and take a photograph, it isn't necessarily art every time.

Chris Grunder: 00:07:59 You know, if you're, if you're hunting around your house for the things that you need at the grocery store, is that art is that expression, like not, not the same way that moving a brush round is. Right. So that's something I go over with them. And so I think it was, yeah, I think it was that like, was holding me up a little bit. And it was when I saw that there, there is this higher mode, there's this poetry that's embedded within this medium. That's actually like deeply embedded and hiding. And not always, sometimes it's latent and not, not always there. That's when it like, sort of came across for a second. I want to go back though. Cause it sounds like I'm shitting on the people who have manual dexterity and like, no, no, no. Recently, like I did is I did a zoom interview with this artist, Ray Mack, and she's a fantastic painter. And like she was making a painting and like in three moves of her wrist had made a face that like made me want it to want cry. Like not, not, not because I couldn't do it. Cause I was like, that's such an evocative face. It was like, that's magic. It absolutely is. But it's just that, like, that's not the only magic, but there's like settler magic,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:09:06 Right. Because we're all just humans. We all have separate backgrounds and yeah, no, I get that. I get that. I want to go back to that example that you had of, of, of painting versus photography and whether or not it's art, you know, obviously somebody who could, I mean, I have a, I have a wall right here that I need to paint, but that's not going to be hard. Right. So in that sense, that's not going to be art in the same sense that I could pick up my camera and just simply take a photo of a new you know, dressing or something at the store and send it to my wife. That's not a form of art. So at what point do these two things actually become art? Yeah. Well, I would argue

Chris Grunder: 00:09:46 That both of those things are unfortunately art as well. It's just, they're not necessarily good. But they are both are I have been pushing myself. This is one of those things. That's very tough where it's not it's not second nature yet for me. Because I've been indoctrinated by, by the kind of neoliberal, late capitalist society that we live in. But when you look back at someone like John Dewey from like the 1920s in his lectures on art as experience, I think that our world that we live in is so specialized and it's trying to make art to specialize, to separate experience from life. And it's doing that effectively enough that we see it that way, but that's not actually the way that the world operates, we're working against the way that the world should operate. Like everything we do should be suffused with art and artfulness.

Chris Grunder: 00:10:50 And we should be aware of that. I mean, the, the kind of the thought that really struck me like a bell was this idea of like, we call it a work of art and in doing, so say that the thing itself is not the art, it is the aftermath of the art, right? It's a work of art. Art is the, is the doing right? And a lot of artists will say, that's the process, but honestly, I think it's living and it's that when we're, when you say I'm going to paint this wall and it's not going to be art, you're, you're engaging in a defeatist mentality. Like why, why shouldn't it be art? Like why you, shouldn't you be thinking artfully about it in the same way? Like, if you're trying to communicate with yourself about this, you know, bottle, bottle of salad dressing, like, why wouldn't you take a second to consider the proper aestheticization the proper, like physical form of that now, is that going to be the same as looking at the PA in st. Peter's like, no, but I think ignoring that we all have potential for those, for that artistry at every second, every interaction makes our lives much more boring and more bland. So it's, this is something that's like philosophically something I'm trying to like live by more because it's not like it, I think it's deep down suppressed nature. And so it's not like directly at hand because we're so used to the idea that we outsource that we outsource artfulness to other people instead of doing it ourselves. We're thinking about it ourselves.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:12:25 Yeah, you're right. That's an entirely new way of thinking about it. So obviously though, when you, this is a relatively new realization to you, especially in, in, in, in the timeline of you shooting and being involved in photography so early on when you didn't have, I would say this mindset, right. You kinda, I wanna, I want to go back to those 16 roles that you said that you had, that they weren't just all over the place. Yeah. But you still bought another 16 roles after that. What were you hoping to, let me rephrase the question. What was, when you said that they're all over the place where were they all over the place and what do you think it was that you struggled with the most

Chris Grunder: 00:13:06 With that? It was, it was just a matter of difficulty from a technical standpoint where I was, you know, I didn't have any sense whatsoever of what an F stop or a shutter speed was. Like. I mean, I had a general sense of, of what the charges people, I suppose, like what does this f-stop thing do? Like how does it operate? And so I literally just went out into the world and like took a photo at each of each of the F stops and shutter speeds and was like, that's one role. Great, cool. And like took notes. And so the changes were like kind of empirical changes. But at, when I saw a photo where I was like, that's a photo, I took the exposure looks right. Everything's in focus. And it, like, it looks the way I wanted to, not just the, it looks the way it looked, but like, it looks the way I want it to, it expresses the, you know, the thing I'm going for that was happening, like once per role, even from the start. But I was like, that's enough, that's enough to want me to get there, made me want to get better at doing this process. And so that's why I bought a second set, you know, and that's why I went through, you know, another several hundred photos to get to that point of like understanding how the camera itself worked so that each time I would see something, I would have a certain amount of confidence I'd be able to grab it and capture it.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:14:35 So how did you move forward with those next 16 roles? Did you essentially just take the same approach or did you alter it up a little bit?

Chris Grunder: 00:14:41 Yeah, no. I mean, I looked, I looked in and said, okay, this was, I took a note that this was a sunny day and that there weren't any clouds and that these settings are what I used on five, six, whatever, you know photos in a row. And so this is the type of setting I should use in that scenario. I tried to sort of commit that to memory. Obviously didn't do a great job of it necessarily, cause I just had to keep doing it. But I think also there's something really magical about like film photography has like I've always thought it has a kindred nature with ceramics because my mom's a ceramicist and so she was dealing with the same problems I was dealing with while I'm taking photos. It's also, I think, akin to baking a little bit where you do all this work on the front end, you try to get your formula just right.

Chris Grunder: 00:15:32 And when it turns out perfectly, you feel great, but not as great as they like the distance between where you are and how good you feel. Isn't as great as how bad you feel when it doesn't turn out. So I give a kill and explodes and like the, like all this work is lost. You feel worse than if it had the sort of good value if it had turned out. And it's the same thing for me was, was true with, with taking photos, with film. Like I missed that shot. I cannot do that again. It doesn't exist anymore. I can't take that photo again. It's gone like something about it is, has disappeared and that, that burn makes you really want to fix it and, and acts as a stimulant on your learning. I think of like, I'm not going to mess that up next time. And so I learned pretty quickly with regards to that now, obviously I had one camera and one lens and kind of one speed of film, one type of film. So there was all sorts of other stuff that I needed to learn fairly quickly to expand my vocabulary. But just being in a situation of taking pictures and wanting them to turn out well and having them turn out poorly was all it took to, to, to encourage me to do better next time and take good notes and try to remember

Raymond Hatfield: 00:16:51 How long would you say that you went through this process of shooting and not liking your photos because eventually you went on to school for, to get your master's of fine arts. So it obviously wasn't terrible enough that you thought I'm just going to give up on this.

Chris Grunder: 00:17:05 Yeah, no, no. It was I think I adapted really quickly because, because when the, when the photos were good, they were good. They were already like, that's a good photo. That's an interesting photo that looks the way I want it to and looks evocative. And in some instances, like it looks like what everyone else would shoot in the same situation with the same camera, but it was, it was it was speaking my language which is interesting because I wonder, I always go, this is a totally different tangent, so don't let me go down it. But I wonder about the ease of photography now and how, how direct the experiences now and whether or not people have the same issue of like ever, ever not being able to express themselves adequately photographically. But an aggress for me that process,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:17:59 Wait, wait, wait, no, I do want to go a little bit more down there. Are you saying because digital photography is, is, is essentially easy. We can, it's easy to expose an image that now, because there's not so much of a learning curve, the the, the, the mountain to get over, to get there because it's not so high, the juices and so sweet on the other side that maybe we don't pursue it as far as that is that

Chris Grunder: 00:18:23 No, I mean, that's, that is a, that is an argument that I think is suited for a person 20 years older than me. That is absolutely like an old fogy argument. And I, I remember distinctly a an old photographer who I worked with saying photography hasn't gotten any better in the last 150 years. It's just gotten easier. And I think there is something to be said for that. It is easier for me. It's, it's not the juice isn't as sweet. It's the question of like, when I was growing up, I didn't have a camera. And so expressing myself photographically was something that I didn't come to until I was in my late teens, early twenties. There's, I don't know that there are people who are in a position of not being able to express themselves photographically now with an iPhone.

Chris Grunder: 00:19:17 Like you can like, maybe you can't write a soliloquy, but you can at least give me a laundry list, photographically, like you can pull out your phone, you can say, this is what's happening in my world. I exist in, and here it is. And so the distance from zero from being photographically mute to being capable was, was huge for me and was part of, part of why I wanted to have that journey because it was this revelation. It was really like, they had, you know, I was, I had been deaf or something and they had just turned it on. It's actually mute as much better. Like all of a sudden I got my voice, but if you're able to communicate rudimentary, then is it worth it to, to, to hit that mountain? Like, does it, do you need to get to that point? And when you do, do you like, do you sense there's some diminishing return? That's something I, I am trying to figure out while I'm teaching my students, because I'm trying to think about how to, like, how did I encourage them and how to push them and like, how, like how far do they have to go and trying to relate to their experience. So that, that's more what I'm thinking about with that.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:20:22 Yeah, you're right. That was a, I went somewhere totally different with that.

Chris Grunder: 00:20:25 No, no, no. I mean, I, I, no, no, no, no, no, no. You, you picked up on the bread breadcrumb. It's like, it's, it's it's right next to the old fogy argument, for sure. Like, it really is. They're adjacent things. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:20:35 Yeah. It's interesting. Cause I, I think about the same thing sometimes I I didn't get started with digital photography. Like you, I kinda got started with film and just kind of practicing, but, but I also went to film school where like I was taught, like how to expose for film. So I think it's a little bit different for me. And I, I sometimes have a hard time connecting that with with newer photographers as well as to how to do it, because the only answer that I can think of is like, well, just, just do more, like just go shoot more and figure it out. So if you, if you figure out some sort of answer, please let me know because I'd love to hear it.

Chris Grunder: 00:21:10 That's for sure. Interesting. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:21:12 Now, so you went to school for your masters, you got your masters in fine arts. And then you were in New York city for awhile and you worked with some fashion commercial photographers, right. What was your goal at that point as far as photography and what did working with those fashion and commercial photographers do to, to help you along with that goal?

Chris Grunder: 00:21:38 So first we had, we have to flip that order. I worked with, I worked in the commercial industry and then I went and got my MFA. So, so it was like, that's the, the answer to your question is like working with and pushed me to then go and get my MFA. But yeah, I was in, I was in Seattle for my undergrad university of Washington, studied art history and history. And it was, you know, in this sort of degree path when I was, when I came to this real realization about wanting to take photos and sort of self-taught for the most part. And then took a couple of classes at photo center Northwest, which is this like kind of wonderful little nonprofit school gallery space, dark room space in Seattle, took some basic classes there to sort of get into the more technical aspects of photography.

Chris Grunder: 00:22:31 And in doing that started realizing like, I should probably if I want to get better at this, I should probably put serious pressure on myself by working in this field. Like I, if I, if I really want to get good at this, I should have someone's livelihood at stake. And so I started assisting photographers and assisted in Seattle for about year and a half or so. Like as I was finishing college and then for about a year afterwards and you top out in Seattle pretty quickly in the commercial world. And I mean, I wasn't at the top, but I could see that like the photographers I was working with, like, they were all kind of chafing against what there was there and some of them were moving. And so I happened to go to New York for a technical demo actually on on like medium format, digital backs, which no one was using in Seattle at the time and fell in love with in New York.

Chris Grunder: 00:23:27 I was like, I have to be in this place. This is the place to be. Especially for the industry I was in. And so moved there, not knowing anybody, not having any connections and sent out 50 emails a day every day for a week and a half until somebody was like, yeah, come, come be on and see what happens. Met a couple other assistants who I connected with really well. And they brought me on a second assistance on some jobs. And then, you know, by four and a half years later, I was doing lighting design and doing digital tech work and doing you know, a lot of retouching work shooting my own stuff. But recognized that the commercial side of things, wasn't where I was going to hang my hat. And part of that was just, I happened to stumble upon this group of photographers who were all fine artists first.

Chris Grunder: 00:24:25 These people who who were kind of, you know, being brought into the fashion industry for the most part. So like RO Etheridge Alex Prager, Collier, shore, Marilyn Minter, Ryan McGinley they were actually all being commercially represented by the same by the same agent at the time. And so I was just doing lighting for them and, and doing stuff on set for them and being around them, the energy was so different than with a typical commercial photographer. It was, they were in many ways they were less capable. But they were so much more certain of what they wanted to do. They were so so much less likely to take what a art director wanted to give them or a client wanted to give them. They would, you know, they, they had a certainty about themselves. And in talking to them over the course of a couple of years, it was just this realization of like, no, that's, that's kinda where I need to head. And one of the ways to do that would be to get an MFA. And at that point I was also getting burnt out on New York. So I was like, this is a great excuse to jump ship fi you know, have a built in cohort, whoever, like whoever I go to school with is gonna be my friends and it's a reason to get out. And so looked around, applied to a couple of places and fell in love with San Francisco in the process. So

Raymond Hatfield: 00:25:52 Yeah, I want to know about that that, that little area right there, because so many people, you know, sorry, I totally screwed this whole thing up. My brain was going in a million directions. I remember I was so excited to go to film school. I went to the film school right after high school. I went to film school and right as I got into film school, like the teachers were all like industry professionals at some point. And they were like, this is an industry where you don't even need to go to school. Like you can just learn onset. Yeah. And you kind of took the opposite approach you learned onset, but then you decided to go to school. So what was it that you were hoping to get out of school that you weren't able to get in the experience of, of shooting on set?

Chris Grunder: 00:26:35 Yeah. man, a million things. Though I think that the truth is so much of what I thought I would get out of this school didn't materialize. And I don't, I have a hard time with this because I absolutely would 100% do my grad school experience over again, 10 times out of 10. But I also wouldn't recommend it to most people. Because I don't know that everyone goes in recognizing how hard they will have to work to get the resources that they're paying for. You don't get out of it, what you put, what you pay into it. Like you have to be a kind of like extracting constantly. And I think I got that. I mean, the reason I ended up at San Francisco, the San Francisco art Institute was at the time, there was this roster of like, to me, amazing and legendary artists who like across a number of fields and, and like the it's a very interdisciplinary program and who I was like, I'm going to get some exposure to them.

Chris Grunder: 00:27:50 Like I'm not going to go to a school that has a two professors. And I become an acolyte of that one. W one of those two professors like that, that's not, it's not who I am also. I was so fearful of like, what if I get there? And they don't like me. But with this school, there were so many people who I could expose myself to and could, could sort of become friends with. I mean, there's in my gallery right now. We have one of my grad school professors in there, like a show with a work of his and with his grad school professor as well. So it's this like this kind of community that built, built out of it that I think was vital. Like my gallery wouldn't exist without it, like none of the jobs I have would exist without it.

Chris Grunder: 00:28:31 But I know plenty of people who weren't, who thought that it was gonna be more of a passive learning experience where it's like, I will, I will be there as a pupil and I will be taught to things, I think to a certain degree. I, I thought there might be some of that as well, but there really wasn't any of that. It was, it was however much you dig in to get the sort of advice, mentorship and critique that you need. You'll get. So what I went in with were way, what I went in expecting maybe is less material than what I, when I got out of it. But the, the closest mashup for me, or match up for me is that I thought that I would get exposure to a lot of different kind of pedagogical strategies. I'd see how a lot of different people teach. So I could then get better at teaching myself. And that's exactly what happened. Like I, I think I borrow from a dozen different artists on a daily basis teaching same to these artists that you were kind of looking up to, that you were learning from at some point to where you're at today. Now you're kind of focused on art. Is that

Raymond Hatfield: 00:29:42 A correct assumption? Yeah. So for, for many people, including myself, I sometimes get lost in the, in the different definitions of different types of art. So can you tell me, you know, what is contemporary art and how would you describe it?

Chris Grunder: 00:29:59 Yeah, that's probably the toughest question. It's something that I, I think is actually the difficulty of describing it adequately is the most interesting thing about it. You know, when you, like, when you go to, to law school, if you ask all the students who are in law school, what is law, they can give you a pretty good textbook definition. I think the definition of what is, or isn't contemporary art changes moment by moment. I mean, to say that it's art that is made currently or in the contemporary period of sort of the postmodern period, I think is really inadequate. Cause there's a lot of art that's been made during that time that doesn't fit that definition. It's, it's by and large stuff, that's less concerned with materiality, more concerned with concept. I think that's probably the, the kind of best definition of it that I can find.

Chris Grunder: 00:31:01 But even that, you know, you see works that people like you know, Liam, Everett who's his work is all about the material and all about the process and not about the content and not about the, about sort of conceptualism at all. He's another grad school professor of mine and he just popped into my head out of nowhere, but that's like, he's a great example. And his work is absolutely contemporary. So I, I struggle with the definition too. And I think that's one of the reasons that people, some people gravitate towards it is because it does fit this definition of like the avant garde it's at that front edge. And so you shouldn't be able to define it constantly. It's like defining is for things that have already happened since things are done, you know, that's the, this sort of I don't even know if it's actually a character guard quote, I've just heard it so many God damn times, but it's like naming is an active limiting, you know, you're trying, you're trying, you're trying to limit the number of things that I think can be if you put a name on it.

Chris Grunder: 00:32:00 And I think that's like where we're at with, with contemporary art. For me, what's interesting is trying to figure out how that interacts specifically with photography. Not to keep rambling with quotes, but Charles Demorais who was until recently the critic for the Chronicle the, maybe the only inflammatory thing he wrote in his time as the critic was all, all art is either photography or considering photography which I thought was fantastic. And he means all art that's being made now because we exist in a photographic world and you can't help, but think about being visualized or being seen photographically your art is going to be photographed somehow. Or you're going to reject it being photographed, which is in of itself something photographic, but there's plenty of, of people who are making beautiful photographs that are photographic artists and who are not necessarily thinking of themselves as conceptual artists or contemporary artists like whose work doesn't slot into those categories.

Chris Grunder: 00:33:10 And I've heard people refer to that as like the photo ghetto, this sort of like separate outgrowth of like artistic photography, but that isn't within the sort of canonical PR progressive sort of structure of contemporary art. But for me, again, I don't really feel the need to be trying to place limits on it. Cause I think that it's, it can wiggle back and forth. And any given photographer can operate in both spaces constantly. Like as we move into this like very odd new media landscape, like over the last couple of decades, it's like, you can be someone who's taking photographs that go into Crete that become sculptures that go into a museum show. You can also shoot stuff for time magazine. You can also, you know, have an Instagram feed. And none of those are truly less valid, valid to the creator. They might be viewed differently by the consumer, but who cares about them? Like to the creator. It's like, whatever, whatever path you need to take gets you to where you need to go. So for me, that's the most interesting part is that, is that especially with photography, it is trying seemingly actively to push away any of these definitions.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:34:30 So where does, so you're right. And you're right. And I guess that's what makes this kind of hard to talk about, especially on a podcast where it's mostly consumed through audio here, but no. In one of the emails that you had sent me, you had said that that you now lean away from quote unquote straight photography and more towards photography as an element of contemporary art. Yeah. So when I think just in my head, the definition of straight photography would just be camera whatever's in front of you. Here we go. Done. Yeah. How does that differ from like w what would contemporary, what would photography in a contemporary setting look like to those listening, trying to fool?

Chris Grunder: 00:35:13 I think that I think that for me, and again, this is like really like strictly personal definition, but it's photography, photography that is is an element of a contemporary practice is photography that acknowledges its own subjective position. So straight photography is caught up in the illusion of as something that is objective, something that, you know, sort of grew out of the sort of scientific industrial enlightenment revolutions. This concept of like here is evidence of what really existed in the world, and it is evidence, but it's not proof. And I think so often with documentary photography, with straight photography, we're saying this thing was in front of this camera, so it is real and it exists. And we're convincing ourselves that this isn't reliable mission. Every time we look at a photo like that, the rest of the world doesn't count in that accounting.

Chris Grunder: 00:36:16 This is the evidence that was selected and the rest of it didn't exist. And I think that in when photography is, is is embedded in, in a contemporary practice, it plays with that more it toys with that more, it, it obscures that completely, it pushes that away, or it, or oftentimes it'll just acknowledge, like this is photography as a, as a diaristic form. It's this is like my photographs, this isn't, this is the subjectivity of me being expressed. This isn't like the, the world as it happened. And in some instances that's like that's done in ways that are so subtle as to be very difficult to even notice. In other ways, it's like, it's just having an incredibly selective focus and, and, you know taking photos of things that are more abstracted than you would take photos of, if you were trying to really convey a strict message, you know, it's like, it's not Gary, Winogrand walking down the street at F 16 on a 28 millimeter lens. So that he's got everything from front to back completely in focus. It's not that sort of egalitarianism of the street photographers lens it. And if it is then it's somehow being couched in other material, it's somehow being conveyed in a way that shows you, I'm not trying to convince you of a truthful world that isn't the world you're experiencing. I'm trying to show you me, or what's embedded in my world. Does that make sense? And it's, it's a very wooly definition.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:37:51 Yeah, yeah, yeah. I see that. But it does make sense in the, in the way of like, so, you know, if we'll just take street photography, as opposed as cause that's the example that I see in my head here maybe a photograph of somebody on the street would seem like straight photography. Here we go. This is a photo of somebody on the street, but perhaps a body of street photography would be more contemporary because it's telling you more about the photographer than it is what's in front of the camera.

Chris Grunder: 00:38:23 It could be absolutely. Or, or you have someone like like Lee Freelander, for example, it's like, I, I absolutely think of Lee as being a, a contemporary artist. I mean, he's 90 years old and he's been working in the street photography and road trip, photography tradition for, for forever. I don't, I don't think that he's out to tell facts. I think he's out to tell truths. So I think that it's funny street photography is in this, in this space that isn't fully defined. I think if we said like photo journalism, right. Then that's like, when I'm thinking of straight photography, that's what I'm thinking of. It's like people who are trying to say a specific message with a specific image and that they are illustrating something that they think was factual. And when I think of a street photographer, I don't, I don't think that that's what's happening.

Chris Grunder: 00:39:20 I think what's happening is like they're creating a poem out of overheard things in the world. Right. So it's like, so those overheard someone did say that for sure, but you're, recontextualizing it. And that through that game of recontextualizing we get that rush of like, that happened, that those people walked by each other and they looked at each other that way. But that within the way that the sort of body of work is sequenced or or the way that that it's final form is presented, or even just the way that, like the text that accompanies it kind of contextualize it, we're given more of a sense of like, this is, this is a record of a subjective experience of a person, right. And as long as that's being acknowledged, then I feel a little bit more comfortable about saying it's within that space of, of the contemporary.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:40:15 So if I think that that was, that, that definitely helped lay it out a lot more now for those listening, thinking to themselves, like, I like the sound of this, this is really interesting. What would you say would be, I mean, even the first steps for somebody who's interested more in contemporary art, but just has no idea where to start.

Chris Grunder: 00:40:35 Yeah. I mean, I think that it's the first thing to do would be to look for me, the first thing to do would be to look at at New York MoMA and their photo department they, they put on shows annually, I think that are new for new emerging photographers that they, that they find interesting now obviously, like they're not, they're not that new and they're not that emerging if they're you know, on the radar. Yeah, exactly. But it does give you a sense of what kind of, what themes and what styles are are happening within that space. And you, you see something like that. You see like, you know, a body of work by a pulse to Puja, and you're like, this is not, these photos are not things that are revealing to me. Clarity. These are, these are photos that are like making me less certain about what I'm seeing in this process.

Chris Grunder: 00:41:39 And that's fascinating. And then, I mean, honestly at that point we've got, we've got the internet we're in, we're in a full like rabbit hole society, then you're like, well, what other shows is he been in? Who else? Like, he's been at a ton of group shows. He's been at like very popular artists the last couple of years, who is he showing with? What are the other, other, where the galleries that show his work? Who else do they show? And then you just start hopping from photographer to photographer. Right. Then all of a sudden you're like, wait, I'm not, I'm at a sculptor now isn't this a sculptor? Like those are sculptures. Oh, no, there's a photographs of sculptures. And the final form is like someone like Miriam bomb where it's like, she's like, it's a, it's a photographic print that you're seeing at the end, but like contained within it.

Chris Grunder: 00:42:21 Yeah. It is sculptures made from other photographs or someone like matte lips and same thing where it's like, it's, it's a singular plane of a photograph at the end, but there's physical color that were photographed within that. And the question of like, you know, what is a photograph? Like, where does it photograph certain stuff, but something we're. So we feel like we have such clarity to answer until we're, we're showing all these different things that are like, Oh, that is, is still a photograph. Isn't it like? And, and so it's contingent. And I think that that's where I would start is I I'd go to, I go to New York MoMA is I kind of the iconic institution, but if you want to just start anywhere, you could, you could start at the Milwaukee art museum. You know, Lisa Sutcliffe does a great job as a curator there.

Chris Grunder: 00:43:06 I just pick her because she's a friend, but like, she like her, her programming's fantastic. And she runs the gamut. Like San Francisco MoMA has a fantastic, a huge photo collection. The thing is with SF MoMA to, you know, to their great credit. I think that they show a lot of work that is more canonical. They show stuff that's like already, already sort of in the advanced period. And that like they bring in amazing stuff. Like they have huge Walker Evans show or, or you know, a big they would, they show or Susan Meiselas show like these are these aren't figures who like, we're learning more about them, certainly, but like, they're not they're not new to us. They're not showing us like what also like their, I think their range. They do a great job you know Clement, Shiro just left.

Chris Grunder: 00:43:54 But as an, in Sandy Phillips before him as like the lead curators I think that they ha they seem, I, again, don't know either of them on a personal level, but they seemed to be acting under this mandate of photography in this expand expensive realm where like, they wanted to show a photo journalist as an artist because she works photographically and the product is something that absolutely looks like art show found photographs. Okay. As, as art, they want to sure. Like the, the show that that comment put together called, oops, I think it was, it was the oops in the art of the mistake. It was like photographic errors that had been allowed within photography by photographic artists, like yeah. You know, expanding it, but, but I think that makes it actually, in some ways that might muddy the issue for, for like an average person.

Chris Grunder: 00:44:44 Who's starting to get into the idea of like the photograph as a contemporary art piece. I'd also say like looking at you know, major sort of major galleries and like looking at their roster of photographers. I mean, a great place to start from my standpoint is Frankel gallery in San Francisco. I think one of the great photo galleries in the world they have a roster of artists and works. They show that covers the entire range of photography. But especially the more sort of the younger practitioners I think that they, you get to a space where you're like, wow, that that's really almost not photography anymore. I feel really blessed with this. Like San Francisco actually has a range of really amazing photo galleries. You know, caseworker could be, is another gallery. That's, you know, friends of mine.

Chris Grunder: 00:45:38 And they, they show artists who are, are all over the place from like, you know, Jim Goldberg and Todd Hydo, who were like various and Larry Salton who were very established kind of recognized artists too, like artists who are kind of just cutting their teeth in, in the world. And so yeah, I think find, find a, a starting point and then recognize how to dig from there. So just to like, finalize that thought, find someone whose work you like, and then figure out every show that they've ever been in. Even if that means you have to like email them and ask them for a CV just to like look through and then find the other people who are in those shows and keep tracking, like, you know, like have ma I can show you, but like, I have like a thousand browser tabs open in like in like three different browsers right now. It's like, you got this one for Firefox and Chrome and Safari. It's like a thousand on all of them. I got all mobile and I can click on any of them at any time. Same thing on my phone. So that's, that's like do a deep dive that way. That's what I'd say.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:46:39 We got to help you out with some, to some tab management. It's just killing your computer. My goodness. I like that sentiment that you had about you know, the idea of this show. Oops, I really liked that because there's been plenty of times where I've taken photos that were totally happy accidents, and yet I loved them, but you can't teach that you, right. You can't teach that. That's not something that, especially, because I think we're kind of taught that art has to have some sort of intention behind it. And when there's an oven, there's a total accident. How can you claim that as a victory of your own if, if you had, if you had no you know, no part in it's happening.

Chris Grunder: 00:47:18 Yeah, no, I, I think that that's I mean that, that show is actually a fantastic show and I think it's, you know, obviously COVID dependent. I think the plan was that if that show would travel actually, cause they they'd put a significant amount of work into it. So it would probably be at other institutions as well, but it's the, the ability to take a photo accidentally has been an, a good photo at that has been this like constant like dark shadow over photography for me forever of like, how, how much can you claim that the photograph is yours in the first place? You know, if you didn't design the camera, you didn't develop the film or sensor technology. Like you didn't, you know, none of that is yours. Like you don't like, you don't have to understand optics or chemistry or electronics or computer science to be a fantastic photographer. So the best photographers I know have, have issued all of that stuff. But like, doesn't that mean that like you're collaborating

Raymond Hatfield: 00:48:29 Yeah. In a sense, yeah. Collaborating with people who you've never maybe come in contact with, but it's kind of the same, like with everything. I mean, construction, there was that you know, obviously it was a few years ago now, but I remember president Obama got in a lot of trouble for, I don't remember exactly what the context was, but somebody was talking about the business that they had built. And he was like very successful self made man, quote unquote. He said he called himself a self made man. And Obama's you know, reference or is not as referenced, but his response was like, you didn't do that. You know, like your business uses, you know, the roads that, you know, we had to build, it uses infrastructure, it uses the internet. Like you didn't create any of that. Yeah. Like you use these things as tools, but you're not, self-made like don't call yourself self-made and that's kinda, that's kind of what it is that we're talking about here, but we're just using, we're just using the tools that are available to us. And I think thinking of ourselves as collaborators, rather than, rather than maybe working on this on our own is something that could potentially build a sense of community and maybe a, maybe a higher purpose in, in the photos that, that it is that we're taking. I don't know. I kind of went off there. Do you have any,

Chris Grunder: 00:49:46 No, no, no. I mean, I have a million thoughts on that and I think my only issue is to not take it too broadly, but like I do, I do think we should be in a post competition and a host individualism world. I think that's where like competition and, and, and rugged individualism absolutely got us to where we are. And you, as an individual, you get to decide whether you like that or not. I mean, the world's on fire around me, so I'm maybe like that wasn't the best place for us to end up. But I do think going forward as a society we say

Chris Grunder: 00:50:28 Collaboration instead of competition can, can rule the day and that, that cooperative community building and acknowledging our debts is more beneficial for us in growing then the sort of strict sense of individual ownership. Like I make a photograph and I'm like, I have the copyright to that photo. And it's like, I, I literally could have accidentally dropped the camera and it took a photo. It's like, that's more an engineer at Cannon's responsibility than it is mine, but it's mine. Right. I think that, that, what's the reason that this is something that gets, it gets caught in my head so much is because when I'll talk about someone like Jeff Koons or, or, or Damien Hirst or initial report and these like contemporary sculptors who run essentially factories for their works and they'll design the works. And then the artisans that they work with, the craft will, they work with the other artists that they work with will fabricate them.

Chris Grunder: 00:51:31 And when I tell that to students, they oftentimes are stunned and then they think that's not their work, then that's not, it's not theirs. And part of me is like, it is theirs, like in the same way that your photograph is yours. So you're not acknowledging the people who made your camera. But also another part of me points to the film industry and, and says like, it's like a director, except the differences that a director is forced legally to have the credits they credit every single other person who had a hand in the making of the film. And we don't have to have that in the rest of the art world. I think we should. I think, I honestly think as annoying as it would be if every placard next to every photograph in the museum had to acknowledge the camera manufacturer, I think we'd be better off.

Chris Grunder: 00:52:20 I think I would be thinking about this as an endeavor. Like we're at the top of a thing that we didn't get to on our own. We, like we created the shortcuts were created for us and we took advantage of him and that, and like, that's not, I don't want everyone to reinvent the camera. I don't want everyone to even understand optics. It'd be, it's a waste of time. I think you should acknowledge the debt and then go forward. That's why the people made the things in the first place so that you could improve upon what they've done.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:52:50 That my friend is a, is a conversation for a whole nother series of podcast episodes. And one that I would, I would love to have, because it would just be such an interesting thought experiment into what that world would look like and perhaps what, what would come out of it. But getting back on track here, as far as contemporary art going on now, we've talked a little bit about the education, how to educate ourselves, how to find some artists that that we enjoy now as somebody, you know, educated like yourself, looking at lots of pieces of arts, what do you think are just some of the elements of photography that separates somebody who's brand new in their journey? They're an amateur versus somebody who is a seasoned pro in specifically creating photographic art. Yeah. One more thing that popped into my head,

Chris Grunder: 00:53:46 I think app after magazine is is a completely under utilized resource. It's one of the best publications of any time in the world. The writing is amazing. The writing on photography is amazing. The photography is amazing. The commission new work, they show existing work and it's, it's at this wonderful, like nexus between photography as art and, and just photography in general. So if someone was like, I really don't know how to use the internet and want to like, have a starting point. It's like call up Avature in New York, get them to send you some copies, like get, get a subscription and then start diving in through that. And then use that as your resource tool. I think for me, the, the biggest the biggest problem I see with with emerging photographers I, I hate, I hate to use the term amateur because some of the best photographs that were taken were by people who didn't get paid a dime for them. And that's

Raymond Hatfield: 00:54:45 Some of my favorite photos I've ever taken are in the same sense.

Chris Grunder: 00:54:48 Exactly, exactly. Professionalism doesn't necessarily mean a good, but early, early beginning, photographers. How about that? We'll use, we'll use that. They try to show too much. They, they want, they want to get everything. They want it to be the whole thing and that I, as a viewer of photography, photography, but also somebody who's, who's critical of photography. I start to enjoy things at the point where I see that someone's made some real choices. So, so like, I think the biggest leap for a beginning photographer is when they first get a lens that can open super wide up and all of a sudden, very little as in focus and it's whatever they choose or to be, or they, whatever they forget that they've chosen it to be. And that's for me, the, the, the first point where I'm like, this is someone pointing to me, this is someone saying to me, look at this. And I think it's, it's a vital step for people to, to start to realize that what you don't show is vastly more important than what you do show. So that's, that's the, that's the kind of the point of, of, of, of turn for me, it was when, when someone starts to see it sort of show things in a limiting fashion rather than an expansive fashion.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:56:16 So how do you teach that?

Chris Grunder: 00:56:19 Some of that is just making sure that people have an understanding of the tools that they possess can, and can't do that. So a technical standpoint from a technical standpoint. Yeah. Yeah. And I think that's something that is so fascinating to me about, about photography is that it is, it is such a technical medium. And and the, the magic of it has all been sort of has been compartmentalize scientifically in a way that like painting is also incredibly technical. It's just that it's, it hasn't been compartmentalized in the same way. It's a little bit more hidden. It's not as, as programmatic. So the, the, the technical side though, does absolutely change what you're capable of showing what you're capable of doing. It's, it's like any other tool like you can't, you know, you're not going to perform open heart surgery with a hatchet, you know, and you're not going to cut down a tree with a scalpel.

Chris Grunder: 00:57:21 And so knowing that that tool in your hand is only capable of certain things or capable of all sorts of things, but at a really base shallow level, that's something that I think that is, I ease them into that usually because they oftentimes just spend a ton of money on a new camera and you've got a kit, they've got a kit lens on it. And they're like, wait, this is supposed to do everything. It's like, yeah, it's a Swiss army knife. It really is. Do you want to do open heart surgery with the Swiss army knife? Do you want to cut down a forest? Like, no, it's like, you've got this, do everything tool. It doesn't do a great job of anything. And so giving them, showing the visual examples, like to give them a sense of like, these are things you can't do with what you have, no, if that's important or not to you, and, and try within the boundaries of what you, what you have.

Chris Grunder: 00:58:07 But also like for me, it's, it's forcing them into specific territory in a digital one class. Every student has a zoom lens. They don't have prime lenses anymore. And so saying, okay, now we're going to set it to this specific vocal length and this aperture, and you only going to shoot things at this vocal, like in this aperture for the next week. And you're going to limit yourself. And if you want to get closer to something, you have to get closer to it. If you want get further away from it, you have to get for the right. You have to be more aware of where you're standing as a result, you have to do all those things. And then at that point, you start to think, what am I leaving in the frame of what it might take me out of it? Because otherwise what you see is, I mean, I'll look at their entire you know, their entire memory cards.

Chris Grunder: 00:58:50 And I'll see that they've shot 15, 20 photos of the same subject from the same angle at different focal links thinking I'm getting the whole thing in. You're not, you're not, yeah. I mean, you're like, you're not going around. You did it all. You're not seeing it from other sides. You're, you're just getting more or less of the world around it in the shot. And as a result, none of those photos are good or usable. Usually you're not considering the object at all. Okay. So I think that was a perfect explanation. And, and I'm trying to figure out,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:59:22 Cause I know that we're, we're, we're at the end of our time here, but I got one last question for you.

Chris Grunder: 00:59:28 Yeah. Take as much time as you want, man. I'm not, I'm not stressed. Don't tempt me. I will, I will do that.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:59:33 I will do that. As far as you know, when it comes to teaching photographers, what is just some common, commonly bad information that you hear being taught to, to those new to photography?

Chris Grunder: 00:59:45 Oh God. All sorts, man. Let me think. Yeah, I mean, I think one of the, one of the things that comes up all the time is that they think that they have to have a big and expensive camera for it to be able to take good photos. And it's funny because I do think having a big, expensive camera is a great platform to learning about taking photos to have all of those options. So you can test them all out and you can try them all out until you can understand how different lenses work and you know, what things look like when they're at huge high resolution and how to make big prints. If I had my, my, my, my my druthers, I'd give everybody like the absolute top of the line Nikon with a full suite of lenses at the beginning of the semester to try out absolutely everything that they can with that one camera and I'd have on hand to other cameras as well.

Chris Grunder: 01:00:52 But the truth of the matter is the only camera that you should be shooting with is the camera that is the most comfortable for you for that situation. And oftentimes that's not a big bulky camera. Oftentimes that's a small, simple camera. In fact, sometimes it's an iPhone. So I think you have to have those options in order to like, understand what they do, but then once you've done that, I think you should absolutely like scale back and have just what you need and think about things within that also it's I think it's super helpful. Cause you do still always have your iPhone on you. You know, I think I was in, let me see here. I was, I was in New York shooting like I was, you know, walking around on the street with a friend shooting. And I had like a a fairly like weird lens to be on the street shooting with.

Chris Grunder: 01:01:45 I had like an 85 millimeter like F one four, I think which isn't like, it's not long enough to be doing creepy telephoto stuff. It's not wide enough to be doing, doing street shots really. And my friend was like, well, like, why aren't you shooting with a zoom? If you want that length, then you can get everything else too. I was like, no, cause this, this limits me. And like, I like having parameters. And also obviously like I've got, you know, the depth of field to contend with and he's like, but what happens if like an alien lands? And like you're too close to it to like be able to get the whole thing. And it's like, you know, it's a really interesting question. I have my iPhone though. Like if I want, if, if, if I need the like, Oh my God, something unprecedented is happening.

Chris Grunder: 01:02:28 I have to capture this. I always have that thing, literally my back pocket to pull out and get the whole thing and I'll get it in four K video actually the whole time. Like it's not one of you to be taking photos of with my, my, my walking around camera. And I think that, that, that recognition that we're not all out there as photo journalists, trying to capture the highest risk photos of like day to day events, like the things that are like newsworthy, unless we are that I think that's something that is, it was a critical realization for me. And I think that a lot of my students still don't understand, like they assume that they should walk in the street with three or four cameras on them at all times and be prepared for everything. It's like, no, you should actually like maybe go out with just one tool and having the right tool and miss some shots as a result, but get the, get the shots with that tool that are exactly right.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:03:21 I couldn't have said it better myself, Chris, that was that was, that was perfect. And I think that that was the perfect thing to, to end this interview with. I have to tell you that I really appreciate your time and sharing this really kind of deep conversation that we had about photography. It was a little different than normally what we we do here, but I enjoyed it and I hope that the listeners will as well. And if they don't we'll, then they can tune this one out. So I know that

Chris Grunder: 01:03:46 I had a great time, too. Thanks for having me on, I can talk about this sort of stuff all the time.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:03:51 Yeah. Well maybe you should start your own podcast because I'll tell you why you got at least one lesson there. For sure. I will definitely before I let you go though if anybody's listening and they want to learn more about you, can you share where they can find you online?

Chris Grunder: 01:04:03 Yeah. my website is Chris grunder.com pretty straightforward. My gallery is bass and rainer.com, which shows you a very different side of me in a way. And then I'm also on Instagram at Grunder. Thanks so much.

BPP 222: Dana Arnold - Packing up and Starting over

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Dana Arnold is a soon to be Monterey California wedding photographer and Navy wife who has to pack up her business and move to a new part of the country every 18 months. Today she shares the challenges she faces when starting over every and how you can overcome them.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Dana got into photography

  • What Dana struggled with when learning photography and how she overcame it

  • Why Dana chose to shoot weddings over families or portraits

  • How Dana developed her style and how you can too

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How Dana prepares her business for a move across the country

  • Dana’s online marketing strategy and how she connects with potential clients

  • Where Dana is spending money to guarantee bookings when she arrives

Resources:

120475374_2776908915900824_3089207056178072932_o.jpg
120583041_2782215442036838_5179291968250433298_o.jpg
121215567_2787868398138209_7464351533802401607_o.jpg
52797008_2284498805141840_5671411976866103296_o.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 Your husband he's in the Navy, correct? Yeah. So two years ago you two were transferred from Hawaii to Virginia. And now, again, you're being transferred from Virginia to California, where you are going to have to start all over again with your photography business. It is, that is that what's going on right now? Dana Arnold: 00:21 Yep. You got it. Right. Right, right.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:23 So, you know, all while knowing also that in another 18, 24 months, you're going to have to do it all over again. So there's a lot to get into here. First is, you know, obviously, but before we get there, how did you get your start in photography in the first place?

Dana Arnold: 00:43 I think one of the very first things that really wanted me to take up photography was the fact that I was so sick and tired of working opposite hours of my husband. I went and I got my degree. I originally went to get a degree in child psychology, so I could teach children with autism, which I had a heart for, for awhile. But then the hours really started to suck me in. And when I was working, he was home and I was saying vice versa, when he was working, I was home. So getting into photography, it allowed me to realize that time with my husband is precious. He deploys a lot. He's always sea. And especially when he's in a submarine he's underwater. So it makes things a little more complicated. And I really just wanted to take up photography. So I could just spend more time with him when he was home. I just never realized how much I would fall in love with the aspect of photography, you know, besides spending time with them.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:40 Oh, okay. So did photography come on your radar because you were looking for something new or was photography already something that you were doing, but now you found a way to just fill this void in your life

Dana Arnold: 01:55 And totally came by accident. I had a little, I think it was a Nikon 3,300 and my friend Brianna had a new baby boy and her vision was like, I really just want a picture of my son naked on a beach in Hawaii because it's something she really wanted to do. And as soon as I did it and I shot the session, I haven't, I was like, that was really fine. That was the most fun I've ever had with somebody and a job better than I've experienced in a long time. And I think after that, I was like, I think this is something that I really wanted to pursue more. It just never really clicked at that moment that it was gonna turn into something full time.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:31 Right. Okay. So at that point, were you confident with your camera or was this just something that you had and now you're shooting an auto and then you grew from there. Where were you at when you were taking those, those baby photos?

Dana Arnold: 02:43 I was on auto for everything, a kit lens and all. It kind of took me a couple of months to realize that I really wanted to get out of auto and I really wanted to take this seriously. And so that's when that's when something kind of clicked that I needed to take courses and actually learn how to get out of auto to manual.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:06 Right. Okay. So how long did, how long did that take? How long was the progression for you from that first session when you were still shooting an auto to the point to where you probably felt pretty comfortable with the camera in your hands?

Dana Arnold: 03:21 And that's actually a couple of months, I think a couple, a couple of weeks after that photo session with my friends Amy and Jordan came into the picture and I saw an ad on Facebook about their shooting and editing course. And this was back in 2017. And so I, I bought the course without even thinking about it and I binge watched it all week and I quickly got myself into manual and learn and how to use the light learning how to edit photos. And at that point I started to feel really comfortable with the camera. And that's when it really, really hit me. Like this is something that I want to do.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:56 Were there any sort of like aha moments that you had while, while learning the technical side of photography?

Dana Arnold: 04:04 I think in the aha moment was when I just felt really comfortable and knowing my settings without having to stop and think and Google and YouTube, everything, I just knew exactly what the settings were to be. And during one of the photo sessions I had with a soon to be bride and shooting her session at sunrise and seeing how light and airy and how happy she was with the photos kind of was my moment where I needed to take this full time.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:35 Oh, okay. So how long was that? How long was that after that first baby photo that you had this session with this bride to be, and you thought, Oh, this is going to be an important, you know, pillar in my life.

Dana Arnold: 04:52 Hi, I was full throttle. That was my hook that was during my husband's first deployment. We don't have any kids, so I was bored out of my mind you know, working full time, going to college. And then this photography thing came up. I knew right away while he was on deployment, that I was gonna do this full time. Eventually I just wanted to wait, you know, to talk to him and hear from him first, before I made that decision to go full time.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:19 So who was this bride? Was this a friend of yours? Is this a family member or somebody who contacted you about photography?

Dana Arnold: 05:27 I posted on a page actually, and I was like, Hey, I just want to build my portfolio. I'm looking for very specifics of, you know, at sunrise at this location. And she had just reached out to me and strangely enough she actually inquired about her wedding a couple of years later, but I wasn't there. I couldn't do it. So I had my friend do it, but yeah, it's right there. I know. Right.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:55 You're like, Oh man, a beautiful wedding. Yeah, of course. Sign me up any day of the week. Yeah. so obviously you're at this point now to where actually I want to go back to that that still that beach session with this bride right there. I know that one of the things that many new photographers kind of struggle with when for shooting a manual is that they see the meter inside their camera. And that obviously, if you have a bright sky behind you, it's going to say that the entire photo is overexposed. Right. And then when you take your photo, your bride is going to be very underexposed. So did you ever struggle with, with any, any exposure compensation or any manual settings like that?

Dana Arnold: 06:34 I did. Yeah. At one point when I first started the Amy and Jordan course and like learning the shooting and editing aspects of it all, we actually, the way she teaches us we don't really focus on the meter. We just focus on what F stops to start at and then the go from there. So for me personally, I actually liked mine a little bit overexposed because my style is light and airy. And so I just ignored the meter. I ignore the camera and I looked at what was on the screen and if it was to my liking, that's where it would be. But there were some issues at one point where there was some confusion when it comes to lighting and the meter and like understanding that. But luckily Amy and Jordan's course taught us how to do it.

Raymond Hatfield: 07:18 So when you say that your style is light and airy, I can tell you just from firsthand experience from talking to a lot of other photographers that finding a style is like the hardest thing in the world for them. Right. And you're very confident about this. Was that something that right away you were like, Mmm I'm lightened area, or how long did it take for you to find this progression?

Dana Arnold: 07:42 It's I laugh because I'm pretty sure at one point I was every single style that there was no demand in the book. I took their courses, but I was like, Oh, I love the light in the area, but I really wanted to make mine rustic, or I really wanted to do black and white, or I really wanted to do dark and moody colorful, vibrant neon colors. I went through every stage of editing and I hated all of it. And my mind kept going back to light and airy because I realized that my personality is light and it's bubbly and it's warm and it's welcoming. And I wanted to put that into my editing.

Raymond Hatfield: 08:18 Oh, wow. I love that though. That's a lot deeper than I think many would, would would go as far as, you know, just, Oh, well this photo, it looks better than, than that other photo. And I think in that sense, that's really cool. And that's a, that's a great way to be able to kind of talk about that and why you edit to potential clients. Is that something that you have found that clients come to you specifically for?

Dana Arnold: 08:41 Yes. So actually where I'm located at, in Virginia right now, there are really not a whole lot of considered light in airy photographers. A lot of them are more colorful. You know, some of them, most of the ones I've met are dark and moody. And I find that a lot of the, you know, those who inquire with me are always like, yeah, you know, your photos are just so light and colorful and vibrant. And I ha I haven't found that yet. And so I kind of stand out a little bit on that term. And I just, you know, I go with it from there.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:13 So when you're shooting the, you said that your first shoot was with this. I don't know if it was a newborn or if it was a baby, regardless of whatever it was. And then several months later you were shooting this bride on the beach. Did you know right away that weddings was going to be the thing for you? Or did you try out anything else in between?

Dana Arnold: 09:33 I knew weddings was definitely going to be my thing. I guess we call it a niche. What we call it nowadays. I did try newborn. I tried family sessions and as a military spouse, it's not always easy to be a wedding photographer. And when you're in a community with other military spouses, they want you, you know, for their family photos, for their homecoming photos. So I focus on wedding. It's what I really love to do. And I also do military events because I find that to be very fun and emotional, you know, the document as well.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:05 So right away, you're like, Nope, you know what I'm doing? Weddings. You said that that's pretty difficult for a military spouses. Why, why is that? Just because I'll let you tell me why, why is that hard?

Dana Arnold: 10:18 I think, well, from, just from my experience, and this is for anybody who may experience this life too, as a, as a military spouse as well you're moving a lot and this is something that we might be able to talk about later. So it's not always easy to communicate with wedding vendors, if you're only going to be there for X amount of months, you know, it takes on average, I think 24 months for you to finally get on a really good standard for weddings and for, to be known in the local wedding community. However, for me personally, I'm not anywhere for any longer than 24 months. So it's, for me personally, it's a lot easier to shoot families and to shoot military events. But I don't let that stand in my way. So I still work really hard to continue shooting weddings, even though it's not always easy to do.

Raymond Hatfield: 11:08 So when, when did you think to yourself, you know what, this is probably one of the hardest forms of photography to get into for my lifestyle, but I'm going all in. I am going to make this work.

Dana Arnold: 11:21 I think that was actually back six months, six or seven months when I birth my book, my first couple of weddings and I kept getting a lot of inquiries inquiries at that point for Hawaii weddings. But I would tell them that, Oh, you know, your wedding is next year. I'm not going to be in the state anymore. I'm moving. I would have gladly the come back. And a lot of them would say, well, we don't know for sure if you can come back, like what if your flight cancels or something, you know, something, what happened like that, that would prevent me from flying all the way back for their wedding. And so a lot of them would see that I'm a military spouse and before even inquiring with me, they would be concerned that I would be gone before their wedding date.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:06 Oh, okay. So obviously, I mean, that's a whole new set of challenges right there. How did you deal with that?

Dana Arnold: 12:11 Yeah, I insured them. So luckily with the military, with my husband's job specifically, there there's a timeframe when I know when I'm not going to be here. I know that his contract is at least X amount of months. And for example, here in Hawaii, here in Virginia, excuse me, my last day here is actually two days before Thanksgiving. And so I knew not to book anything past the first week of November. I ensured all of my brides that, and for those who were like cutting the clothes, I would just say, Nope, I gotta send you to somebody else just to be safe and sorry. So I ensure them that I know that I will be here for at least an X amount of days, months, weeks, whatever, to be here for the wedding.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:55 Okay. And obviously that, that is a form of reassurance to them that makes them feel a whole lot better. Because as you know, I mean, with weddings, it's a, it's a big decision, right? To be able to a wedding photographer, and I've talked to other photographers who are, you know, maternity or they shoot newborns and that, or no, I'm sorry. They shoot weddings, but like they themselves are pregnant. And that is a, that's a big thing, right? Like what's going to happen when the time comes. What are you going to do? So let's talk about kind of the going forward process for you, right? So fundamentally, you know, your photography is not going to change, right. Just because of your location, but things like scenery, things like your subjects, those things in your photos will change. So say, let's look forward, right? You're going to move out to California. Beginning of December, let's say somebody, you know, reaches out to you today and says, I want to do a shoot. Once you get in town, how do you prepare for something like that for a place? I mean, you've never been before.

Dana Arnold: 14:01 So, but the pandemic things have changed. I would usually take the effort and actually go out there for a week. I would explore, I would find locations. I would take a couple of tours. I did that for here in Virginia. When I was in Hawaii, I flew all the way out to Virginia and I spent a long week here. And that's what I would usually do now. However things have changed this time and I wasn't able to do the Afra California when I got, I did get a few inquiries about sessions out there already that I had to turn down because I wasn't there yet. But for the ones for the weddings, I have books so far, they know that I've never toured the venues. They know that I've never done the beaches and I'm honest with them about it. I was like, look, I've never been there. But I will be taking a tour when I get in. They are so confident with my work, my consistency and how I handled the life that they're not worried about it.

Raymond Hatfield: 14:56 But I mean, are you worried about it? I would be freaking out about it. I would be nervous. I would be so nervous about this whole thing. How, how do you convince yourself that you are confident enough in your abilities to be able to deliver to them what it is that they're looking for?

Dana Arnold: 15:13 I have to trust myself by just reminding myself that I educated myself enough to be as confident as I am today. Even if I'm shooting sunset here on a beach or sunset there over the beach, as long as I find some shade, anywhere, as long as I find a white building, it's I have to trust myself and what I have learned and what I've experienced to have the confidence to do that. Because if I don't trust myself and I don't show the confidence, the photos are gonna turn out crappy. So I don't even let my mind, yeah. I don't even let my mind get there. I'm just confident of what I learned and what I've experienced in the past three years to know that I can handle any weather, any situ, I mean, I shot a wedding in a hurricane in Hawaii, so that, to me, if I can handle that, I can handle anything.

Raymond Hatfield: 16:07 So my next question for you out of that was going to be, how do you build up that confidence? And from what I'm hearing is a lot of it just simply going through it and just dealing with that experience of shooting a tough situation, like a, like a wedding, a hurricane in Hawaii.

Dana Arnold: 16:23 Yeah, yeah, no, I mean, that was just a normal day and the wind was only like 50 miles an hour. It's no big deal. Yeah, that's it. I, I'm a firm believer in taking the hard lessons and taking the hard situations and just going with it because that's the only way that you're going to be able to learn shooting in the fog shooting in rain, overexposure. I mean, the, I had a session the day before the volcano erupted in Hawaii, so, and then I had a session the week after. And so you have to learn to adjust to those disasters and learn to go with the weather and you just, you get better because of it.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:04 Let's switch gears just a little bit and talk about the gear now gear, isn't normally something that we talk about too much here on the podcast. But I think that you're in a little bit of a unique position. One, because you travel a lot and two, because just your style of, of, of shooting, right? So when it comes to traveling with gear and packing things up what do you think is something that most people just don't even think about?

Dana Arnold: 17:33 I think the thing that people don't really think about is that you have to have traveling insurance. And I know if not all insurance has this, but you have to have travel and insurance on your original, like photography, insurance. And it's, I think it's because if I'm traveling for a wedding or I'm traveling, just because of it. And I bring my gear with me and something were to happen internationally you know, a different country, your insurance might not cover it. So it's something that you have to ask your insurance because it's in a different country.

Raymond Hatfield: 18:05 I did not know that I you know, a few years ago, my wife and I were fortunate enough to be able to go to Iceland. And it was one of the most incredible places in the entire world, but I remember, and I take that back. I didn't even consider any sort of like gear insurance or anything like that. I was just like, Oh, I'm just gonna bring my camera and my lenses. And then we're just going to go for it. Have you ever had any sort of situation where you've had your gear in danger or anything like that?

Dana Arnold: 18:38 My husband and I are adventure seekers. We've been all over the world and there was a situation I remember perfectly where I believe it was in Thailand and I was carrying my camera on my wrist. I didn't have the strap on, and we were visiting an elephant sanctuary. And then I was almost knocked over by an elephant because I was so busy taking a photo of another one that I didn't realize there was one like six inches behind me coming full force. So I'm my husband's like, you don't have to ready to get out of the way. So I could only imagine a situation like that where I would have had to do a claim on the insurance company that I got tumbled by an elephant in Thailand and I need a new 70 to 200, so you'd have to be wary of those situations. I mean, obviously I was stupid enough to not have, you know, the strap around my neck to be more cautious about it. But when you're an adventure seeker, like we are, and you live in the danger zone, like we went skydiving. You just have to be careful to make the smart decisions about that.

Raymond Hatfield: 19:42 Did you take your 70 to 200 skydiving?

Dana Arnold: 19:47 No. She was a little too heavy. I brought it along fully thinking that I was allowed to bring my camera skydiving. Cause I thought, how cool would it be to take pictures of the whole Island of Hawaii when you're above? But they told me no, the nerve. So like, it was my decision. I ended up, we ended up just booking a skydiving photographer that way we could still have those pictures. And, you know,

Raymond Hatfield: 20:16 Do you think that you could ever do that job? Do you think you could ever be a skydiving photographer?

Dana Arnold: 20:21 I mean, I would totally be cool with it. I feel like if my mom heard this, she would have a little bit of an anxiety attack. So let's get on the ground.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:30 That's hilarious. A few years ago I had a couple who wanted to do a skydiving engagement session and they're like, we'll pay for you like to do it or whatever. And I was like, deal like, absolutely I, well, I called several skydiving places around Indianapolis and every single one of them was like, no, like we can't, we can't have you go up there with, you know, something super heavy. Cause I guess, you know, if it were to fall and potentially hit somebody, they could be liable for it. I'm not sure, but they all, they all said bail said no. So plus I mean, as you know, all of them have their own photographers. So maybe that was part of their motivation was, was to try to encourage the couple, to just pay them for the extra photos. But no, never got to do it.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:12 I don't know if I will do it either. It's kind of, well, I don't know. Anyway, let's go ahead and move on. And once again, switch gears a little bit because I'm gonna go back to you, you know, moving you picking up and starting over, over and over again, right. This isn't just once it's not like you've established yourself here and then you're going to make a new move and then you're going to be done forever. This is something that you foresee happening several times here into the future. So again, that idea is very daunting to me. So what is something that you are doing right now ahead of your move to drum up inquiries before you even get to California,

midroll: 21:50 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join. Now,

Raymond Hatfield: 22:14 That is, that is extremely impressive. And I'm really glad to hear that because this is, you know, kind of the topic of the of this, of this episode right here is that you have a small window of opportunity to be able to book a certain amount of people because, you know, especially, I mean, as you know, with weddings, you book a wedding, their weddings, not for another year. So if you're only in a location for six months or for 18 months, that only gives you a six month window to be able to shoot weddings. And that, that right there is very scary. So I have to say, I mean, thank you so much for sharing all of that right there about, I mean, your entire marketing strategy, you know, and how you're booking all of these how you're booking all these weddings months before you ever go to these locations. And I can tell you that I will be reaching out and finding out some more information about doing some of those as well, because I mean, I'd like to book some more weddings. I think we all, you know, would enjoy. So

Dana Arnold: 23:14 Yeah, no, absolutely. Yeah, no, you're welcome. I'm one and happy to share with you. Anyone who's listening, who was the one through the struggle, especially during a pandemic. Now I have to be honest, like I, myself and so am still struggling because I'm moving my business 3000 miles away to California who in that specific area where I'm moving to had all these fires, I've had a pandemic, I'm still trying to get myself known there. But one things that I've always had clicked with me is being able to connect with these Facebook ads and had to be honest, I'm really trying to stay away from them. I haven't done one in a very long time, but I think that times are changing and I'm learning my growth and I'm learning what works through this pandemic as we speak.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:02 I love it. So the theme of the podcast this year is make do right? So at the end of every episode, I try to remind people to make, do I want you to make more, do more and then just make, do with what you got because it's going to be better than you think. So with that being said how have you had to make, do with what you have when preparing to make a big move and totally starting over?

Dana Arnold: 24:31 Are you referencing to what I led sources that I have now that are getting to me through the pandemic or focusing more on just what I can do with a moment in time?

Raymond Hatfield: 24:43 Well, kind of like, you know, there's always more that we could be doing. There's always a better camera. There's always a better marketing strategy. There's always another social platform, but at some point we have to make decisions to use what it is that we already have and, and do with what we got, because, well, that's what we got. So is there anything right now that you're doing to prepare yourself to move, maybe wishing, I wish I had this one thing and that would make this whole situation easier, but I don't. So I'm just going to make, do with what I got.

Dana Arnold: 25:19 I wish I had a million dollars to get me all the marketing strategies that I possibly can get, but I got right then things that we can do. I have to be honest, I don't, I don't think so. And I say that because with what I have right now and my particular situation, and what could do for others is use the social media platforms that you have now to connect with the people that you can, if anything, we're all craving to see people we're all craving to go out there and me, and, and go to social groups and just like learn and explore. And I think by using what we have by using Instagram and just checking in on the, for me personally, I checked in, on vendors out in Monterey and using that just to let people know that, Hey, you're not alone in, this is going to meet through this military move, to be honest connecting with everybody out there, using Instagram and using the mastermind that I'm in now to teach me that Instagram and SEO and blogging is totally okay to use, to help me move at this time.

Dana Arnold: 26:32 Period.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:33 Of course. Yeah. What's something that you think maybe other photographers who are fixed in their location, don't even have to worry about that as something that is that at the top of your mind,

Dana Arnold: 26:46 I wish I was those people. I envy the people who get to stay in one place and like the connection if they were in one place at this very particular time and they don't have to worry about moving, the one thing I would recommend that they would do is consider trying new ways to market yourself. If you haven't started Pinterest you know, do a Google research and see what pinons like you know, learn to just try new things, especially during the time where not a lot of us might even be busy, cause a lot of cancellations and reschedules, you know, take the time, take the blessings that you have and try to learn something new because you might actually end up getting something very unique that will help your business along the way.

Raymond Hatfield: 27:28 Like what do you have an example?

Dana Arnold: 27:32 I would just say, I would still say Pinterest. I know that's really silly to bring up over and over again, but I, I had a list of things that I wanted to try, but was never able to do. And one of them is learning how to pin and learning how to do Pinterest. And another thing to do was learning how to create better Instagram posts. And so I would take courses through Penn and I believe it's Jenna Kutcher's courses and doing that and just learning how to can and how to have a better Instagram. I mean, now more than ever, it's a time to educate yourself if you're just sitting twiddling your thumbs at home.

Raymond Hatfield: 28:10 I hope nobody is just sitting in twiddling their thumbs. That sounds terrible. Yeah. one thing that I do a lot as a wedding photographers that I like to meet with my couples before their wedding, right. Or before we even book, I just like to meet face to face, kind of get a feel for who they are, how they interact with each other and just ensure that I'm going to be able to deliver exactly what it is that they're looking for and not and not, not be able to do that. So with you before you book a wedding how are you ensuring that these couples, that you're booking is a good fit for you?

Dana Arnold: 28:47 We actually have a really good zoom conversation. We usually meet in zoom where we meet via FaceTime, but when they inquire me, so I actually did get inquiries for California for next year and 2022 ones that I've been very grateful to book only a couple of them so far, and each one of them, I ensure them that I'm a real person, that I'm not a robot and the only way for us to really meet to really interact and see if we're a good fit is to have a FaceTime call. And I think now more than ever whether or not I was in California, whether or not I'm still here in Virginia, I would still want to share the same way because it's safer. Especially out in California, where a lot of my brides who have inquired and family sessions are so skeptical about Maine and face to face.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:33 Mm Oh. Just because of the pandemic.

Dana Arnold: 29:35 Yeah. It's just cause of the pandemic. Like I said you know, with Monterey, there was a lot going at the one time here that, where I started to get noticed out there. And so I would just say, you know, the key things save, plus I'm still out here in Virginia. Let's just have a quick FaceTime call, quick being an hour and 45 minutes because we can,

Raymond Hatfield: 29:54 I know, isn't it, that's always the funniest. I tell my wife like, Hey, you know, I got a, a meeting with my couple tonight. They'll probably only be, you know, 30 minutes or so you're in my office. Yeah. An hour and a half later she's looking at me like, dinner's ready. Like what's going on? I'm like, okay, sorry, sorry about that. I totally get that. I totally get that. It was when it comes to the, that, that whole side of things. Right. And meeting with your couples are you telling them beforehand, like, Hey, look, I don't live in California right now. Like I know that you are a California, like a Monterey wedding photographer, but I'm not in California before the conversation or do you make that reveal during the phone call itself? So,

Dana Arnold: 30:38 So it's actually on my website. It has mentioned that I'm a military spouse and I move in and then when they inquire within my email and as soon as I would send them an email back saying, Hey, I'm, I'm still hearing in Virginia, but we're like, you know, we're in the middle of packing up and head and out there. So I would love to take the time to go ahead and chat over FaceTime, you know, yada yada my host field thing. They know in advance in the email. The very first thing I say is that I'm still out here in Virginia, but we are in the midst of packing up and moving out to California and sure them that I'm still going to be there. The military can be sucky sometimes and totally changed their minds on a whim. And, but I insured them an email, so they know that not only I will be there, but when we schedule our FaceTime meeting we work on the time zone as well.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:27 What are you going to do when you get out there? What's going to be the first thing that you do. Dana Arnold: 31:31 I am going to actually, I have three venues scheduled, like three venue tours scheduled literally like the day after I did.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:40 Oh, wow. And what is the point of those venue tours for you? What do you hope to get out of that?

Dana Arnold: 31:47 I love doing this and I learned this from one of my mentors, Vanessa, who's also a military spouse and photographer. She has taught a soup log in SEO that when you get to a new place and you go visit the, you know, you visit the venue, you toward, you take pictures, you chat with them about everything business and not business related. And so this way, the images that I take, I can give to the website excuse me, I can get to the business if they want to use it for their website. And then I take the images I edit and I blog it and I say my top five favorite venues and Monterey. And this way I can put it on my website and for brides who will inquire, they'll be like, Oh, her top five venues. One of them's my venue. Let you know. It's so cool that she's seen the venue before, and then she toured it. Plus it's really important for me to know that if I can edit and my style at that venue as well. So I like to take the tour to do all of those things, basically all above,

Raymond Hatfield: 32:47 Has that ever not happened where you've gotten to a venue and realized, Oh, this does not work for my style.

Dana Arnold: 32:53 Yeah. So there was actually the new here in Virginia where there were no pictures on the website, which I thought, Ooh, I could go there, take the pictures and have them put it on their website. And then I walked in and I was like, there are no windows. And it was just, it was just like a gym. It was basically a gym. And I walked in and I didn't leave. I stayed. I talked with them for a little bit. I took the pictures, I gave them the venue. I walked out and I was like, I am never stepping foot in this venue ever again in my life. Because I don't want to be like, yeah, I'll totally shoot your wedding there, but then have my photo stuck. Right. Because there's no windows

Raymond Hatfield: 33:35 And it's hard to deliver a brighten airy style when there is no brightness or airiness. Dana Arnold: 33:42 And I learned it the hard way because by the grace of God, I somehow ended up looking a wedding there. I don't want to talk about it. But what I do remember was explaining to the couple, because they didn't originally had their wedding there. And then they changed it to that venue after they had hired me. And I'm like, well, so I think if anything, I take it for, you know, a black sin because it was that white in that I actually really learned how to use off camera flash. So I learned how to be a better photographer because of it.

Raymond Hatfield: 34:18 Oh, that's awesome. That's awesome that you were able to learn and grow from that, that exact situation happened to me once as well, where a couple, they were having an outdoor wedding, they had a big like family property and they were going to have the wedding outdoors in the backyard. Everybody was going to be outside. It was going to be great. Well, you know, the month before there was this like horrible rainstorm and their entire property was flooded, like it's farmland flooded, flooded. So the week before the wedding, they emailed me and said, actually we've changed the location. Obviously this is why. So we'll see on the wedding day. And I was like, okay, great. I checked it out. It's a local church. And I thought, you know, this will work. You know, I looked at the pictures and you know, this will be fine.

Raymond Hatfield: 35:01 And what I didn't know is that those pictures were from like several years ago that church heads, I don't know, close down or, or, or, or something. And then another company came in and bought just a portion of the church. But the portion that they bought was the basement of the church inside. I mean, the it's obviously underground and there were windows, luckily, but they were like the, like the six inch tall by like four long windows. That was the only part above ground. And I walked in and I, I, you know, it was the same thing. It was like, I gotta make this work, you know, like our job as a wedding photographer to no matter where you are still deliver something to your client, that you will be happy to look at and share. And obviously being able to use off camera flash for you as well as me was, was was our saving grace here.

Raymond Hatfield: 35:52 But sometimes these things happen and I love that we're able to take a lesson away from this unfortunate event, for sure. Yeah, for sure. So sometimes I like to ask my guests, if you had to start all over again, you know, what would you, what's something that you would do to get to where you are today, but faster. But I think for you, I, I have to rephrase this question because this is what you're doing several times, right? So knowing that you'll be picking up and moving again in 18 months after you get to California, what is something that you will do to get to where you are today, but faster?

Dana Arnold: 36:33 I think if I had to start over knowing that I was going to constantly move, I would have kept my full time job longer to save up the money and then literally invest in every single possible thing and learn it all at once. And for some people that might be overwhelming, they're in a different courses, hire an SEO and everything in between. But for me personally, on separate person where I want to learn it all, have it done in notes. So then that way I could spend the next X amount of time just implementing everything and get in there. I don't want to say as quick as possible, but efficiently as possible. Because I think for me personally, from experience taken AB and Jordan shooting and editing course, and then just like waiting in to invest in other things later, I really wanted to learn. They take all their courses at once because I knew right away that I didn't have a whole lot of time to implement all of that because of the move. So it's an unfortunate trait, but I like to rush things and then know, this is my mentor, Candice. She would yell at me when she tells me this, when she hears me say it. But that's honestly my mindset at the moment was learning and invested in everything at one time and then watching everything and then implementing it to make the moves go by smoother. Okay.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:01 That is, that is a great way to end this right there. I don't know how to give people any more information than that. You've been a, a real open book as I, you know, as you said earlier, you're like, I'm an open book. I'm going to be, you're going to find that out and sure enough, I did, for sure. You are having to every question that I had. So I have to say obviously, thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did, but before I let you go, can you let listeners know where they can find you online and follow you along?

Dana Arnold: 38:32 Yeah, absolutely. I'm always happy to any photographer out there who wants to learn how to do SEO and blogging. I have the resources and the people who have helped me. So I am on Instagram cause who isn't and you'll find me at Dana Arnold photography just, you know, FairWarning, my Instagram can some kind of, you know, sometimes be rated R so if you're more filtered than we might not get along, but you can find me on Pinterest, same thing. They are on a photography and it's pretty much goes for Facebook and website as well. Dana on old photography.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:07 Perfect. Well, Dana again thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did. And I look forward to keeping up with you and your move and your success here in the future. So again, thank you.

Dana Arnold: 39:17 Thank you for having me. I appreciate it.